|
Society for the Quantitative Analysis of Behavior |
Saturday, May 29, 2004 |
7:00 AM–11:20 AM |
Commonwealth |
Chair: William M. Baum (University of California, Davis) |
N/a |
|
|
|
|
We're Here to Help Each Other through This ThingWhatever It Is: Teaching ABA Concepts through Literature |
Saturday, May 29, 2004 |
8:00 AM–11:00 AM |
Gardner |
Area: PRA; Domain: Applied Research |
CE Instructor: Bobby Newman, J.D. |
BOBBY NEWMAN (Room to Grow) |
Description: ABA concepts have been portrayed, with varying degrees of accuracy, in a variety of literary works. Some of the major literary works that have attempted to provide commentary on key ABA concepts will be explored. Tips for creating short works of fiction to teach ABA concepts will be provided. |
Learning Objectives: At the end of the workshop, participants will be able to: Identify the different works that have made the most powerful impact on public perception of ABA. Teach undergraduate and graduate students ABA concepts via reference to classic literary works. Write short pieces of fiction to demonstrate ABA concepts. Analyze literary works to provide commentary on the ABA concepts explored. |
Activities: The workshop will be a mixture of lecture and discussion, as well as a brief exploration of the workshop presenter's short fiction written for the purpose of the workshop. |
Audience: Those teaching undergraduate and graduate courses in basic ABA, or those who are taking such courses. |
Content Area: Practice |
Instruction Level: Basic |
|
|
Advances in Treating Children with Habit Disorders, Motor and Vocal Tics, Tourettes Syndrome, and Stuttering Using the Habit Reversal and Regulated Breathing Treatment Procedures |
Saturday, May 29, 2004 |
8:00 AM–11:00 AM |
Beacon G |
Area: PRA; Domain: Applied Research |
CE Instructor: R. Gregory Nunn, Ph.D. |
R. GREGORY NUNN (National University and San Diego City Schools) |
Description: Maladaptive and undesirable habits, tics, Tourettes Syndrome (TS), and stuttering are extremely common problems which can seriously affect the personal relationships and self-esteem of individuals who suffer from them. Because these problems can cause acute psychological distress, many different types of treatments for them have been developed. Habit reversal is a behavioral treatment approach which has proven to be an effective, general treatment for habits and tics including TS (Azrin & Nunn, 1973; Azrin & Nunn, 1977; Nunn, 1978; Azrin, Nunn & Frantz, 1980; Azrin & Peterson, 1988a; Finney, Rapoff, Hall, & Christopherson, 1983; Franco, 1981; Zikis, 1983: Miltenberger, 2001). |
Learning Objectives: At the completion of the workshop, participants will be able to: Identify and diagnose children with maladaptive habits, tics, TS, and stuttering. Describe the various theoretical rationales that have spawned the many treatments for these types of problems. Develop treatments for children using the habit reversal and regulated breathing treatment procedures. Identify common pitfalls of treatment and ways of overcoming them. |
Activities: We will discuss the identification, nature, and treatment of children and adolescents with these type of problems. Specifically we will cover the diagnosis and treatment of individuals using the habit reversal and regulated breathing treatment procedures of Azrin and Nunn as well as treatment variations that have evolved from their original work. Case studies are included where possible, and workshop participants are strongly encouraged to provide input. |
Audience: All practitioners, educators, and other professionals working with children and adolescents presenting with these types of problems. |
Content Area: Practice |
Instruction Level: Basic |
|
|
Changing Roles of Behaviorists in Schools: Roles, Responsibilities and Bedside Manner; Or What Teachers Really Think of Us |
Saturday, May 29, 2004 |
8:00 AM–11:00 AM |
Beacon D |
Area: PRA; Domain: Applied Research |
CE Instructor: Kimberly A. Smalley, Ph.D. |
KIMBERLY A. SMALLEY (Behavior Support Advocacy Consultation) |
Description: Applied behavior analysts working in schools with students with disabilities have unique and ever changing roles. We are faced with the challenges of our own learning curve and frustrated by what often feels like resistance. Many of the challenges we face we created ourselves, or were created by our colleagues before us. This session will present research and discussion revolving around facilitating social supports in schools as a means to create behavioral change in individuals with developmental disabilities, and the perceptions and actions of school based personnel. School systems and developmental disability organizations across central California were surveyed to establish a list of exemplary behavioral service providers. Interviews, record review, and direct observation of these providers indicated that behaviorists thought to be outstanding in their field, facilitated and manipulated ecological and molar variables and focused their efforts on antecedent management. This interactive session will discuss the roles and responsibilities assigned, accrued, and otherwise performed by behaviorists in public schools. Parallel jargons and team dynamics will be discussed with relation to the expectations and perspectives schools may have of us and our profession. Barriers to creating behavioral change and successful strategies to adapt our message to listeners ear will be provided. |
Learning Objectives: At the end of the workshop, participants will be able to: Identify multiple strategies to facilitate social support as a means to create behavior reduction. Informally Assess molar and ecological variables. Reconceptualize their roles to provide active intervention. De jargonize themselves and approach. |
Activities: Lecture format will generate and encourage audience participation to compare and contrast roles and performance of the behaviorists the in audience with those identified as exemplary from study. Small group activities, self-writing assignment. |
Audience: Applied behavior analysts (BCBA, BCABA, professionals servings students with autism and or developmental disabilities) serving students with significant support needs in public schools; teachers, social workers, families, and self advocates. |
Content Area: Practice |
Instruction Level: Basic |
|
|
Combining Direct Instruction and Precision Teaching to Enhance Academic Programs |
Saturday, May 29, 2004 |
8:00 AM–11:00 AM |
Fairfax B |
Area: PRA; Domain: Applied Research |
CE Instructor: Richard M. Kubina Jr., Ph.D. |
RICHARD M. KUBINA JR. (Pennsylvania State University), DOUGLAS E. KOSTEWICZ (.) |
Description: This workshop will show participants how to combine one of the most powerful educational curricula, Direct Instruction (DI), with one of the most effective measurement tools, Precision Teaching (PT). Participants will learn how elements of Precision Teaching augment lessons from Direct Instruction. Materials from Direct Instruction curricula will be given in the workshop. Participants will examine the scope and sequence of DI reading programs and receive instruction on how to determine which skills will be selected for use with Precision Teaching. Once selected, specific skills will be identified for daily practice (to fluency). Using fluency aims, standard celeration charting, and other aspects of PT will be discussed to help rapidly accelerate students learning using Direct Instruction. |
Learning Objectives: At the end of the workshop, participants will be able to: Examine a scope and sequence from a Direct Instruction reading program and determine which skills are pivotal. Allocate time both for Direct Instruction lessons and Precision Teaching measurement and practice methods. Observe and practice Direct Instruction lessons and Precision Teaching techniques. Understand how practicing to fluency enhances specific skills taught in Direct Instruction reading programs. |
Activities: Activities will include observing a Direct Instruction reading lesson, practicing the delivery of a Direct Instruction reading lesson, analyzing standard celeration charts of reading behavior and look for learning trends, allocating time for lessons, and examining the scope and sequence from Direct Instruction reading programs. |
Audience: Behavior analysts, teachers, administrators, aides, psychologists, and other individuals interesting in teaching. |
Content Area: Practice |
Instruction Level: Intermediate |
|
|
Developing and Implementing Behaviorally Based Interventions for Young Children with Down Syndrome |
Saturday, May 29, 2004 |
8:00 AM–11:00 AM |
Hampton |
Area: PRA; Domain: Applied Research |
CE Instructor: Kathleen Feeley, Ph.D. |
KATHLEEN FEELEY (Southampton College), EMILY A. JONES (Southampton College) |
Description: Down syndrome is a developmental disability resulting from an extra copy of the 21st chromosome. This extra genetic material affects many aspects of development, including cognition, speech/language, social, and motor development. Although research has demonstrated the efficacy of behavioral interventions for teaching a variety of skills to young children with Down syndrome, there appear to be scarce applications within educational settings. This workshop will provide information regarding the unique characteristics of children with Down syndrome as well as the implications these characteristics have on the acquisition of skills. A series of case studies will be presented, demonstrating a functional relationship between skill development and behaviorally based interventions. For example, a multiple baseline design across behaviors was implemented to demonstrate the effectiveness of discrete trial instruction in establishing verbal responses to nonverbal stimuli in a four-year-old boy with Down syndrome. Positive reinforcement was used to establish contingent eye gaze and contingent vocalization in two infants with Down syndrome. Across the series of case studies, response and procedural reliability were collected during 15 to 50% of the intervention sessions, with a range of agreement between 80 and 100%. Finally, in-depth procedures will be provided for developing and implementing a behaviorally based program. |
Learning Objectives: At the end of the workshop, participants will be able to: Identify unique characteristics of young children with Down syndrome and describe the impact these characteristics have on skill development. Describe how discrete trial instruction, instruction embedded within an activity, and naturalistic teaching strategies can be implemented to meet the individual needs of children with Down syndrome. Describe behaviorally based interventions designed to address the specific deficits associated with Down syndrome. Identify essential components of a behaviorally based program for young children with Down syndrome. |
Activities: The first portion of the workshop will be a presentation on the unique characteristics of young children with Down syndrome and how these characteristics effect acquisition across skill areas (expressive communication, receptive communication, fine motor, gross motor, cognition, and adaptive behavior). The participants will then be introduced to a series of interventions (via case studies) that specifically address the unique needs of children with Down syndrome. Within these case studies, strategies to conduct functional behavioral assessments will be presented, as well as step-by-step procedures for implementing the interventions. Interventions will be presented corresponding to skill areas (e.g., speech, pre-academics, adaptive behavior). During the workshop, participants will be provided with a framework for structuring learning opportunities, specifically discrete trial instruction, activity based instruction, and naturalistic teaching strategies. Participants will gain experience developing interventions that address the needs of children with Down syndrome within these three contexts. Finally, the participants will be introduced to a behaviorally-based model of service delivery, as well as the challenges they might expect while developing such a program. |
Audience: Professionals from a variety of disciplines who work with young children (between birth and through early elementary school age) with Down syndrome. This workshop will provide methodologies to address needs across a variety of skill areas (communication, adaptive behavior, pre-academics). Additionally, it is an important workshop for parents, as it will provide them with resources they can use to advocate for appropriate programming for their children. |
Content Area: Practice |
Instruction Level: Intermediate |
|
|
Educational Applications of Relational Frame Theory |
Saturday, May 29, 2004 |
8:00 AM–11:00 AM |
Back Bay A |
Area: PRA; Domain: Applied Research |
CE Instructor: Ian T. Stewart, Ed.D. |
IAN T. STEWART (National University of Ireland, Galway), JOHN D. MCELWEE (Private Consultant) |
Description: Relational Frame Theory is a modern behaviour analytic approach to human language and cognition. One important domain of human concern obviously relevant to human language and cognition and therefore eminently suitable for the application of RFT is education. The purpose of the present workshop is to briefly lay out the RFT approach, to explain some relevant experimental findings generated by this approach, and to discuss how these empirical findings might be applied in the educational arena, particularly in special educational interventions such as Early Intensive Behavioral Intervention. The first part of the workshop will involve defining and explaining the core concepts of RFT. The latter part of the workshop will explore how these core concepts and the basic research that has arisen from them, may be brought to bear in educational and special educational settings. |
Learning Objectives: At the end of the workshop, participants will be able to: Understand the key theoretical concepts of RFT. Understand several of the areas of the RFT empirical research program that are relevant to education. Understand core principles of RFT as they apply in the educational arena. Apply RFT concepts, methods and findings in the educational arena. |
Activities: Activities include didactic instruction, small group work and brief written exercises. |
Audience: The audience will be those interested in applying modern behavioural principles in the educational arena, particularly in areas of special education such as EIBI (Early Intensive Behavior Intervention). A basic understanding of the methods and concepts employed in the experimental analysis of human behaviour will be assumed. |
Content Area: Practice |
Instruction Level: Basic |
|
|
Fluency-Based Instruction for Learners with Autism |
Saturday, May 29, 2004 |
8:00 AM–11:00 AM |
Conference Room 2 |
Area: PRA; Domain: Applied Research |
CE Instructor: Alison L. Moors, Ed.D. |
ALISON L. MOORS (Fabrizio/Moors Consulting), SARA J. PAHL (Fabrizio/Moors Consulting), KRISTIN N. SCHIRMER (Fabrizio/Moors Consulting), HOLLY ALMON (Fabrizio/Moors Consulting) |
Description: This three-hour workshop will introduce participants to Fluency-Based Instruction as applied to learners with autism. Fluency-Based Instruction, an instructional system derived from the field of behavior analysis, is a highly effective and efficient system for arranging instructional contingencies. Participants will learn the components of Fluency-Based Instruction, it historical and empirical underpinnings, as well as the support systems needed to effectively implement this model with learners with autism. The workshop uses a combination of slides, multiple video examples, and performance data from children with autism to illustrate key concepts. Participants will receive a copy of all materials presented in the workshop along with digital versions of the materials and copies of the videotape examples and charted performance data used. |
Learning Objectives: At the completion of the workshop, participants will be able to: List and describe the components of Fluency-based Instruction for learners with autism. Describe the historical and empirical underpinning of Fluency-Based Instruction. Define rate of response and discuss the role it plays in Fluency-Based Instruction. Describe the support systems needed to implement Fluency-Based Instruction in both school and private clinical arrangements. |
Activities: Throughout the workshop, participants will engage in interactive exchanges with the workshop presenters. The presenters will also use several different hands-on activities to help practitioners grasp the concepts taught. |
Audience: Behavior analytic services providers who design or supervise intervention programs for children with autism and related disabilities. |
Content Area: Practice |
Instruction Level: Basic |
|
|
How to Teach a Course in Child Development: Theory and Applications |
Saturday, May 29, 2004 |
8:00 AM–11:00 AM |
Beacon H |
Area: PRA; Domain: Applied Research |
CE Instructor: Gary D. Novak, M.D. |
GARY D. NOVAK (California State University, Stanislaus), MARTHA PELAEZ (Florida International University) |
Description: Very few behavior analysts teach courses in child development. As a result, this important area is dominated by nonbehavioral viewpoints. This workshop will give you the knowledge and skills needed to be prepared to teach a course in child and adolescent development from a behavioral perspective. The workshop leaders will present the basic concepts of their behavioral-systems approach to child and adolescent development that are detailed in their new textbook. They will show how they organize and teach their undergraduate and graduate courses using this approach, with an emphasis on PSI-type methodologies. Participants will learn how to develop goals, objectives, lecture materials, and supplementary materials and readings for use in their own course. |
Learning Objectives: At the completion of the workshop, participants will be able to: Explain the basic principles of a behavioral systems approach to child development. Write a course proposal/syllabus for a behavioral course in child development. Take a chapter and write learning objectives for a unit of a child development course. Identify the pedagogical approach they will take in teaching a course. |
Activities: Participants will be given a set of chapter objectives related as models. They will be asked to write their own set of objectives for one chapter. Participants will create sample quiz questions based on the objectives they create. Participants will create a syllabus for their own course in child development that can be used in the course proposal process. Participants will discuss the type of pedagogy that would work best for their individual teaching situations. |
Audience: Graduate students, full-time and part-time faculty interested in learning about developmental theory and its applications; those teaching a course in child development at the undergraduate or graduate level. |
Content Area: Practice |
Instruction Level: Intermediate |
|
|
How to Train Caregivers in Functional Behavioral Assessment and Treatment Development |
Saturday, May 29, 2004 |
8:00 AM–11:00 AM |
Beacon F |
Area: PRA; Domain: Applied Research |
CE Instructor: Julia T. O'Connor, Ph.D. |
JULIA T. O'CONNOR (Kennedy Krieger Institute) |
Description: As the functional behavior assessment methodology has expanded from the highly controlled research context to homes, schools, and community settings, more questions have arisen regarding how to incorporate the family and other caregivers of the client into the assessment and treatment process. Caregiver participation in behavioral assessments allows the clinician to establish a context that more closely replicates the conditions in the natural environment. This workshop is designed to train professionals how to collaborate with parents throughout the functional analysis and treatment development process. The primary focus will be to assist the professional in teaching parents and other caregivers of children with developmental disabilities how to analyze behavior and develop function based treatment strategies in a collaborative relationship. Participants will have the opportunity to practice in small groups. Materials will be provided to participants including how to define behavior, identify target situations, and identify potential reinforcers as well as sample data collection sheets and other handouts describing the principles of applied behavior analysis and conducting functional analysis. |
Learning Objectives: At the end of the workshop, participants will be able to: Train caregivers how to define target maladaptive behaviors. Train caregivers to conduct stimulus preference assessments and functional analyses in home and community settings. Train caregivers to identify appropriate alternative/adaptive behaviors. Train caregivers how to link functional analysis outcomes to possible treatment strategies. Assess caregiver integrity on implementation of the functional analysis and treatment. |
Activities: Participants will be involved in didactic presentation, discussion, and interactive activities. |
Audience: Clinicians working with parents with developmentally disabled children with behavior problems. Masters level therapists, psychologists, and family members are welcome. Participants should have a fundamental understanding of the principles of applied behavior analysis. |
Content Area: Practice |
Instruction Level: Intermediate |
|
|
Incorporating Discrete Trial Teaching and Natural Language Paradigm Teaching within Early Intervention Sessions for Children with Autism |
Saturday, May 29, 2004 |
8:00 AM–11:00 AM |
Liberty B |
Area: PRA; Domain: Applied Research |
CE Instructor: Paul Coyne Coyne, Psy.D. |
PAUL COYNE COYNE (Coyne and Associates, Inc.), ERIN RING (Coyne and Associates, Inc.), MELISSA L. EVANS (Coyne and Associates, Inc.) |
Description: Discrete Trial Teaching (DTT) and Natural Language Paradigm (NLP) are evidence-based teaching techniques commonly used in early intervention for children with autism and other developmental delays. However, it is less common to find early intervention programs with curriculums that incorporate and intersperse DTT and NLP techniques (e.g., Pivotal Response Teaching) into teaching sessions. The workshop will offer methods designed to integrate DTT and NLP techniques within an early intervention program for children with autism. We will present the essential features of both techniques, and offer practical real-life suggestions. A video displaying examples of actual teaching sessions will be presented. |
Learning Objectives: At the completion of the workshop, participants will be able to: Describe the essential features of DTT and NLP (e.g., Pivotal Response Teaching). Converse about how DTT and NLP teaching techniques are similar and different. Model and role play NLP techniques related to attention, appropriate play, and language. Describe how to use NLP techniques within a DTT session. Model and role play using NLP techniques within a DTT session. Describe a method for data collection during DTT and NLP teaching sessions. |
Activities: Participants will participate in an interactive lecture describing the essential features of DTT and NLP teaching techniques and how to incorporate the two into teaching sessions. This will include questions and answers. A video will be shown that provides descriptions of teaching techniques and examples from teaching sessions. Participants will break into small groups to role play and practice the techniques while receiving feedback and guidance from the instructors. |
Audience: Practitioners, parents, students, and anyone who works in early intervention programs for children with autism and other developmental delays. |
Content Area: Practice |
Instruction Level: Intermediate |
|
|
Intensive Early Intervention: Advanced Comprehension, Production, and Social Language Skills Program |
Saturday, May 29, 2004 |
8:00 AM–11:00 AM |
Independence East |
Area: PRA; Domain: Applied Research |
CE Instructor: Eric V. Larsson, M.Ed. |
ERIC V. LARSSON (Lovaas Institute for Early Intervention), KARA L. RIEDESEL (Lovaas Institute for Early Intervention), CHARRYSE FOUQUETTE (St. Cloud State University), MELISSA J. GARD (University of Kansas) |
Description: In intensive early intervention with young children with autism, a great number of language skills are often taught. Such skills can be developed in a coherent conceptual framework, enabling productive treatment planning and program evaluation. In the case of language skills, a four-dimensional matrix of skills can be used to design an overall generative process of language development. The matrix of skills is addressed across generalization modalities, syntax forms, conditional discriminations, and functional communicative relationships. After receptive and expressive skills are developed, the matrix naturally flows into auditory comprehension and production skills. The organization of the language curriculum can be used to control the pacing of related social skills in a systematic manner. Data obtained from children in intensive early intervention will be presented to demonstrate how the generative curriculum can improve the progress of children with severely challenging language disorders. This is part two of a workshop in language intervention in which the advanced auditory comprehension skills, creative language production skills, and social language programming is introduced as it builds upon the part one skills. Previous attendance (this year or prior) at a basic language matrix programming workshop is recommended. |
Learning Objectives: At the end of the workshop, participants will be able to: Detail information necessary to plan and program children�s language curriculums into a coherent whole. Implement conditions that promote the production and comprehension of generative language learning. Develop auditory comprehension and creative language production skills. Program genuine social language skills. Assess and evaluate program progress. |
Activities: Participants will participate in didactic presentations, discussions, and interactive exercises. Participants will obtain specific program sheets provided by the instructors. |
Audience: Parents, lead therapists, line therapists, consultants, and students. Participants should have a basic understanding of behavioral terms used in intensive early intervention. At least one-month's experience with intensive early intervention is preferable. |
Content Area: Practice |
Instruction Level: Basic |
|
|
Life-Quality Programming for People Unable to Provide Preferred Experiences to Themselves |
Saturday, May 29, 2004 |
8:00 AM–11:00 AM |
Berkeley |
Area: PRA; Domain: Applied Research |
CE Instructor: Martin Thomas Ivancic, Ed.D. |
MARTIN THOMAS IVANCIC (Western Carolina Center) |
Description: People who are unable to independently contact the things they enjoy in their lives are dependent upon other people for their life-quality. Behavior technologies have identified how to assess reinforcers, preferences, and happiness indices for people, but these procedures have been typically used only as a means to developing more complex skills. For people who are not expected to increase their current life-quality by acquiring new skills, this workshop offers programming for life-quality that considers contact with preferred stimuli as a terminal goal. The programming divides a participant's day into nine intervals. The task for the care provider is to generate predefined approval or satisfaction responses (approach responses, happiness indices, etc.) from the participant in each of these intervals. Higher percent intervals of these satisfaction responses are considered an indication of increased life-quality for that person. Data can be managed to identify and then schedule toward more preferred experiences and away from less preferred events. Quality assurance and validity for this programming is based on the on-going (i.e., across the day, every day) participant voice about the quality of his or her daily experiences. Such programming may be the essence of what many who work for people with disabilities call person-centeredness. |
Learning Objectives: At the completion of the workshop, participants will be able to: Learn to determine the programming technique with the highest potential for a participant by reviewing the parameters of habilitation found in skill acquisition programming, reinforcer assessment, preference assessment, happiness indices, and "Golden Rule Therapy." Identify individuals who may benefit from this form of life-quality programming based on their current skills. Review the behavioral techniques available for providing life-quality programming (single, paired, and multiple-stimulus choice; contingent vs. noncontingent experiences; increasing happiness indices; decreasing unhappiness indices or discomfort). State the "clinical conundrum" which forbids ever eliminating training opportunities, but maximizes immediate life-quality regardless of skill acquisition potential. Review Life-Quality Tracking Programs and Shopping Programs designed to provide immediate life-quality across the day, every day, to people who cannot bring the life they prefer to themselves. Study data provided by 32 individuals over the last three years in Life-Quality Programming for clinical and management issues. Receive copies of and practice the definitions, goals based on the self-direction domain of habilitation, written programs, data sheets, and data bases necessary to conduct Life-Quality Programming. |
Activities: Well as critique suggested definitions of participant life-quality reports for their conventional validity (e.g., a smile) and make suggestions for supporting evidence for definitions considered less conventional (e.g., opened eyes). In addition, participants will assemble materials (definitions, programs, data sheets, summary sheets) necessary to implement Life-Quality Programming in their settings. |
Audience: Persons responsible for providing life-quality for an individual or group of people who are unable to bring the things they like to themselves because of development (e.g., profound, multiple handicaps), accident (e.g., head-injury), or illness (e.g., advanced forms of Alzheimer's or Parkinson's Diseases). |
Content Area: Practice |
Instruction Level: Basic |
|
|
Overview of the Standard Celeration Chart |
Saturday, May 29, 2004 |
8:00 AM–11:00 AM |
Fairfax A |
Area: PRA; Domain: Applied Research |
CE Instructor: Michael Fabrizio, Ed.D. |
MICHAEL FABRIZIO (Fabrizio/Moors Consulting), JESUS ROSALES-RUIZ (University of North Texas), CLAY M. STARLIN (University of Oregon), ABIGAIL B. CALKIN (Calkin Learning Center), ALISON L. MOORS (Fabrizio/Moors Consulting), HENRY S. PENNYPACKER (University of Florida) |
Description: This workshop will teach participants to monitor human performance on the Standard Celeration Chart (SCC). Participants will learn important features of the chart, the rationale for monitoring rate of performance, charting conventions used with the SCC, how to chart performance across varying lengths of counting time, and how to analyze performance on the chart to assist in making data-based decisions. The presenters will draw from long and varied histories of success using the SCC in a range of settings to illustrate key concepts taught in the workshop. Examples from the areas of university teaching, intervention with children with autism, educational intervention with students with learning disabilities, general public school education, and the monitoring of private events will be used. All participants will receive a copy of all materials used in the workshop including a CD-ROM containing additional copies of the presentation materials, forms, example videos, and an animation-based tutorial. |
Learning Objectives: At the end of the workshop, participants will be able to: Read human performance data charted on all versions of the SCC. Chart human performance data charted on all versions of the SCC. Describe data on the SCC in terms of its frequency (level), celeration (trend), and bounce (variability). Describe performance management systems helpful in maintaining consistent use of the SCC in clinical and educational settings. |
Activities: Applying principles derived from behavior analysis of well-designed instruction, our world-class group of workshop presenters will use a range of activities to ensure participants learn the key skills targeted in the objectives. Participants will engage in choral responding and paced practice, timed practice on key concepts and skills, and both small and large group discussion. |
Audience: Anyone seeking an introduction (or refresher!) to the Standard Celeration Chart, including those persons interested in using the SCC to improve their own teaching or clinical practice, as well as individuals planning to take the BACB examination. |
Content Area: Practice |
Instruction Level: Basic |
|
|
Repairing a Behavior Plan That Isn't Working |
Saturday, May 29, 2004 |
8:00 AM–11:00 AM |
Beacon E |
Area: PRA; Domain: Applied Research |
CE Instructor: Theodosia R. Paclawskyj, Ed.D. |
THEODOSIA R. PACLAWSKYJ (Kennedy Krieger Institute) |
Description: The process of conducting behavioral assessment and treatment for individuals with developmental disabilities and behavior problems can consume a lot of time and resources. Therapists often become frustrated when what seems to be a well-designed behavior plan fails to improve a problem behavior, or when a plan that previously worked well seems to fall apart. This often leads to further treatment attempts that, when prolonged, lead to significant negative impact on the target individual and their immediate community. This presentation is intended to help the clinician identify weaknesses within three domains of a behavior plan: design, materials, and implementation. Using a model drawn from critical incident investigation, the presentation reviews factors such as human error (e.g., treatment integrity, false assumptions, etc.), mechanical failure (e.g., satiation, competing schedules of reinforcement, etc.), and design flaws (e.g., lack of valid functional assessment, consideration of establishing operations, etc.). State-of-the-art behavioral research is translated into a practical model that can be applied to evaluate a range of behavioral scenarios and allows the clinician to develop an enhanced perspective on successful and systematic behavioral assessment and treatment. |
Learning Objectives: At the completion of the workshop, participants will be able to: Recognize, assess, and correct problems that affect the implementation of a behavior plan. Recognize, assess, and correct problems with specific materials or consequences used within a behavior plan. Recognize, assess, and correct problems in the design of a particular strategy used within a behavior plan. Develop a broader perspective of the necessary elements for the design of a successful behavior plan. |
Activities: Participants will be involved in didactic presentation, discussion, and interactive activities; participants are encouraged to bring examples of problematic situations encountered in their own experiences. |
Audience: Clinicians working in applied settings who develop and monitor behavioral treatment programs for individuals with developmental disabilities and behavior problems. Master's level therapists, supervising psychologists, behavior support staff, students, and family members are welcome. Participants should have a fundamental understanding of the principles of applied behavior analysis. |
Content Area: Practice |
Instruction Level: Intermediate |
|
|
Skinner's Analysis of Verbal Behavior |
Saturday, May 29, 2004 |
8:00 AM–11:00 AM |
Back Bay C |
Area: PRA; Domain: Applied Research |
CE Instructor: Mark L. Sundberg, Ed.D. |
MARK L. SUNDBERG (Behavior Analysts, Inc./STARS School) |
Description: This workshop will cover the basic concepts of Skinner's analysis of verbal behavior. We will also discuss how Skinner's analysis is conceptually different from other (traditional) analyses of language. Participants will learn how to define and exemplify the elementary verbal operants (i.e., echoic, mand, tact, intraverbal, textual, and transcriptive), and how to classify samples of verbal behavior. |
Learning Objectives: At the completion of the workshop, participants will be able to: Explain how Skinner's analysis of verbal behavior is different from other analyses of language. Define the elementary verbal operants (i.e., echoic, mand, tact, intraverbal, textual, and transcriptive). Provide examples of the different types of verbal behavior. Classify samples of verbal behavior. |
Activities: Workshop attendees will participate in didactic presentations, discussions, and exercises in the analysis of verbal behavior. Handouts will be provided to each attendee that will provide information on each topic, as well as exercises and examples related to those topics. |
Audience: Participants should have at least a working knowledge of behavior analysis and some interest in the topic of language. |
Content Area: Practice |
Instruction Level: Basic |
|
|
Teaching Behavioral Techniques to Violent Criminal Offenders |
Saturday, May 29, 2004 |
8:00 AM–11:00 AM |
Back Bay B |
Area: PRA; Domain: Applied Research |
CE Instructor: Cary E. Schwencke, Psy.D. |
CARY E. SCHWENCKE (Select Support Services), SAMUEL OKECHUKWU OZUZU (Century Prison) |
Description: Workshop instructors will present an overview of a basic treatment model and curriculum that teaches the practical application of traditional methods proven to be effective for behaviors associated with violence and aggression. The program is designed for use with offenders, both incarcerated and not, and those with minor misdemeanor convictions. These methods are organized into a practical standard format with five basic steps. Step 1: Background information gathering and individual interview. Step 2: Instruction on the ABC model, simple data collection, and basic behavior principles. Step 3: Group discussion that included techniques such as problem solving, role playing, role reversal, and practicing responses. The instructor will also be able to directly observe the participants behaviors. Step 4: Individual will design and put into writing his own intervention plan. |
Learning Objectives: At the completion of the workshop, participants will be able to: Design a basic framework to be applied within the criminal justice system. Complete a background and information profile for a violent offender. Instruct offenders in the use of the ABC model and functional analysis of behavior. Apply group behavioral activities with offenders. Implement a program that will help an individual manage his own behavior. |
Activities: Didactic lecture; interactive exercises; creating an example treatment intervention with use of presented techniques; and questions and answers. |
Audience: . |
Content Area: Practice |
Instruction Level: Intermediate |
|
|
The Discrete Trial Tracking System: An Integrative and Analytic Approach to the Implementation of Discrete Trial Teaching Technology |
Saturday, May 29, 2004 |
8:00 AM–11:00 AM |
Beacon B |
Area: PRA; Domain: Applied Research |
CE Instructor: Sara White, Psy.D. |
SARA WHITE (Behavioral & Educational Strategies & Training), SALLY GREVEMBERG (Behavioral & Educational Strategies & Training) |
Description: There has been a large amount of controversy within the field of discrete trial instruction over which prompting system produces the greatest gains in learning. Typically speaking, instructional agencies will advocate for one particular prompting method and use that method to the exclusion of all others. The Discrete Trial Tracking System (DTTS) provides a systematic method of integrating both most-to-least and least-to-most prompting strategies, allowing children to benefit from both means of instruction. DTTS is an integrated method of prompting, program implementation and data collection, which focuses on individualizing both the prompting hierarchy and instructional sequence to meet the needs of each child. Additionally, DTTS presents a written prompting hierarchy that is simple for staff to implement and easy for supervisors to monitor. Having a written prompting protocol also makes the training of new staff members easier and more efficient, and makes prompting more consistent and therefore less confusing for children. Finally, DTTS provides a method of making systematic data-based decisions in order to maximize speed of learning. Cumulatively, DTTS provides a systematic and analytic framework to aid in the implementation of discrete trial teaching technology across a variety of instructional settings. |
Learning Objectives: At the completion of the workshop, participants will be able to: Understand a framework for conceptualizing prompting methodologies. Demonstrate the Discrete Trial Tracking System method of prompting, program tracking, and data collection/analysis. Understand how to implement the Discrete Trial Tracking System. Understand how to use the Discrete Trial Tracking System to make data-based decisions Lecture/discussion on the prompting framework and the basic application of the Discrete Trial Tracking System. Demonstration of the Discrete Trial Tracking System using videotaped teaching sessions. Practice using the Discrete Trial Tracking System from videotaped teaching sessions and with other workshop participants |
Activities: . |
Audience: Any individual involved in or interested in discrete trial teaching technology. The material presented will be appropriate for an audience with varying knowledge levels; however, some prior knowledge of discrete trial teaching is essential. Participants should have a working knowledge of the basic terminology of discrete trial instruction and implementation procedures. |
Content Area: Practice |
Instruction Level: Intermediate |
|
|
Traumatic Brain Injury: Mechanisms, Management, and Training |
Saturday, May 29, 2004 |
8:00 AM–11:00 AM |
Back Bay D |
Area: PRA; Domain: Applied Research |
CE Instructor: Michael P. Mozzoni, Psy.D. |
MICHAEL P. MOZZONI (Timber Ridge Group, Inc.) |
Description: This workshop is for behavior analysts working as part of an interdisciplinary team who need to interact with other professionals to help patients participate and profit from therapy sessions. As well, this workshop is for behavior analysts who need to help therapist to modify and improve their training methods in order to meet projected outcome goals within the specified length of stay. The first part of the workshop will outline localized brain and behavior functions and mechanisms of injury. Participants will get an overview of what happens during a traumatic injury. The second part of the workshop will focus on acute rehabilitation issues of data collection, and redirection methods for patients in Rancho level 4-The third part will focus on specialized training methods and considerations used in rehabilitation. Trial presentation, prompting and reinforcement methods for use in physical, occupational, and speech therapy will be discussed using case studies. As well, pediatric issues in education will be demonstrated using data based training methods. |
Learning Objectives: At the completion of the workshop, participants will be able to: Identify mechanisms of injury and localization of function. Recall three of nine methods of redirection. Recall two of three methods of trial presentation styles. Recall the advantages of fluency training over %-correct training. |
Activities: Workshop activities will center around lecture, case studies, demonstration, and question and answer periods. |
Audience: Behavior analysts working in multidisciplinary brain injury rehabilitation programs and teachers working with children with brain injury. |
Content Area: Practice |
Instruction Level: Basic |
|
|
Using Microsoft Excel to Monitor and Graph Behavior Data |
Saturday, May 29, 2004 |
8:00 AM–11:00 AM |
Dalton |
Area: PRA; Domain: Applied Research |
CE Instructor: John J. Pokrzywinski, Ed.D. |
JOHN J. POKRZYWINSKI (West Tennessee Regional Office and Columbus Organization) |
Description: Behavior analysts devote a great amount of time to the production of graphs. There are a variety of commercial computer software packages on the market that can be used to create graphs; however, they tend to be relatively expensive, and may vary in their degree of user friendliness. This workshop provides instruction in the use of templates for graphing data using Microsoft Excel. The workshop content will include: an introduction to basic Excel procedures, the use of these templates, how to modify them, and references to other sources that describe the use of Microsoft Excel to produce reversal, multiple baseline, and multi-element graphs (among others) that conform to many of the technical recommendations for publication in the Journal of Applied Behavior Analysis. Participants are invited to bring laptop computers with them to the workshop. |
Learning Objectives: At the end of the workshop, participants will be able to use Microsoft Excel to: Navigate the basic functions of Excel required to create graphs. Use customized templates to create Excel workbooks to track behaviors. Modify Excel graphing properties to customize reports. Create behavior graphs in different configurations, print them, and insert them into other documents. |
Activities: Lecture will accompany a PowerPoint presentation. Each participant will receive a disk with the behavior tracking templates, an instruction manual, and supporting materials. Participants who bring their own laptop computers may install the templates during the workshop. |
Audience: Everyone who is interested in learning easy and flexible ways of tracking and graphing behavior data. Participants do not need prior experience with Excel. However, some familiarity with spreadsheets would be beneficial. |
Content Area: Practice |
Instruction Level: Basic |
|
|
What Does "ResearchBased" Really Mean? Evaluating and Predicting the Likely Success of Behavioral Programs |
Saturday, May 29, 2004 |
8:00 AM–11:00 AM |
Beacon A |
Area: PRA; Domain: Applied Research |
CE Instructor: Janet S. Twyman, M.D. |
JANET S. TWYMAN (Headsprout), T. V. JOE LAYNG (Headsprout) |
Description: Current uses of the term research-based as applied to educational and behavioral programs range in meaning from claims that: Programs contain elements found by research to be effective; pretest vs. post-test or simple comparison studies have provided evidence of effectiveness; or the program has undergone some form of scientifically controlled study, often involving randomized control groups. Further adding to the confusion, all of these uses fail to distinguish between the scientific development of a program, and the scientific evaluation of outcomes after a program is developed. This latter use of researchbased might more properly be considered researchfiltered. That is, a program, regardless of how it was designed, is measured against an alternative form of instruction, or at times, no instruction at all. This use of the term researchbased would find in its referent an emphasis on summative evaluation. Yet another use of the term researchbased might be more properly considered as pertaining to a behavioral intervention or instructional program that has been scientifically developed. That is, it is designed and constructed often-following design test revise retest cycles until each individual is shown to succeed. This use of the term researchbased would find in its referent an emphasis on formative evaluation (after Scriven, 1974). This workshop will provide an overview of how the term research-based needs to be examined using criteria based on the type of formative and summative evaluation that has been conducted in developing behavioral intervention and instructional programs. The workshop will present and provide practice in using a method educators can employ 1) to evaluate claims made by consultants, vendors and program authors, 2) to judge data supplied by reading program publishers, and 3) to make predictions of the likely success of a program. A 3X3 Matrix will be used to describe the various levels of interaction between each subtype of evaluation and the effect it has on predicting the success of both individuals and groups using research-based behavioral and instructional programs. |
Learning Objectives: At the end of the workshop, participants will be able to: Distinguish between three types of formative evaluation (experiential, evidence-based, and scientific), and three types of summative evaluation (experiential, evidence-based, and scientific). Use a provided 3X3 Matrix to describe the various levels of interaction between each subtype of evaluation and the effect it has on predicting the success of both individuals and groups using research-based behavioral or instructional programs. Use the seven characteristics of the formative evaluation process to better understand the important role formative evaluation may play in developing and evaluating student success in research-based behavioral or instructional programs. Make projections of the likely success of interventions based upon the "research-base" offered as evidence of effectiveness of selected programs. |
Activities: Audio visual presentation involving computer projected slides, animations, and video; small group application of evaluation guidelines to a range of intervention examples. |
Audience: All who use or consume behavioral or educational programs or products. |
Content Area: Practice |
Instruction Level: Basic |
|
|
Special Interest Groups Meeting |
Saturday, May 29, 2004 |
8:00 AM–11:20 AM |
Liberty C |
Chair: Jay Moore (University of Wisconsin, Milwaukee) |
Presenting Authors: |
N/a |
|
|
|
|
Affiliate Chapters Board Meeting |
Saturday, May 29, 2004 |
9:00 AM–9:50 AM |
Liberty C |
Chair: Gerald R. Bernicky (Surrey Place Centre: Toronto Preschool Autism Service) |
Presenting Authors: |
To review activities and discuss issues raised regarding ABA International Affiliate Chapters |
|
|
|
|
Newcomers' Session |
Saturday, May 29, 2004 |
10:00 AM–10:50 AM |
Clarendon |
Chair: John L. Michael (Western Michigan University), W. Scott Wood (Drake University) |
An overview of ABA, its history, structures and functions as an international locus of the field of behavior analysis. Awards, special interest groups and other features will also be addressed. Drs. Michael and Woods, two of ABA's original members, will review the origin and organization of ABA as well as describe the principles of behavior analysis that form the scientific foundation of the field. |
|
|
|
|
International Development Brunch |
Saturday, May 29, 2004 |
10:00 AM–11:30 AM |
Constitution A |
Chair: Ned Carter (AFA, Stockholm, Sweden) |
The international brunch is scheduled on the first day of the convention to welcome the international members and review the international development of behavior analysis. |
|
|
|
|
Opening Event: Society for the Advancement of Behavior Analysis Awards |
Saturday, May 29, 2004 |
11:30 AM–1:00 PM |
Grand Ballroom |
Chair: Michael Perone (West Virginia University) |
|
Award for Effective Presentation of Behavior Analysis in the Mass Media: Ivar Lovaas, Ph.D (University of California, Los Angeles) |
Abstract: If ABA is to remain a noteworthy and effective method of treatment, treatment providers must focus on a number of issues. (1) To what extent do data from one or a few individuals as in single-subject research represent other individuals of the same diagnosis or similar pre-treatment measures? (2) Does the beneficial effect provided by behavioral intervention last over time? (3) Can the treatment and data be replicated by others? (4) Data from Achievement Place (Wolf, Kirigin, Fixsen, Blase, &Braukman, 1995) indicate that, once trained, providers of behavioral treatment need to return to their original site of training to prevent drifting off criterion of mastery. (5) Can we develop quality control on treatment? Almost anyone can now claim to be competent in delivering behavioral treatment while citing the favorable outcome from data published by others rather than their own. Finally, it is not enough to pass on examination on the basic variables or reading a training manual comprising discrete trials training. The field has also become specialized over time such that a person trained in one model, such as in the UCLA Young Autism version of ABA would not be qualified to conduct treatment in another model such as the Achievement Place model or school-based programs such as programs at Rutgers or Princeton Child Development Institute. |
|
IVAR LOVAAS (University of California, Los Angeles) |
|
Dr. Ivar Lovaas earned his PhD in Psychology in 1958 from the University of Washington. In 1961 he started at UCLA and has held a full professorship since 1967. In 1995, he founded the Lovaas Institute for Early Intervention (LIFE), which is a provider of early intervention treatment for young children diagnosed with autism. He has received many honors for his work in the field, including the Edgar Doll Award, a Distinguished Research Contribution Award from the American Psychological Association, the California Senate Award, an Honorary Doctorate, and a Guggenheim Fellowship. He has been interviewed on national television networks such as CBS, CNN, and the BBC. He has given presentations across the United States and the world, including Sweden, Germany, Poland, and New Zealand. Dr. Lovaas has close to 70 publications to his credit. Dr. Lovaas will give a presentation titled Some Concerns About the Future of ABA. |
|
Award for Distinguished Service to Behavior Analysis: Beth Sulzer-Azaroff, Ph.D. (University of Massachusetts and Browns Group) |
Abstract: Dr. Sulzer-Azaroff will give a presentation titled Of Oaks and Acorns
Abstract: The seeds broadcast in the early 20th century have yielded a rich harvest within the field of behavior analysis. Founded in natural science, the analysis of behavior continues to mature exponentially, spanning the discovery and elaboration of fundamental laws and principles to its successful management of an increasingly broad range of individual and social challenges. The excitement generated today by the substantial progress in the well-being and improved performance of ordinary people, students, workers, managers, and many others can be directly traced to those humble beginnings.
Concrete examples are drawn from two different areas: The development, analysis, local application, and widespread dissemination of behavioral methods toward 1) educating children with autism and 2) improving the well-being of workers on the job. Elements will be traced from the study of the behavior of organisms in the laboratory, thorough single and small group analyses, to larger groups in contrived and natural settings, and even for wide scale dissemination. Today, the lives of tens of thousands of children, families, workers and organizations are improving as a result of these collaborative efforts. Beholden, as we are, to the accomplishments of our colleagues, we also share the responsibility for disseminating what we have to offer for the benefit of humankind. |
|
BETH SULZER-AZAROFF (University of Massachusetts and Browns Group) |
|
The challenges of attempting to teach successfully in an inner-city school, led Sulzer-Azaroff to the study of behavior analysis. As a doctoral student in school psychology at the University of Minnesota, she began her investigations of programmed instruction, autism education, and errorless learning. Next, while a faculty member at Southern Illinois University, she, her students and colleagues investigated and wrote of behavior analytic methods for motivating, instructing and managing student and teacher performance. At the University of Massachusetts, she helped coordinate a doctoral-level psychology program in developmental disabilities, meanwhile continuing her collaborative scholarship and research in behavior analytic applications within schools, families, and service and business organizations. Currently she is a Professor Emeritus of the University of Massachusetts and holds adjunct appointments at Florida International and Florida Gulf Coast Universities. At present, she is collaborating in the development and field evaluations of a federally sponsored distance-learning curriculum designed to teach the parents and teachers of children with autism how to intervene with behavioral methods. |
|
Award for International Dissemination of Behavior Analysis: Michael Davison, Ph.D. (Auckland University) |
Abstract: Michael will give a presentation entitled Choices, Choices: How to Steal a Soul for Behavior Analysis.
Abstract: I shall present a methodologically novel hermeneutic quantitative single-subject analysis of the environmental conditions that may be required, in some selected cases, to wash the behaviour of an alien human sufficiently to produce an almost exclusive preference for behaviour analysis over other psychologies. I'll also celebrate the joys of not being trained in behavior analysis by behavior analysts, and suggest that the resultant variation and (I hope) selection will provide for a viable future for behavior analysis in the world. |
|
MICHAEL C. DAVISON (Auckland University, New Zealand) |
|
Dr. Michael Davison obtained a B.Sc. from Bristol University, U.K. (where he discovered behaviour analysis), a Ph.D. from Otago University, NZ, and a D.Sc. from Auckland University. His first job was as Lecturer at Otago University, then successively Lecturer at University College London, and then at Auckland University, NZ, where he has remained since, moving through the ranks to Senior Lecturer, Associate Professor, and then being awarded a Personal Chair in Psychology.
Michael was elected Fellow of the NZ Psychological Society, and Fellow of the Royal Society of New Zealand, by whom he was awarded a Silver Medal for research. He has served on the editorial board of JEAB five times, and is currently an Associate Editor of this journal and serves on the SEAB Board. He was the first International Director on the ABA and SABA Boards. He has published about 90 papers in JEAB and authored (with McCarthy) the much cited but little purchased book The Matching Law: A research review.
His research interests lie in the quantification of behaviour and choice, and he has recently become concerned with the neuroscience of choice, taking a 10% appointment to the NZ National Research Centre for Growth and Development. |
|
Award for Public Service in Behavior Analysis: Michael Hemingway, MS |
Abstract: Accepted by Gerald L. Shook (Behavior Analyst Certification Board) |
|
MICHAEL HEMINGWAY (Behavior Analyst Certification Board) |
|
Michael Hemingway graduated Western Michigan University in 1971 with a bachelor’s degree in psychology, and earned his master’s degree in behavior analysis from the University of Manitoba in 1976. After working as a behavior analyst practitioner for a decade in Michigan, he moved to Florida in 1986 to become Behavior Analyst Consultant for the statewide Developmental Disabilities Office of the Florida Department of Children and Families, and in 1994 became Senior Behavior Analyst there. In these positions, he coordinated and further developed the watershed Florida statewide behavior analysis services and oversight system. Michael was elected to the Executive Committee of the Florida Association for Behavior Analysis, and later served as FABA’s President. He was awarded the FABA Charles Cox Lifetime Achievement Award in 1997 for outstanding contributions to behavior analysis in Florida. Michael’s sphere of influence permeated all aspects of behavior analysis in Florida, and his contribution to the practice and profession of behavior analysis extended to national and international levels. Michael was a founding member of the Behavior Analyst Certification Board’s Board of Directors, and it was his leadership and commitment that ensured the successful transformation of Florida behavior analyst certification program into the international certification of the BACB. |
|
Award for Impact of Science on Application: John A. (Tony) Nevin, Ph.D. (Auckland University) |
Abstract: Award for Impact of Science on Application |
|
JOHN A. NEVIN (Auckland University, New Zealand) |
|
Dr. John A. Nevin, known as Tony, studied marine engineering at Yale University and served five years in the Coast Guard before encountering experimental psychology, which proved to be surprisingly compatible with his background in engineering and physical science. His graduate studies at Columbia University combined human psychophysics and color vision with behavioral analyses of conditioned reinforcement in rats and matching to sample in pigeons. After receiving his Ph.D. in 1963, he taught at Swarthmore College until 1968. He returned to Columbia from 1968 until 1972, where he served two years as department chair. To the delight of his five children, he then moved to the relatively rural University of New Hampshire, where he remained until retirement in 1995. He now lives with his wife Nora on the island of Martha’s Vineyard, where he engages in community and environmental conservation projects while maintaining research collaborations in Utah and New Zealand through the magic of electronic communication, supplemented by occasional visits. The post-retirement persistence of his research and theoretical work on behavioral momentum is itself an instance of momentum, based on the many reinforcers he has been privileged to enjoy throughout his life. |
|
Award for Enduring Programmatic Contributions in Behavior Analysis: West Virginia University Department of Psychology |
Abstract: Behavior analysis was born in a department of psychology, in a college of liberal arts. From there its influence and effects spread not only throughout the university but also to myriad applied settings that could only be imagined at its birth. The Department of Psychology at West Virginia University, and particularly its Behavior Analysis doctoral training program, through its graduates, students, and faculty has contributed to the web of multiple influences of behavior analysis in contemporary society. As the influence of behavior analysis spreads from its birthplace in the liberal arts and continues to evolve, it also is important to continue to develop and build on that liberal arts tradition and not abandon it. In departments of psychology, like that at West Virginia University, behavior analysis contributes to students' understanding of not only the behavioral sciences but also the humanities and other sciences. Behavior analysis places other psychological viewpoints in a different perspective, suggests a unique worldview to many of these students, and challenges them to question the nature of their own histories and personal philosophies. Such influences in the shaping of the lives of generations of young people argue strongly for the continued commitment of behavior analysis to the liberal arts and to psychology. |
|
WEST VIRGINIA UNIVERSITY DEPARTMENT OF PSYCHOLOGY (West Virginia University Department of Psychology) |
|
Dr. Kennon A. Lattal will accept the award on behalf of West Virginia University Department of Psychology and will give a presentation titled Behavior Analysis and the Liberal Arts Tradition. |
|
|
|
|
|
Cambridge Center Discussion: How Can We Advance Behavior Analysis AND Make a Difference in Society? (Research to Practice) |
Saturday, May 29, 2004 |
1:00 PM–1:50 PM |
Beacon H |
Area: CSE; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: Dwight Harshbarger (Cambridge Center for Behavioral Studies) |
HENRY S. PENNYPACKER (University of Florida) |
MURRAY SIDMAN (Cambridge Center for Behavioral Studies) |
PHILIP N. CHASE (West Virginia University) |
Abstract: The mission of the Cambridge Center is to advance the scientific study of behavior and its humane applications to practical problems. For example, in the adoption of behavior-based practices in education, clinical services, parenting and the quality of work life.
Skinner challenged us to apply our research and technology to the problems facing our society and the world. How are we doing? How might our field, each of us as behavior analysts and CCBS improve our effectiveness in making a difference? What are best roles and practices for the Cambridge Center?
This panel discussion will address the following areas:1. Getting things done - a perspective on roles for behavior analysts; communication with the public and policy makers, 2. Building more effective methods and practices in education - thinking globally and taking local action, 3. Guiding practices that lead to healthy selection and survival by organizations. |
|
|
|
|
Cocaine, Dopamine Transport Inhibition, and Discovery Research on Medical Treatments for Cocaine Abuse |
Saturday, May 29, 2004 |
1:00 PM–1:50 PM |
Beacon E |
Area: BPH; Domain: Applied Research |
CE Instructor: Amy Odum, Psy.D. |
Chair: Amy Odum (Utah State University) |
JONATHAN L. KATZ (National Institute on Drug Abuse) |
Dr. Jonathan L. Katz received his PhD from the University of Maryland in 1978, studying under Dr. James E. Barrett. Two post-doctoral years followed at Harvard Medical School under the direction of Dr. William H. Morse. Dr. Katz was a Research Investigator in the Department of Pharmacology at the University of Michigan Medical School, and joined the National Institute on Drug Abuse in 1984, where he is Acting Chief of the Medications Discovery Research Branch. He also holds an adjunct appointment in the Department of Pharmacology at the University of Maryland School of Medicine. Katz is a member of several professional societies, including the Behavioral Pharmacology Society and the American Society for Pharmacology and Experimental Therapeutics. He is a member of the Editorial Boards of the Journal of Pharmacology and Experimental Therapeutics, Pharmacology and Therapeutics, and Psychopharmacology, and is Editor for Behavioral Pharmacology for the Journal of the Experimental Analysis of Behavior. He has published extensively, co-holds a patent on cocaine abuse medications, and serves on several professional committees. His current research interests are the pharmacological mechanisms underlying the behavioral effects of cocaine, in particular the respective roles of dopamine receptor subtypes, and the role of heterogeneity in dopamine transporter function. |
Abstract: Among the multiple actions of cocaine, evidence has suggested that the inhibition of dopamine uptake is the primary action underlying the behavioral effects of cocaine. This hypothesis indicates that drugs that inhibit the transport of dopamine will have behavioral effects, and abuse liability, similar to cocaine. Despite the evidence supporting the hypothesis, compounds exist that selectively bind to the dopamine transporter with high affinity and inhibit dopamine uptake, but have behavioral effects that differ from those of cocaine. These compounds generally show a decreased efficacy in stimulating locomotor activity, reduced or no efficacy in producing cocaine-like discriminative-stimulus effects, and are marginally effective as reinforcers in primates trained to self administer cocaine. These findings indicate important limitations to the dopamine transporter hypothesis of the behavioral effects of cocaine. Further, the delineation of differences in the pharmacology of various dopamine uptake inhibitors will provide insight into dopamine transporter function, the neurobiological substrates involved in cocaine abuse, and may provide leads for the discovery of medical treatments for cocaine abuse. |
|
|
|
|
Piaget and Skinner: Evolving into Complementarity |
Saturday, May 29, 2004 |
1:00 PM–1:50 PM |
Hampton |
Area: DEV; Domain: Applied Research |
CE Instructor: Hayne W. Reese, M.Ed. |
Chair: Hayne W. Reese (West Virginia University) |
WILLIS OVERTON (Temple University) |
Dr. Willis (Bill) F. Overton is the Thaddeus Lincoln Bolton Professor of Psychology and Chairman of the Department of Psychology at Temple University in Philadelphia, PA. Dr. Overton is currently Editor of Monographs of the Society for Research in Child Development, past Associate Editor of Developmental Psychology, and board member of many developmental and cognitive-developmental journals. He is also a Fellow of Divisions 7 (Developmental), 12 (Clinical), and 20 (Aging) of the American Psychological Association and Past President of the Jean Piaget Society. During his career, Dr. Overton has been a research scientist, teacher, and clinician. He has published over 100 books, chapters, and research articles, and has given more than 90 addresses to national and international organizations. His empirical research has focused on cognitive development, and specifically the development of reasoning. His theoretical writings have examined the nature and impact of metatheoretical assumptions on concepts and methods in psychology, including analyses of the structure of developmental theory, the place of general systems in our understanding of development, the assumptive base of the nature-nurture debate, and the role of reductionism in contemporary developmental methodology. |
Abstract: Historically, cognitive-developmental, and behavior analytic approaches to the study of human behavior and development have been viewed as incompatible with alternative theoretical and methodological perspectives. This presumed incompatibility has itself generally been understood as arising from divergent sets of metatheoretical assumptions that take the form of ontological and epistemological principles and, as coherent wholes, constitute worldviews. Classically cognitive-developmental approaches have been cast as deriving from an organismic worldview and behavior analytic approaches from a contextualist worldview. Previous attempts at uniting the two approaches have entailed privileging one and radically modifying the other. A more meaningful move toward integration requires a set of metatheoretical assumptions that transcends both worldviews, and, while maintaining their distinct qualities, unites them. Such a metatheoretical framework constitutes the base for a true rapprochement of cognitive-developmental and behavior analytic approaches. The integrative metatheoretical frame presented here has been termed relational metatheory. Relational metatheory entailing four basic principles of holism, the identity of opposites, the opposites of identity, and the synthesis of wholes identifies the process by which classically fundamental dichotomies can be transformed into co-equal indissociable complementarities, and how these complementarities can serve as relatively stable platforms for launching diverse forms of scientific inquiry. |
|
|
|
|
Pioneers of Behavior Analysis |
Saturday, May 29, 2004 |
1:00 PM–1:50 PM |
Independence East |
Area: TPC |
Chair: Janet L. Pietrowski (Eastern Michigan University) |
|
Knight Dunlap: An Unrecognized Pioneer in Early Behaviorism. |
Domain: Applied Research |
JANET L. PIETROWSKI (Eastern Michigan University) |
|
Abstract: The purpose of this paper is to describe the career and philosophy of Knight Dunlap, a little-known early behaviorist. This paper will examine parallels between the behavioral perspective of Dunlap and his more famous John's Hopkins colleague, John B. Watson. It appears that some aspects of classical behaviorism attributed to Watson might have been borrowed from or inspired by Dunlap. Has Dunlap been given too little recognition as a pioneer in behaviorism relative to Watson? |
|
John B. Watson: Founder of Behaviorism or Inspired Popularizer of Others' Ideas? |
Domain: Applied Research |
JAMES T. TODD (Eastern Michigan University) |
|
Abstract: The purpose of this paper is to show the extent to which John B. Watson should be credited as the founder of behaviorism. Other early psychologists such as Knight Dunlap contributed ideas and inspiration, but Watson alone authored behaviorism as a comprehensive program and philosophy. The extent of the contributions of Watson's colleagues and contemporaries will be assessed. |
|
|
|
|
|
SQAB 2004 Tutorial: What Good is Mathematics in Behavior Analysis? |
Saturday, May 29, 2004 |
1:00 PM–1:50 PM |
Commonwealth |
Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: Peter Killeen (Arizona State University) |
Presenting Authors: : M. JACKSON MARR (Georgia Tech) |
Abstract: Behavior analysis is founded on the assumption that there can be a science of behavior. Indeed, our methods reveal an astonishing order to behavior virtually unique in the behavior sciences. We also assume that relatively few principles of behavioral control can account for very complex behavior. All these characteristics lead us to expect that the behavioral phenomena we see around us as well as those we engender and explore in the laboratory may be subject to mathematical description. Indeed, behavior analysis is one of the more quantitative of the behavioral sciences, but, unfortunately, many students are not introduced to the power and beauty of a quantitative account, Moreover, even if they were exposed to such an account, the curricula in typical undergraduate and graduate programs require little quantitative training, so the student is too often intellectually isolated from understanding. This is, of course, NOT the student's fault. My tutorial will address the question: "What good is mathematics?" and attempt to provide examples supporting the rationale for greater emphasis on mathematical modeling and other quantitative approaches to behavior in academic programs in behavior analysis. |
|
M. JACKSON MARR (Georgia Tech) |
Dr. M. Jackson (Jack) Marr received the BS degree in 1961 from Georgia Tech where he majored in psychology and mathematical physics. He received a Ph.D. in experimental psychology with a minor in physiology from the University of North Carolina at Chapel Hill in 1966. He is Professor of Psychology at Georgia Tech where he teaches courses in the experimental analysis of behavior, physiology and behavior, behavioral pharmacology, and probability/statistics. He is Past-President of the Society for the Advancement of Behavior Analysis, Past-President of both the Association for Behavior Analysis and Division 25 (Behavior Analysis) of the American Psychological Association, and Review Editor of the Journal of the Experimental Analysis of Behavior. He has served as Associate Editor of the Journal of the Experimental Analysis of Behavior and The Behavior Analyst, and was the Experimental Representative to the Executive Council of the Association for Behavior Analysis. He was a Research Fellow in Pharmacology at Harvard Medical School, a visiting professor at the Universidad National Autonoma de Mexico, and the first Eminent Scholar invited to Jacksonville State University. He served as a Navy contractor for Project Sanguine in a study of possible effects of extremely low frequency electromagnetic fields on operant behavior. As an AIEE Senior Fellow at the Naval Aerospace Medical Research Laboratory, he conducted research on the effects of microwaves as reinforcers for operant behavior and the effects of drugs on sustained military flight performance. His recent research interests include the development of instructional systems for teaching engineering physics, dynamical systems theory, behavior analysis at Zoo Atlanta, assessment methods for engineering and science education, and conceptual issues in behavioral analysis. |
|
|
|
|
An Analysis of Strategies for Teaching Abstract and Relational Skills to Young Children with Autism |
Saturday, May 29, 2004 |
1:00 PM–2:20 PM |
Back Bay D |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: Robert F. Kidd (Perspectives Corporation) |
Discussant: Thomas J. Waltz (University of Nevada, Reno) |
Abstract: N/a |
|
Where Am I? An Analysis of Preposition Use and Self-Reporting. |
JOHN C. BARNARD (Educational Services Unit Burlington County Special Services), Allison Garofalo (Garofalo & Associates, LLC) |
Abstract: Intervention protocols for children with autism are complex, analytic endeavors that include a comprehensive, individualized curriculum designed to establish a variety of behavioral, language, and cognitive skills. With careful and systematic skill building, behavior analysts have been able to teach a variety of simple and complex language relations to children with autism. But even with careful curriculum development it is common for many children to struggle when abstract language concepts like prepositions are introduced. And these abstract concepts can become even more problematic when combined with other abstract language concepts like pronouns. Using selected case studies this presentation will analyze the progress of students during acquisition of the basic use of spatial prepositions, and discuss the component skills comprising these abilities. The emergence of verbal reporting of self (“I” verses “You”) in relation to various objects in the environment will be discussed as will the potential implications of these reports towards the development of other complex skill areas. |
|
Teaching Visual Perspective Taking to Children with Autism: Considerations. |
STEIN LUND (Perspectives Corporation) |
Abstract: Children with autism have many individual deficits that must be addressed individually and in a highly systematic manner. Intervention must proceed incrementally as complex skills must be deconstructed and organized into individual, yet interrelated units. An area of great difficulty concerns “visual perspective taking.” Essentially, visual perspective taking consists of responding to a situation from at least two different vantage points while discriminating which vantage point “belongs” to “I.” This skill is highly complex and elusive. However, behavior analysis, with its focus on deconstructing complex behavior, explicit contingency arrangement and incremental teaching is conducive to establish this skill. This paper discusses some basic elements of visual perspective taking and offers a sequence of implementation. The proposed sequence is derived from clinical work with several young children with autism. Additionally, this paper will highlight common obstacles and issues that are often concealed. |
|
A Relational Frame Perspective on Teaching Prepositions and Pronouns to Children with Autism |
YVONNE BARNES-HOLMES (National University of Ireland, Maynooth), Dermot Barnes-Holmes (National University of Ireland, Maynooth), Louise A. Mchugh (National University of Ireland, Maynooth) |
Abstract: Relational Frame Theory (RFT) is a modern behavioral and functional account of human language and cognition with an emphasis on derived relational responding as a critical skill in complex verbal behavior. An increasing number of empirical studies have highlighted the utility of employing concepts and methodologies generated by RFT in an educational context. For example, RFT protocols for establishing perspective-taking skills that may have important implications for intervention programs with children with autism have been developed. Similarly, it seems likely that the theory might also make a contribution to the instruction of prepositions and pronouns as inherently relational concepts, both of which are notoriously difficult to establish in young children and would appear to require the development of perspective-taking. The current paper will (1) present a relational frame account of how these skills can be understood at the level of behavioral process and (2) suggest, from an RFT perspective, ways in which they might be established in the repertoires of young children when they are found to be absent. |
|
|
|
|
Analysis of Teaching and Prompting Strategies as They Effect Acquisition of Chained Responses |
Saturday, May 29, 2004 |
1:00 PM–2:20 PM |
Back Bay C |
Area: AUT/DDA; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: Myrna Libby (New England Center for Children) |
Discussant: Richard M. Foxx (Pennsylvania State University, Harrisburg) |
Abstract: N/a |
|
Acquisition of Chains Using Single vs. Multiple Teachers |
JULIE S. WEISS (New England Center for Children), Myrna Libby (New England Center for Children), Susan N. Langer (New England Center for Children), William H. Ahearn (New England Center for Children), Richard B. Graff (New England Center for Children) |
Abstract: Two participants diagnosed with autism each learned to put together two eight-step arbitrary Lego figures in a forward chaining sequence with most-to-least prompting. An alternating treatments design was used to compare acquisition of these multi-step tasks with either a single teacher or multiple (4) teachers running acquisition trials. Each session consisted of 1 probe trial and 10 training trials. After acquisition, generalization probes were run with two novel teachers and in a different environment. Both participants achieved independence in building the two constructs across teacher conditions. Acquisition averaged two sessions longer for the multiple teacher condition compared to the single teacher condition. In addition, both participants generalized performance across novel teachers and in a different environment for both figures. All sessions were videotaped. Procedural integrity for both the single and multiple teacher conditions was better than 90% as was IOA for of the sessions evaluated (33% of total). |
|
Manual Guidance vs. Teacher Completion of Chained Tasks |
MARIA GARRETT (New England Center for Children), Myrna Libby (New England Center for Children), Julie S. Weiss (New England Center for Children), Susan N. Langer (New England Center for Children), William H. Ahearn (New England Center for Children), Richard B. Graff (New England Center for Children) |
Abstract: An alternating treatments design was used to compare a forward chaining sequence and most-to-least prompting procedure under two conditions; during condition 1, the teacher completed the steps beyond the training step; during condition 2, the teacher manually guided the participant to complete the steps beyond the training step. Three participants diagnosed with autism participated and the dependent variable was acquisition of two eight-step arbitrary Lego figures; each session consisted of 1 probe trial and 10 training trials. Generalization probes across two novel teachers and one new setting were conducted after acquisition. Both procedures were effective in teaching the chains to all participants; however, manually guiding the participant to complete the task was, in all cases, more efficient than having the teacher complete the task. Manually guiding produced acquisition in fewer trials, with fewer errors and with no overall difference in training time. All participants generalized responding across two novel teachers and in a new environment. IOA was collected in at least 80% of sessions and averaged 95%. Procedural integrity data were taken in at least 80% of sessions and averaged 97%. |
|
Most-to-Least Compared to Least-to-Most Prompting in the Acquisition of Chained Task |
STACIE L. FITCH (New England Center for Children), Myrna Libby (New England Center for Children), Julie S. Weiss (New England Center for Children), Susan N. Langer (New England Center for Children), William H. Ahearn (New England Center for Children), Richard B. Graff (New England Center for Children) |
Abstract: Two participants diagnosed with autism were taught to put together two eight-step arbitrary Lego figures using an alternating treatments design comparing least-to-most and most-to-least prompting hierarchies. Generalization probes across two novel teachers and one new setting were conducted after acquisition. Both participants acquired both chains indicating that both prompting procedures were effective. However, most-to-least prompting produced much more efficient acquisition as measured by trials to criterion, errors and total training time. Both participants generalized across two novel teachers and a different training environment. IOA and procedural integrity were taken in 33% of sessions and averaged 90% or better. |
|
|
|
|
Assessing Innovative Treatments in Individuals with Autism Spectrum Disorders |
Saturday, May 29, 2004 |
1:00 PM–2:20 PM |
Back Bay B |
Area: AUT/DDA; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: Benjamin L. Handen (Western Psychiatric Institute and Clinic) |
Discussant: James A. Mulick (Columbus Children's Hospital) |
Abstract: Assessing Innovative Treatments in Individuals with Autism Spectrum Disorders |
|
Assessing the Safety and Efficacy of Secretin in Autism |
BENJAMIN L. HANDEN (Western Psychiatric Institute and Clinic), Dena Hofkosh (Children's Hospital of Pittsburgh) |
Abstract: A number of recent studies have examined the efficacy of secretin (a polypeptide neurotransmitter) to treat symptoms associated with Autistic Disorder. Initial anecdotal reports indicated significant gains in social relatedness and language. However, a number of recent double-blind studies have documented no significant differences between placebo and active medication. This presentation will summarize the secretin literature and report the results of a double-blind, placebo-controlled, crossover study of the efficacy of secretin in a group of eight children with Autistic Disorder. |
|
The Efficacy of Sensory Integration Therapy in Children with Autism |
BENJAMIN L. HANDEN (Western Psychiatric Institute and Clinic) |
Abstract: The use of sensory integration (SI) therapies is fairly common in classrooms that serve children with autism. Yet, there is limited well-controlled empirical evidence documenting the effectiveness of SI or available data for providing guidelines for its use. This presentation will provide an overview of the theoretical issues related to how SI therapies are thought to work, summarize the SI literature, and present the results of a double-blind study to assess the effectiveness of SI treatment to decrease hyperactivity and inattention in a group of children with Autism. |
|
Safety and Efficacy of Cognitive Enhancing Drugs in Autism |
CYNTHIA R. JOHNSON (Children's Hospital of Pittsburgh), Benjamin L. Handen (Western Psychiatric Institute and Clinic) |
Abstract: Donepezil HCl (Aricept) is a cholinesterase inhibitor, which increases brain levels of acetylcholine and is purported to enhance cognitive functioning. This agent is thought to increase the available acetylcholine (ACh) within the cerebral cortex and hippocampus cholinergic synapses. Donepezil HCl has been most widely used in the treatment of Alzheimer’s disease (AD) patients. However, there has been some recent evidence that its use might augment speech production, emotional expression and attention. This presentation will provide an overview of the theoretical issues related to Aricept, discuss how it might effect cognitive functioning, summarize the Aricept literature, and report preliminary results of a double-blind, placebo-controlled study to assess the safety and effectiveness of Aricept in a group of children with Autism. |
|
|
|
|
Behavior Analytic Research on Tics, Trichotillomania, and Body Focused Repetitive Behaviors |
Saturday, May 29, 2004 |
1:00 PM–2:20 PM |
Conference Room 2 |
Area: CBM; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: Douglas W. Woods (University of Wisconsin-Milwaukee) |
Abstract: Behavior Analytic Research on Tics, Trichotillomania, and Body Focused Repetitive Behaviors |
|
An Evaluation of the Social Support Component of Simplified Habit Reversal |
CHRIS A. FLESSNER (North Dakota State University), Raymond G. Miltenberger (North Dakota State University), Kristin R. Egemo (North Dakota State University), Pamela D. Kelso (North Dakota State University), Candice Jostad (North Dakota State University), Brigitte M. Johnson (North Dakota State University), Brian J. Gatheridge (North Dakota State University), Clayton Neighbors (North Dakota State University) |
Abstract: This study examined the role that the social support component of simplified habit reversal (SHR) plays in the treatment of body-focused repetitive behavior disorders (nail biting) in college-aged individuals. This study compared two versions of the SHR procedure, one consisting of awareness training, completing response training, and social support, and the second consisting only of awareness and competing response training. Forty participants were recruited and randomly assigned to one of the two treatment conditions. Participants were assessed at baseline, posttreatment, and at one-month follow-up. Results indicated that both conditions produced significant decreases in nail biting and increases in nail length from baseline to posttreatment and from posttreatment to follow-up, but no significant differences were found between the conditions. Limitations and areas for future research are discussed. |
|
Delay Discounting in Trichotillomania |
MICHAEL B. HIMLE (University of Wisconsin-Milwaukee), Chris A. Flessner (University of Wisconsin-Milwaukee), Douglas W. Woods (University of Wisconsin-Milwaukee) |
Abstract: The delay-discounting model of impulsivity provides a theoretical account of trichotillomania (TTM), but has yet to be tested. According to the delay-discounting model, persons with TTM should exhibit significantly higher delay discounting rates than normal controls, indicating greater impulsivity. In the current study, 20 individuals with TTM and 20 normal controls were given the Monetary Choice Questionnaire, which asked participants to choose between two monetary alternatives presented in dyads (e.g., $43 immediately or $58 in 20 days). Each item in each dyad differed in reward magnitude and delay to reward acquisition. Levels of impulsivity were calculated by determining the reward magnitude and delay at which he/she chooses the smaller, more immediate reward over the larger, delayed reward. Data are still being collected, but preliminary data on 11 persons with TTM suggest that impulsivity rates are higher than controls, thus providing preliminary support for the delay discounting model. |
|
An Experimental Analysis of Antecedents to Habit Behaviors |
SHAI M. BROSH (Western Michigan University), R. Wayne Fuqua (Western Michigan University) |
Abstract: In this study, 10 participants were exposed to a sequence of repeated challenge conditions (passive viewing, low stimulation, and anxiety) while their heart rate was monitored and while being covertly videotaped. The investigator scored each tape for the occurrence of habit behaviors in each of the experimental condition. Results showed that the level of habit behaviors was the highest during the low stimulation condition, and the lowest during the passive viewing condition. The implications of this research are discussed. |
|
Creating Tic "Suppression": Comparing the Effects of Verbal Instructions to Differential Reinforcement |
DOUGLAS W. WOODS (University of Wisconsin-Milwaukee), Michael B. Himle (University of Wisconsin-Milwaukee) |
Abstract: Although Tourette’s Syndrome (TS) is considered to be a neurobiological disorder consisting of involuntary motor and vocal tics, there remains a commonly held belief that individuals with TS are able to temporarily suppress their tics. Despite this belief, only one study has attempted to study tic suppression in the laboratory and this study had mixed results. The purpose of the present study was to evaluate two experimental preparations for establishing tic suppression. Four participants with TS from an outpatient clinic were evaluated using an ABAB design comparing voluntary tic suppression to voluntary tic suppression enhanced with differential reinforcement of zero-rate behavior (DRO). Results showed that DRO-enhanced suppression was superior to voluntary suppression alone. Implications and directions for future research are discussed. |
|
|
|
|
Behavior Change Through Self Management |
Saturday, May 29, 2004 |
1:00 PM–2:20 PM |
Beacon B |
Area: TBA; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: Alison M. Betz (Western Michigan University) |
Abstract: Behavior Change Through Self Management |
|
Running Toward My Goal: Using Self-Management to Increase Daily Running |
ALISON M. BETZ (Western Michigan University), Richard W. Malott (Western Michigan University) |
Abstract: In order to more successful graduate student in the designing of effective interventions for others, we create our own self-management projects at Western Michigan University to attempt to change our own behavior that has been identified as prone to procrastination. The Self-Management Technology, as outlined in Richard W. Malott’s book entitled “I’ll Stop Procrastinating When I Get Around To It,” describes strategies in the assistance of achieving personal and professional goals through self-designed interventions. We begin with choosing a behavior that we would like to either increase or decrease, then we collect baseline measures, design an intervention, choose a performance manager, graph our own performance, enforce contingencies with the help of a performance manager, and make the necessary changes to ensure success of the intervention. The behavior I chose to increase was running to train for a marathon. I wanted to increase the amount of days and miles ran each of those days. |
|
Floss Today, No Tooth Decay |
CASEY N. LUDWICK (Western Michigan University), Richard W. Malott (Western Michigan University) |
Abstract: In order to become a successful graduate student in the designing of effective interventions for others, here at Western Michigan University I attempt to change my own behavior through the self-management of a behavior I have identified as prone to procrastination. The Self-Management Technology, as outlined in Richard W. Malott’s book entitled “I’ll Stop Procrastinating When I Get Around To It,” describes strategies in the assistance of achieving personal and professional goals through self-designed interventions. I chose dental flossing as the behavior I would like to either increase. After deciding on the behavior I collected baseline measures, designed an intervention, chose a performance manager, graphed my own performance, who enforced contingencies used to manage my flossing, and make the necessary changes to ensure success of the intervention. |
|
The Behavioral Research Supervisory System: Helping Graduate and Undergraduate Students Prevent Procrastination |
CHRISTEN A. RAE (Western Michigan University), Kendra S. Priest (Western Michigan University), Kirrily Kennedy (Western Michigan University), Richard W. Malott (Western Michigan University) |
Abstract: In order to more successfully train graduate students in the designing of effective interventions for others, graduate students at Western Michigan University attempt to change their own behavior through the self-management of behaviors they have identified as prone to procrastination. The Self-Management Technology, as outlined in Richard W. Malott’s book entitled “I’ll Stop Procrastinating When I Get Around To It,” describes strategies in the assistance of achieving personal and professional goals through self-designed interventions. Students choose behaviors they would like to either increase or decrease, collect baseline measures, design an intervention, choose a performance manager, graph their own performance, enforce contingencies with the help of their performance manager, and make the necessary changes to ensure success of the intervention. This will better most students' personal lives, but the Behavioral Supervisory System (BRSS) is designed to manage the professional and educational goals through performance management. Graduate students supervise the behaviors of undergraduate students by using performance contracting weekly. |
|
Cleanliness is Godliness: Performance Management Applied to Cleaning Behavior |
EDUARDO A. OSORIO JONES-PARRA (Western Michigan University), Richard W. Malott (Western Michigan University) |
Abstract: In order to more successfully train graduate students in the designing of effective interventions for others, graduate students at Western Michigan University attempt to change their own behavior through the self-management of behaviors they have identified as prone to procrastination. Throughout this process, I decided to change a behaivor that would affect the quality of my life completely. The Self-Management Technology, as outlined in Richard W. Malott’s book entitled “I’ll Stop Procrastinating When I Get Around To It,” describes strategies in the assistance of achieving personal and professional goals through self-designed interventions. I used these strategies to teach me to clean my apartment. I chose the to self-manage the behavior of cleaning my apartment. After choosing this behavior I collect baseline measures, design an intervention, choose a performance manager, graph my performance, enforce contingencies with the help of their performance manager, and make the necessary changes to ensure success of the intervention. I used pictures and surveys given to company to measure my success. |
|
|
|
|
Behavioral Consultation in Education: From District Partnership to Classroom Management to Individual Programming-Applications from the Field |
Saturday, May 29, 2004 |
1:00 PM–2:20 PM |
Clarendon |
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: Donald A. Wachelka (Quality Behavioral Outcomes) |
Discussant: Maxin Reiss (Behavior Management Consultants, Inc.) |
Abstract: Behavioral Consultation in Education: From District Partnership to Classroom Management to Individual Programming-Applications from the Field |
|
Creating a Partnership with Special Education: A Relationship Essential for Influencing District Wide Behavior Change |
DONALD A. WACHELKA (Quality Behavioral Outcomes) |
Abstract: Behavioral consultation in the classroom for individual students can have limited effectiveness if teachers and program staff do not "buy in" or feel the need to implement specific behavioral treatments. Effective treatments can be minimized further if administrators do not support the increased response efforts often required of their special education teachers. This presentation will review strategies for creating partnerships with district personnel while using these relationships to create a vision and plan of action for cost efficient and effective behavioral services. |
|
The Use of Weekly Auctions and Performance Portfolios to Accelerate Pro-Social Behavior in the Classroom |
AMY L. CHRISTENSEN (Quality Behavioral Outcomes), Ralph N. Pampino (Quality Behavioral Outcomes), Donald A. Wachelka (Quality Behavioral Outcomes) |
Abstract: To further apply the principles of behavior analysis within school settings, we examined the effectiveness of a token economy, graphed feedback, and a classroom wide auction across three classroom environments. Each classroom was selected for the study based on the large percentage of students with behavioral excesses and deficits. Data were collected on student productivity and percent compliance in an effort to assess the effectiveness of behavioral strategies on student behavior. Additionally, treatment integrity checks were conducted to ensure staff compliance with each component of the intervention package. Results indicated that the token economy, graphed feedback, and the classroom wide auction were successful in increasing percent compliance and productivity across all classroom settings. |
|
Supplementing Token Economies with a Time-In Program |
JENNIFER E. MACDONALD (Quality Behavioral Outcomes), Trista Rajaratnam (Quality Behavioral Outcomes), Donald A. Wachelka (Quality Behavioral Outcomes), Ralph N. Pampino (Quality Behavioral Outcomes) |
Abstract: The Token Economy is a well-developed and well-researched behavior change system (Cooper, Heron, & Heward, 1987.) In a Northern California behavioral consulting company, a novel version of the token economy system has been developed and field-tested. The system combines a reinforcement system (i.e., students use tokens to gain access to picks from a “Grab bag”) with a Time In component (i.e., students may only earn tokens during Time In). Time in is represented visually by a card or puzzle-picture, and Time Out is represented by the removal of the card or puzzle pieces. Benefits of system include reinforcement integrity, supports to assist “learner” with subtle discriminations, and minimization of problems associated with response costs and removal Time Out systems. Outcome data from three clients will be presented. |
|
|
|
|
Driving Behavior |
Saturday, May 29, 2004 |
1:00 PM–2:20 PM |
Beacon D |
Area: EAB |
Chair: Chantay M. Dudley (University of Memphis) |
|
Participant Attrition in a Community-wide Courteous Driving Intervention |
Domain: Applied Research |
SARA R. RAYNE (University of Memphis), Takashi Hirota (Virginia Polytechnic Institute & State University), Tim Lloyd (University of Memphis), Erica M. Van Arsdale (University of Memphis), Donna Baker (University of Memphis) |
|
Abstract: A study of attrition was conducted with regard to participation of drivers in a community research project designed to facilitate positive communication between drivers. This paper addresses trends of participant attrition from recruitment through training to the project's end. An initial sample size of 450 participants verbally committed to participate in the project. The sample size dropped by nearly half at the point of training and declined throughout the project until the final number of participants at the project’s end totaled less than 100. We examined relationships between retention rates and such variables as the methods of recruitment and number of times participants were contacted (e.g., reminders and attempts to reschedule “no shows”). Also, the effectiveness of monetary rewards and its impact on attrition rate trends were evaluated. A survey was administered to the final sample to see if there were any significant personality differences between those who completed the project and a normative sample (e.g., higher in consistency). The results have implications for the allocation of resources in large- scale community studies where a great many participants are necessary (e.g., funding for advertising and time spent recalling participants who verbally commit to projects). |
|
Epidemiological Study of Driving Behaviors in a Community Sample |
Domain: Applied Research |
TIM LLOYD (University of Memphis), Erica M. Van Arsdale (University of Memphis), Sara R. Rayne (University of Memphis), Chris S. Dula (University of Memphis) |
|
Abstract: Recently, a sample of 283 university students completed questionnaires assessing emotions and behavior related to driving. Of the sample, 60% admitted to occasionally losing their temper while driving, 79% were sometimes irritated by traffic jams and over 50% drove aggressively at times (Dula, 2003). Public uneasiness over driver aggression has risen over the past several years, as it has become an increasingly familiar danger on international roadways (e.g., James & Nahl, 2000; U.S. Department of Transportation, 1998). Driving behaviors have been variably labeled in the literature as risky, aggressive, or road rage. In order to bring consistency to the literature, driving behaviors that endanger others should be considered as lying on a behavioral spectrum of dangerous driving including: 1) intentional acts of aggression toward others, 2) negative emotions experienced while driving, and 3) risk-taking (Dula & Geller, in press). In this particular study, 194 community drivers filled out Driving Diary monitoring logs for 8 trips per week for up to 10 weeks. Driving Diaries were filled out at the end of trips and addressed various behaviors, events, and emotional experiences. This paper presents the epidemiological results of the driving behaviors reported by this large sample of drivers. |
|
The Effects of Emotions on Driving Behaviors |
Domain: Applied Research |
CHANTAY M. DUDLEY (University of Memphis), Donna Baker (University of Memphis), Sara R. Rayne (University of Memphis), Lisa Ahn (University of Memphis), Chris S. Dula (University of Memphis) |
|
Abstract: Aggressive driving has become an increasingly familiar danger on international roadways (e.g., James & Nahl, 2000; USDOT, 1998). Aggressive driving has traditionally encompassed an entire dangerous driving spectrum including risky driving without intent to harm, negative emotions experienced while driving, and actual aggressive behavior while driving where there is intent to harm another driver psychologically and/or physically (Dula & Geller, in press). The Dula Dangerous Driving Index (DDDI) was created to measure drivers' self-reported propensity to drive dangerously. In this study, the DDDI Negative Emotions subscale was used to assess the relationships between a person's emotional experience while driving and actual driving behaviors. This paper focuses on analyzing the impact of drivers’ propensity to experience negative emotions on the road and drivers’ actual risky and aggressive driving behaviors. Additionally, the relationship between actual emotions experienced and actual driving behaviors was analyzed. Participants were taught how to gauge behaviors and emotional experiences while driving and instructed to fill out a checklist to report the occurrence of behaviors and emotions. The results of a step-wise regression analysis of predictors of aggressive and risky driving will be presented and the implications discussed. |
|
|
|
|
|
Early Intervention for Children with Autism |
Saturday, May 29, 2004 |
1:00 PM–2:20 PM |
Back Bay A |
Area: AUT |
Chair: Jessica Brian (Hospital for Sick Children) |
|
Earliest Intervention with Infants Showing Characteristics of Autism Spectrum Disorders: Process Variables and Emerging Outcomes |
Domain: Applied Research |
JESSICA BRIAN (Hospital for Sick Children), Shelley Jay Mitchell (Hospital for Sick Children) |
|
Abstract: Through an ongoing multi-site early identification project “Early markers of autism: Prospective study of infant siblings” (Zwaigenbaum, Bryson, Szatmari & Roberts, in progress), we have selected as intervention candidates infants who are showing signs of atypical development as early as 12 months of age. Concerns have generally been identified in the domains of social-communicative and/or play and behavioural development. Our task has been to address emerging concerns as early as possible through a pilot intervention project designed for this purpose. The intervention model, introduced at last year's conference, follows a set of guiding principles, while at the same time allowing for individualized programming based on each child’s assessed deficits, needs, and developmental stage.
The intervention project is currently being piloted with several high-risk infants within their second year of life. This paper will present preliminary findings on process variables (e.g., program implementation, feasibility) as well as emerging outcome data on infants in the pilot project compared with waiting list controls. Discussion will include issues of very early identification of autism and related disorders and the potential impact of very early intervention on the developmental trajectories of infants at high-risk for developing autism spectrum disorders. |
|
Communication Skills of Preschool Students in a Center-based Program Utilizing Early Intensive Behavioral intervention: Six Month Outcome Data |
Domain: Applied Research |
MICHELLE R. DEPOLO (Cleveland Clinic Center for Autism), Vanessa Kay Jensen (Cleveland Clinic Center for Autism), Leslie V. Sinclair (Cleveland Clinic Center for Autism), Aletta Sinoff (Cleveland Clinic Center for Autism) |
|
Abstract: Receptive and expressive language and overall adaptive communication skills were evaluated prospectively in a sample of young children (Mean age=39.86 months, SD=6.44 months) with autism in a center-based applied behavior analysis preschool. Autism severity was measured by The Childhood Autism Rating Scale (CARS). At baseline, average total category rating was in the moderate to severe range of autism (Mean= 38.26, SD=5.39), with 2 children scoring in the mild-moderate range and 5 children scoring in the moderate-severe range. It was hypothesized that overall language skills would improve, as would specific receptive and expressive language skills.
Data were gathered upon entry into the program and after the initial 6 months of treatment, using the Preschool Language Scale-Third/Fourth Edition-Total Language Score (PLS3/4-TL), Receptive One-Word Picture Vocabulary Test (ROWPVT), Expressive One-Word Picture Vocabulary Test (EOWPVT), and Vineland Adaptive Behavior Scales (VABS)-Communication and Socialization subdomains. All students received a minimum of 25 hours weekly of intensive behavioral treatment targeting communication as part of a more broad-based intervention program.
T-tests for dependent measures showed significant improvement in PLS3/4-TL performance (p=.012), VABS-C performance (p=.065), and ROWPVT performance (p=.093). EOWPVT standard scores increased on average 5.43 points (66.14 to 71.57, p=.204). VABS-Socialization domain scores also significantly improved (p=.066). |
|
Comparisons of Social and Play Behaviors of Preschoolers with and without Pervasive Developmental Disorders |
Domain: Applied Research |
SANDRA PIERCE-JORDAN (The May Institute), Karin Lifter (Northeastern University) |
|
Abstract: Videotaped observations of 21 preschool children with (n=12) and without PDD (n=9) in integrated playgroups were coded separately for social complexity (onlooking; simple social; social coordination) and play complexity (object-focus; simple “known” play; complex “emerging” play). The results, based on log-linear analyses, supported an inverse relationship for both groups of children. When a child engaged in complex play, the likelihood of social interaction decreased (12%), whereas when the child was not engaged in complex play, the likelihood of social interaction increased (35%). When a child engaged in social interaction during complex play, socially coordinated interactions were minimal (3%), whereas their likelihood increased during simple play (45%). Differences between the groups existed in episode length of social coordination (9 seconds for children without PDD, 4 seconds for children with PDD) and in the quality of activities preceding the shift to complex activities: frequently simple social (70%) for children with PDD; most likely onlooking (69%) for children without PDD. Mean percentage of interobserver agreement for the social and play codes was 82.8% (range from 73.5 to 89.2). The results are discussed in terms of the strategies children use to shift in and out of complex activities, the methodology (i.e., continuous sampling), and the implications for social interventions in play contexts. |
|
|
|
|
|
Effective Staff Training in Behavioral Healthcare: Teaching Knowledge Competencies and Improving Procedural Implementation |
Saturday, May 29, 2004 |
1:00 PM–2:20 PM |
Constitution B |
Area: DDA/TBA; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: James K. Luiselli (The May Institute) |
Discussant: Joseph N. Ricciardi (Hampstead Hospital) |
Abstract: Effective Staff Training in Behavioral Healthcare: Teaching Knowledge Competencies and Improving Procedural Implementation |
|
Training Core Clinical Skills to Direct-Service Staff: A Systems Model and Implementation Strategy |
CARRIEANNE ST. AMAND (The May Institute) |
Abstract: A standardized system of learning modules, along with corresponding assessments of knowledge and skill competencies, was developed to train core clinical skills to direct-care staff at a large behavioral healthcare agency. A second purpose of training was to provide staff with baccalaureate-level preparatory knowledge required by the Behavior Analyst Certification Board. The training model is based on a personalized system of instruction, requiring demonstration of verbal behavior and related performance measures. The presentation describes the conceptual basis of this training approach, describes content analysis, reviews competency assessment procedures, and offers several illustrations of learning modules. |
|
Staff-Focused Behavioral Consultation and Training in a Public School Setting |
JEFFREY J. SKOWRON (The May Institute) |
Abstract: This paper presents an overview and the results of a model for staff-focused behavioral consultation and training as implemented in a public middle school classroom for students with histories of behavioral problems and poor academic performance. Weekly consultation to the classroom teachers and school administrators, focusing on basic principles of ABA, program development, and outcome evaluation, promoted the development of structured behavioral interventions (e.g. a point and level system), as well as more naturalistic and system wide application of principle of positive behavioral support. Data on grade point average (GPA) and conduct and effort ratings (from quarterly report cards), as well as frequency of office referrals, detentions, and suspensions as recorded in the school’s computerized disciplinary action database are presented in a multiple-baseline across subjects format. Students’ GPAs and conduct and effort ratings improved upon entering the classroom receiving consultation services (mean increase in GPA = 14.5%; mean increase in conduct and effort ratings = 28%). Similarly, the overall frequency of office referral for disciplinary action decreased from an average for 4.5 per month per student prior to entering the classroom to .66 per month per student after entering the classroom. Issues concerning the implementation of consultation-based models of staff training will be discussed. |
|
Improving Implementation Integrity of Behavior Support Plans Through Abbreviated Performance Feedback |
ROBIN CODDING (The May Institute), Adam Feinberg (The May Institute) |
Abstract: This presentation describes a multiple baseline evaluation of abbreviated performance feedback as a training strategy to improve implementation of behavior support plans by direct-service staff at a community residential school for students with acquired brain injury. Six teacher-student dyads from two classrooms at the school received feedback consisting of praise, review, correction, and direction following assessment of their performance during scheduled classroom observations. The feedback intervention required approximately 12 minutes per application. Results were that as compared to baseline phases, 5 of 6 staff demonstrated near 100% implementation integrity of students’ behavior support plans during the feedback intervention, and outcome was maintained 1-2 months post-training. All staff judged performance feedback as an acceptable training procedure and an effective method to improve implementation integrity. |
|
|
|
|
Issues in Training and Supervising in Acceptance and Commitment Therapy (ACT) |
Saturday, May 29, 2004 |
1:00 PM–2:20 PM |
Conference Room 4 |
Area: CBM; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: Heather M. Pierson (University of Nevada, Reno) |
STEVEN C. HAYES (University of Nevada, Reno) |
KELLY G. WILSON (University of Mississippi) |
TAMARA PENIX SBRAGA (Central Michigan University) |
KARA BUNTING (University of Nevada, Reno) |
Abstract: How do we train therapists effectively in ACT? There is little research on the efficacy or effectiveness of procedures used to train therapists in general, so the literature gives little guidance. Are there differences in training new therapists as compared to experienced therapists new only to ACT? What are the problems in building a new supervision tradition? These questions and more will be addressed by a panel composed of individuals with a range of experience, including two experts, a new supervisor, and a trainee. |
|
|
|
|
Methods to Promote Acquisition of Behavior Analytic Procedures for Parents, Teachers, and Para-Professionals |
Saturday, May 29, 2004 |
1:00 PM–2:20 PM |
Beacon A |
Area: TBA/EDC; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: James W. Moore (May South, Inc.) |
Discussant: Michele D. Wallace (University of Nevada, Reno) |
Abstract: Methods to Promote Acquisition of Behavior Analytic Procedures for Parents, Teachers, and Para-Professionals |
|
Training Para-Professionals to Implement Behavior Analytic Prompting Hierarchies |
DANA TRAHANT (May South, Inc.), James W. Moore (May South, Inc.), Michael M. Mueller (May South, Inc.) |
Abstract: Recent research has demonstrated the utility of various training methods to facilitate parent and/or teacher skill in the use of behavior analytic protocols. Mueller and colleagues (in press) found that exposing parents to verbal instructions a second time produced adequate levels of treatment integrity. The authors speculated that the second presentation of verbal instructions may have given parents feedback on their performance, though this was not demonstrated. In the current study, we trained two para-professionals to implement three common behavior analytic prompting hierarchies (three-step guided compliance, verbal modeling, point prompting) and compared the effects of different verbal instructing methods. In one condition, the experimenter read the portions of the protocol that corresponded only with the errors made by para-professionals. In a second condition, the experimenter read portions of the protocol that corresponded only with correct responses. A third condition was used as a control and included re-reading the entire protocol to the paraprofessional. Prompting protocols were randomly assigned to one of the three groups and then evaluated using a multielement design. Results indicated that para-professional performance consistently improved when exposed to information regarding their incorrect responses. Results are discussed in terms of the effects of performance feedback on skill acquisition. |
|
Training Educators to Implement Functional Analyses |
CHARNA MINTZ (University of Nevada, Reno), Michele D. Wallace (University of Nevada, Reno), Janice K. Doney (University of Nevada, Reno), Rachel S. F. Tarbox (University of Nevada, Reno) |
Abstract: Despite the extensive literature documenting the usefulness of functional analysis methodology as an assessment tool, it has been criticized on the grounds that adequate implementation requires substantial training and clinical expertise. The present study examined the use of a instructional workshop for training educators to conduct a functional analysis. Two teachers and a school psychologist participated. Results indicated that two of the three participants met the 95% or above accuracy criterion for session implementation during simulated analyses that occurred following a workshop. During generalization probes, in which one of the participants conducted sessions with a student in her classroom, the participant performed sessions with 100% accuracy. The third participant required verbal feedback concerning his errors before he met the accuracy criterion for conducting the demand sessions. Importance of training assessment methodology is discussed. |
|
Effects of Parent Conducted Functional Analyses and Treatment of Food Selectivity |
ADEL C. NAJDOWSKI (University of Nevada, Reno), Michele D. Wallace (University of Nevada, Reno), Becky Penrod (University of Nevada, Reno) |
Abstract: The current study evaluated effects of a parent conducting a functional analysis and intervention for inappropriate mealtime behaviors. Two experiments were conducted with one child exhibiting food selectivity and her parent. Using a multielement design, experiment 1 evaluated effects of the parent conducting a functional analysis of inappropriate mealtime behaviors. Using a changing criterion and multiple probes design, experiment 2 evaluated effects of the parent implementing differential reinforcement combined with escape extinction procedures for inappropriate mealtime behaviors. Experiment 1 demonstrated that parent competency in conducting the functional analysis was high and that inappropriate mealtime behaviors were maintained by negative reinforcement. Experiment 2 demonstrated that parent competency in implementing intervention procedures was high and that the treatment produced effects of maintenance and generalization. |
|
|
|
|
Preventing High-Risk Drinking in College Settings |
Saturday, May 29, 2004 |
1:00 PM–2:20 PM |
Fairfax B |
Area: EAB/CSE; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: Kent E. Glindemann (Virginia Polytechnic Institute & State University) |
Abstract: Preventing High-Risk Drinking in College Settings |
|
An Effective Incentive/Reward Intervention for Reducing Intoxication at Fraternity Parties |
IAN J. EHRHART (Virginia Polytechnic Institute & State University), Kristin A. Williamson (Virginia Polytechnic Institute & State University), Nathan Elstein (Virginia Polytechnic Institute & State University), Stefanie Linden (Virginia Polytechnic Institute & State University), E. Scott Geller (Virginia Polytechnic Institute & State University) |
Abstract: This field study examined the efficacy of an intervention designed to decrease alcohol abuse by university students. The harm reduction approach, in combination with differential reinforcement, was used to reduce alcohol consumption and its behavioral outcome, blood alcohol concentration (BAC). Participants included 702 university students attending one of twelve fraternity parties. Six fraternities were randomly assigned to the Control or Intervention condition. Each of these fraternities hosted two parties. The intervention included an incentive/reward contingency, a nomogram to aid in BAC monitoring, and a brief awareness session prior to an intervention party. During the intervention phase, participants with a BAC below .05 were entered into a raffle to win a cash prize. Upon entry to an intervention party, participants were given flyers announcing the raffle and contingency, and gender-specific nomograms. Individual BACs were compared between baseline and intervention parties with a nested analysis of covariance and the factorial of 2 Conditions X 2 Gender X 3 Fraternities nested within each condition. For the Intervention fraternities, mean BACs were significantly lower at the intervention parties than the baseline parties, and the percentage of partygoers with a BAC below .08 was significantly higher at the intervention parties than at the baseline parties. |
|
Community-Based Intervention to Reduce Alcohol Consumption by College Students |
STEVEN W. CLARKE (Virginia Polytechnic Institute & State University), Eric Raymond (Virginia Polytechnic Institute & State University), Kendra Brooks (Virginia Polytechnic Institute & State University), Lauren Savage (Virginia Polytechnic Institute & State University) |
Abstract: The current study investigated the use of an incentive/reward intervention in an attempt to reduce the intoxication levels of pedestrians in the downtown area of a large college town. An A-A-B-A design was used to evaluate the program. During baseline and intervention phases, three research teams collected Blood Alcohol Concentration (BAC) levels from pedestrians from 12:00 midnight until 2:30am. Between 90 and 150 BACs were assessed during each phase of the project. During baseline, potential participants were offered the chance to win $250 as an incentive for participating, and non-drinkers were encouraged to participate. During the intervention, research assistants handed out BAC nomograms, a tip sheet containing ways to moderate drinking, and information concerning the incentive. The incentive was based on the person’s level of intoxication. The lower the BAC the more money they were eligible to win. Results indicate a relatively small decrease in BACs as a result of the intervention. In addition, women were more likely to be affected by the intervention than men. Our results indicate that incentive/reward interventions show some promise as a tool to reduce alcohol consumption in a large-scale setting, but these types of interventions may need to be both long-term and intense. |
|
Does the Use of Designated Drivers Influence the Intoxication of Vehicle Passengers? |
MATTHEW HARGROVE (Virginia Polytechnic Institute & State University), Amanda Counts (Virginia Polytechnic Institute & State University), Patrice Turner (Virginia Polytechnic Institute & State University), James S. Clifford (Virginia Polytechnic Institute & State University), William Rush (Virginia Polytechnic Institute & State University) |
Abstract: One of the most promising approaches to reducing driving under the influence (DUI) is the use of a designated driver (DD). However, critics speculate that individuals using a DD have implicit permission to consume greater amounts of alcohol. The current study investigated these claims by comparing the actual intoxication levels of individuals who had a DD versus those that did not. University students’ (N=495) blood alcohol concentration (BAC) levels were analyzed using hand-held breathalyzers. Pairs of trained research assistants randomly approached groups of individuals exiting bars from 11:00pm - 2:00am, and asked if they would participate in a study of student drinking patterns. Experimenters administered interview questions and breath tests, and confidentially informed the participants of their BAC. A 2 Passenger Type X 2 Gender ANOVA was performed to investigate whether or not students were more intoxicated if they had a DD. Neither main effects nor an interaction were found, all p’s > .10. The mean BAC for those with a DD was .099 (n=168), whereas those with no DD were at .098 (n=45). Given the finding that individuals were just as intoxicated whether they had a DD or not, future prevention efforts should encourage the use of DDs. |
|
Assessing Environmental Factors Affecting College Students’ Alcohol Consumption at Fraternity Parties |
SARA E. VALENTINO (Virginia Polytechnic Institute & State University), Kent E. Glindemann (Virginia Polytechnic Institute & State University), Douglas Wiegand (Virginia Polytechnic Institute & State University), Jennifer Doyle (Virginia Polytechnic Institute & State University), Wes R. Keene (Virginia Polytechnic Institute & State University) |
Abstract: This study investigated the relation between specific, observable environment-behavior relationships at 8 fraternity parties. The goal of the project was to determine what aspects of the drinking environment have a significant impact on alcohol consumption and intoxication levels of individuals attending fraternity parties. A behavioral observation system was developed and implemented to quantify various environmental variables (e.g., availability of food, non-alcoholic beverages, and alcohol; presence of drinking games; amount of high-risk drinking). Behavioral observations were taken from 10:00 pm – 1:00 am. The reliability (i.e., interobserver agreement) for the behavioral observations was above .90 for each behavior/environmental characteristic observed. BACs were assessed between 12:00 midnight and 1:00 am. This epidemiological analysis identified a number of variables related to intoxication level and negative outcomes, including: availability of alcohol (i.e., BYOB vs. kegged beer), amount of food and/or non-alcoholic beverages available, and the presence of drinking games and other high-risk drinking behaviors. This epidemiological analysis will be useful for identifying tactics that can be used to strengthen risk-management at fraternity events by increasing compliance with current policies and identifying promising new strategies. |
|
|
|
|
Recent Developments in the Functional Analysis and Treatment of Severe Behavior Disorders |
Saturday, May 29, 2004 |
1:00 PM–2:20 PM |
Constitution A |
Area: DDA/AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: Mark O'Reilly (University of Texas at Austin) |
Discussant: Richard G. Smith (University of North Texas) |
Abstract: Recent Developments in the Functional Analysis and Treatment of Severe Behavior Disorders |
|
An Analysis of the Influence of Antecedent Intervention on Positively Reinforced Self-Injurious Behavior of a Child with Autism |
JENNIFER J. MCCOMAS (University of Minnesota), Ellie Mauel (University of Minnesota), Satomi Shinde (University of Minnesota) |
Abstract: In this study we conducted a multi-step analysis of self-injurious behavior (SIB) of a 9 year old girl with autism. First, a descriptive analysis of her SIB was conducted. The results of a sequential analysis suggested that her SIB was maintained by positive reinforcement. The results of a subsequent consequent-based analogue functional analysis were consistent with the findings of the sequential analysis, indicating that the girl?s SIB was maintained by positive reinforcement. Next, the effects of two antecedent-based interventions were tested. Results indicated that the intervention that was selected based on the combined findings of the descriptive and analogue analyses was effective at treating SIB. Findings are discussed in terms of practical, methodological, and conceptual implications of linking treatment the results of direct observation data. All assessment and treatment sessions were videotaped and coded using a real-time data analysis computer program. Two independent observers achieved Cohen?s kappa of 80% agreement or better on over 35% of the sessions. |
|
An Examination of the Effects of a Classroom Activity Schedule on Levels of Self-Injury and Engagement for a Child with Severe Autism |
CHATURI EDRISINHA (University of Texas at Austin), Mark O'Reilly (University of Texas at Austin), Jeffrey S. Sigafoos (University of Texas at Austin) |
Abstract: We examined the effects of an individualized schedule on levels of engagement and self-injury for a student with severe autism. We first conducted a series of functional analyses to identify contexts in which self-injury occurred in his classroom. Results of the functional analyses suggested that self-injury was associated with academic demands. Self-injury rarely occurred during the play and no interaction conditions (i.e., when the teacher was present but did not attend to him) of the functional analysis. Furthermore, when the functional analysis conditions were organized according to a specific schedule (no interaction ? play ? demand) self-injury did not occur. This schedule of activities was then evaluated within the context of his regular curriculum and produced substantial reductions in self-injury and increases in engagement. Positive results maintained for up to five months following the assessment. These findings seem to indicate that functional analysis methodologies might provide helpful information when developing individualized schedules for students who may not have the skills to comprehend and follow a schedule. |
|
The Differential Effects of a Multi-Component Intervention on Multiply-Maintained Problem Behavior |
RENEE KOEHLER VAN NORMAN (The Ohio State University), Stephanie M. Peterson (The Ohio State University), Amanda J. Flaute (The Ohio State University) |
Abstract: Research suggests that different topographies of aberrant behavior may serve multiple functions (Derby et al., 1994; Derby et al., 2000; Lalli & Casey, 1996) and that treatment for problem behavior must address each of these functions in order to be effective (Day, Horner, & O?Neill, 1994; Smith, Iwata, Vollmer, & Zarcone, 1993). Most research that demonstrates the importance of multiple intervention components for multiply-controlled problem behavior has been conducted with participants whose problem behavior was maintained by social outcomes (e.g., escape, attention). There is limited research on the effects of multiple intervention components when one topography of problem behavior is maintained by automatic reinforcement. The present study sought to analyze the effects of a multi-component treatment package designed to address different topographies of problem behavior, some of which were maintained by automatic reinforcement, and others that were maintained by social reinforcement (i.e., attention and tangibles.) A component analysis, conducted within a reversal design, showed that the different intervention components had differential effects on different topographies of behavior, and these effects were directly related to the function of each topography of problem behavior. The importance of matching treatment to function when designing multi-component interventions will be discussed. |
|
|
|
|
Some Topics on Rule-Governed Behavior: Behavioral Momentum, Shaping of Verbal Behavior, and Operant Blocking |
Saturday, May 29, 2004 |
1:00 PM–2:20 PM |
Independence West |
Area: VBC; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: Elizabethann M. O'Shields (West Virginia University) |
Discussant: Mark Galizio (University of North Carolina, Wilmington) |
Abstract: Some Topics on Rule-Governed Behavior: Behavioral Momentum, Shaping of Verbal Behavior, and Operant Blocking |
|
Rule-Governed Behavior and Insensitivity to Contingencies: The Role of Behavioral Momentum |
CHRISTOPHER A. PODLESNIK (Utah State University), Philip N. Chase (West Virginia University) |
Abstract: The current experiment examined whether instructed behavior's reduced sensitivity could be related to behavioral momentum. Two groups of subjects were exposed to a variable-interval 30-s schedule of reinforcement with and without a disrupter. One group received minimal instructions (MI) that told them only that they could earn points exchangeable for money. The second group received a complete instruction (CI) that described the topography of the target response that was yoked to an MI subjects’ stable baseline response rates. Disruption conditions introduced a video presentation of popular television situation comedy. The response rates under the disruption condition for the CI subjects were more resistant to change than the MI subjects in 14 out of 15 disruption sessions. These findings are discussed in terms of the history of reinforcement for rule following. It is concluded that behavioral momentum may be increased by instructions and that the procedures used to test momentum provide an additional test for differences between instructed and contingency-governed behavior. |
|
Examining the Effects of Different Methods of Rule Acquisition on Schedule Performance |
ELIZABETHANN M. O'SHIELDS (West Virginia University), Philip N. Chase (West Virginia University) |
Abstract: The purpose of this experiment was to analyze the effects of different methods of rule acquisition on sensitivity to changing contingencies. The procedure was a systematic replication of Catania, Matthews, and Shimoff (1982). Twelve college students responded on a MULT VR 40-DRL 6-s schedule and were asked to guess the best way to earn points on each component. Subjects divided into four conditions, No Guessing, Non-Differential Points for Guessing, Shaped Guessing and Instructed Guessing. Although the different methods of rule acquisition did not have an effect on schedule sensitivity, there were differences in the influence on non-verbal responding. |
|
An Operant Blocking Account of Rule-Governed Behavior’s Insensitivity to Local Contingencies of Reinforcement |
MARTA LEON (West Virginia University), Philip N. Chase (West Virginia University) |
Abstract: The present experiment examined whether operant blocking could explain situations when instructed behavior is insensitivity to contingencies. Subjects were randomly assigned to three groups and were trained to respond to a mult DRL 4-s/FR18 schedule. Subjects in the Blocking and Unblocking groups received schedule instructions. Subjects in the Minimally Instructed group received only general instructions. Arbitrary stimuli were presented to all three groups that were correlated with the schedule components. For the Unblocking group, the introduction of these stimuli also was accompanied by a change in the magnitude of reinforcement. Sensitivity and blocking were assessed by first reversing the relations between stimuli and contingencies and then reversing the instruction-contingency relation. Behavior was not affected when the stimuli-contingencies relations were reversed for any of the three groups. When the instruction-contingencies relations were reversed, however, the behavior of the Unblocking group regained sensitivity faster than behavior of the Blocking group indicating moderate support for a blocking account of insensitivity. |
|
|
|
|
Teaching Behavior Analytic Principles to Teachers and Coaches |
Saturday, May 29, 2004 |
1:00 PM–2:20 PM |
Berkeley |
Area: EDC |
Chair: John C. Begeny (Syracuse University) |
|
Practice and Implications of a Behavior Systems Approach to Athletic Coaching Effectiveness with Implications for Research and Training |
Domain: Applied Research |
DARIAN A. PARKER (University of Nevada, Las Vegas), Thomas L. Sharpe, Jr. (University of Nevada, Las Vegas), Daniel W. Balderson (University of Nevada, Las Vegas) |
|
Abstract: Applied research on coaching effectiveness in structured sport and athletic settings is receiving greater attention in postsecondary teacher education. Study documenting the behavioral characteristics of effective coaching practice is becoming available (e.g., Partridge & Franks, 1996; Smith & Smoll, 1997; Stewart & Bengier, 2001). Currently, university teacher education programs and professional accreditation organizations are involving in the development and implementation of coaching effectiveness certification programs designed for the effective preparation of professionals working in structured youth to adult coaching settings. These initiatives have substantive implications for the applied behavior analysis profession, given the potential contributions of a behavior analytic approach to research and training in this emergent postsecondary academic area. To these ends, this presentation first provides a conceptual summary of the appeal of a behavior systems approach (Sharpe & Koperwas, 2003) to the study of coaching effectiveness. Next, one evaluation tool is illustrated in the contexts of (a) providing descriptive mapping approaches to coach and athlete practices for the purposes of training and continuing education evaluation applications, and (b) implementing ongoing feedback and goal-setting workshops with practicing coaches in efforts to improve their daily practice effectiveness with athletes. This presentation closes with a data summary in support of the importance of a behavior analytic approach to coaching education, using behavior systems data descriptions across coaches of variable educational and experiential backgrounds. |
|
An Assessment of Teachers’ College Training in Behavioral Instruction Practices |
Domain: Applied Research |
JOHN C. BEGENY (Syracuse University), Brian K. Martens (Syracuse University) |
|
Abstract: Several behavioral-based instruction practices have been empirically demonstrated to increase students’ academic achievement. However, there are no known data to indicate the extent of training teachers receive in these practices. Accordingly, this study used a survey to examine master’s level elementary, secondary, and special education students’ coursework and applied training in 25 behavioral instruction practices and principles. The primary results of this study indicated that respondents: 1) generally received very little training in behavioral instruction practices, and 2) received the least amount of training in behavioral based academic assessment strategies (e.g., CBM) and instructional programs (e.g., Direct Instruction). Results also suggested that while the typical participant had little training in academic assessment strategies, special education students had significantly more training in this area than elementary or secondary education students. To better ensure the reliability of these findings, conservative inclusion criteria were used to determine the final sample of participants (e.g., participants must have had a specific amount of coursework training and student teaching, they must have “passed” the lie-scale item of the survey, etc.). In addition, test-retest reliability estimates of the measure indicated adequate levels of reliability (e.g., .90 for the Total Score—Coursework scale). Implications of these findings and directions for future research (e.g., effective dissemination efforts) will be discussed. |
|
Successful Intelligence Can Be Taught: Whimbey's Think Aloud Problem Solving Meets Sternberg's Theory |
Domain: Applied Research |
JOANNE K. ROBBINS (Morningside Academy), April Heimlich (Morningside Academy) |
|
Abstract: Sternberg (2003) has recently defined a theory of “successful intelligence.” He has differentiated successful intelligence along four dimensions: “ability to achieve success in term’s of one’s personal standards, within one’s sociocultural context; ability to use existing skills and develop new ones; ability to modify oneself to suit the environment; and success attained through a balance of analytical, creative and practical abilities.” (pp.141-142) This paper will provide an overview of Sternberg’s approach and suggest that the critical feature governing the successful demonstration of this constellation of these so-called intelligences can be reduced to the application of an explicit behavioral reasoning strategy described by Whimbey (1979). To the extent that Sternberg’s successful intelligence describes repertoires of value, the explicit teaching of Whimbey’s strategy can provide an effective way of increasing an individual’s personal competence. |
|
|
|
|
|
The Application of Telehealth to Behavioral Assessment and Rehabilitation Services |
Saturday, May 29, 2004 |
1:00 PM–2:20 PM |
Conference Room 3 |
Area: CBM/DDA; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: Anjali Barretto (Gonzaga University) |
Discussant: Wayne W. Fisher (Marcus Autism Center) |
Abstract: The Application of Telehealth to Behavioral Assessment and Rehabilitation Services |
|
Conducting Behavioral Consultations via Telemedicine |
DAVID P. WACKER (The University of Iowa), Anjali Barretto (The University of Iowa), Lisa C. Winborn-Kemmerer (The University of Iowa) |
Abstract: In 1996, we initiated functional analysis and behavioral consultation services via telemedicine, an interactive video technology operated through a statewide fiber topics network. The patients were children with diagnosed developmental disabilities and severe problem behaviors, such as self-injury and aggression. Rather than receiving services through our outpatient clinic, children and care providers received all or part of the services via telemedicine, meaning that they received the services at their local schools or hospitals. In this presentation, we will describe the telemedicine system and the model used for assessment and consultation, and provide a summary of the results obtained to date. We collected interobserver agreement for 33% of all sessions and achieved over 90% agreement across these sessions. These results will include cost as well as outcome data. We will also provide a case example of a functional analysis conducted on self-injury that was completed entirely by telemedicine. |
|
Using Technology to Extend the Continuum of Care following Catastrophic Injury |
MICHAEL L. JONES (Shepherd Center), Linda Dufour (Shepherd Center) |
Abstract: Since 1996, Shepherd Center has been exploring the use of advanced telecommunications technology to support community re-entry of individuals who sustain catastrophic brain and spinal cord injuries. Point-to-point videoconferencing and remote monitoring have been used, for example, to provide regular follow-up support to “high risk” patients and families when they return home after discharge from acute rehabilitation, and to provide training and support to patients in the use of assistive technology (e.g., augmentative communication systems).
More recently, we have explored use of the Internet as the backbone for delivering “telerehabilitation” services and supports. In addition to videoconferencing and remote monitoring capabilities, the Internet permits “just-in-time” delivery of information and instruction to patients, families, and caregivers in their home. To this end, we have developed interactive multimedia instructional materials that can be customized to the user (e.g., presented in English or Spanish), incorporate streaming video to demonstrate activities (e.g., correct UE exercise technique), and track progress toward competency.
This presentation will describe and demonstrate various applications of advanced telecommunications technology to support community re-entry following catastrophic injury. Results from our preliminary efforts to evaluate the efficacy of this approach will also be presented and discussed. |
|
Examining the Application of Interactive Video inFoster Home Settings |
JAMES F. MCGIMSEY (AdvoServ), Lucas Baker (C-Now, Inc.), Judith E. Favell (AdvoServ) |
Abstract: Delivering professional services to individuals in foster home settings has never been an easy or effective task. However, at no other point in time has the task been more complex and daunting. First the sheer number of individuals in foster home settings continues to rise dramatically, while professional resources are stretched too thin, in number of professionals available, and the physical and logistical difficulty in getting services to all in need. Interactive video technology provides a means of getting such professional services to those in need. It’s instantaneous, eliminates the need for costly travel time, and can be immediately available in times of crisis. This study evaluated the effectiveness and efficiency of delivery of professional services, including behavioral consultation, case management, medical and psychiatric support, and education and skill acquisition, through such video technology. Subjects who received these services were behaviorally challenged individuals representative of individuals receiving foster care, living in residential settings representative of foster homes. In over 500 video interactions between professionals and individuals receiving services, 90% of the interactions met all or most of their professional service objectives. Additional data will be presented regarding the effectiveness of service delivery by each profession, as well as the relative efficiency of such service delivery. |
|
|
|
|
Using Behavioral Principles to Improve Literacy Skills |
Saturday, May 29, 2004 |
1:00 PM–2:20 PM |
Gardner |
Area: EDC |
Chair: David E. Forbush (Utah State University) |
|
Using Contextual Clues as Discriminative Stimuli to Teach Vocabulary to English Language Learners |
Domain: Applied Research |
CHANG-NAM LEE (Whitworth College) |
|
Abstract: Vocabulary plays a crucial role in reading, writing, speaking, and ordinary conversation. Although normally developing individuals acquire and use vocabulary without strenuous effort, acquiring it and using it properly challenges students from culturally and economically disadvantaged families and English language learners. Targeting these populations, the current author, colleagues, and teacher candidates have developed a method and materials to use contextual clues in purposefully created stories as discriminative stimuli for stimulus control. In other words, we have created stories containing multiple, explicit clues conducive to the meaning of target vocabulary words and their proper use. Currently, the method and materials are being tested with English language learners. We are collecting data using a permanent product measure of cloze-type, multiple-choice items. We are also using a pretest-posttest group design and a multiple-baseline design. This proposed presentation will introduce the method, materials, and the data currently in progress. |
|
Systematic Use of Multiple Book Preference Assessments to Increase Student Reading Engagement |
Domain: Applied Research |
DAVID E. FORBUSH (Utah State University), Donald M. Stenhoff (Utah State University) |
|
Abstract: “National longitudinal studies show that more than 17.5 percent of children in U.S. schools will encounter reading problems in their first three years of schooling” (National Reading Panel Progress Report, 2000). In the book Preventing Reading Difficulties in Young Children, Snow, Burns and Griffen identify three primary obstacles that account for the majority of early readers’ problems. The first obstacle is difficulty with understanding and applying the alphabetic principle or sound symbol code. The second obstacle is failure to transfer comprehension skills of spoken language to reading and the final obstacle, which magnifies the first two, is initial reduction and in some cases eventual termination of all reading engagement. One critical element of increasing reading engagement is matching books to individual student interests. Common strategies used to match books to student interests include delivering a reading interest survey to a student, asking a student about their reading interests, and providing a variety of books so a student can individually identify high interest books. Unfortunately, these strategies do not directly or systematically assess student reading interests. Stimulus preference assessments may provide a systematic method for matching books to student interests. The purpose of this presentation is to describe the effects of preference assessment on matching books to student interest and the subsequent effect on reading engagement. |
|
Reciprocal Peer Tutoring Effect on Sight Word Learning, Retention, and Generalization of Urban Elementary School Students |
Domain: Applied Research |
SUHA M. HASHEM AL-HASSAN (The Ohio State University), Ralph Gardner III (The Ohio State University), Shobana Musti-Rao (The Ohio State University), Gwendolyn Cartledge (The Ohio State University) |
|
Abstract: Peer tutoring is an instructional strategy that actively engages students in learning and promotes mastery, accuracy, and fluency in content learning. The purpose of the study was to examine the effects of reciprocal peer tutoring as a supplemental teaching method to the more traditional teaching method that teachers are using in classrooms to teach high frequency sight words to urban elementary school students. All participants were typically developing children designated by their teachers as academically at-risk. A reciprocal peer tutoring model was used allowing each student to be both tutor and tutee. A multiple baseline design across students was used to analyze the effects of peer tutoring on sight words learned, maintained, and generalized. Results showed that participants learned, maintained, and generalized more words during the peer tutoring condition. The results also showed that during peer tutoring all participants were able to learn, maintain, and generalize additional weekly sets of unknown sight words. |
|
|
|
|
|
2004 Tutorial: Pursuing Excellence in Human Service Delivery: A 15-yr Odyssey with a Very Happy Ending |
Saturday, May 29, 2004 |
1:30 PM–2:20 PM |
Grand Ballroom |
Area: OBM; Domain: Applied Research |
None CE Offered. CE Instructor: Jon S. Bailey, Ph.D. |
Presenting Authors: : JON S. BAILEY (Florida State University) |
Abstract: Organizational behavior management principles and procedures are often employed as one-time applications in business, industry, and organizational settings. We have had the unique experience of working with the same organization continuously for the past 15-yrs on complex issues of improving the quality of service delivery to mental health patients in a large state hospital in Northeast Florida. The projects began as demonstration projects, but, as gains were demonstrated, the administration began to take them more seriously. Over time we gained the confidence of the executive committee–seven years ago Performance Management became officially recognized as the guiding philosophy of change for the organization. Over the 15-year period we have completed hundreds of quality improvement projects with a large number of them recognized by independent non-governmental agencies for their excellence. In this tutorial, I will present an overview of the work that we have completed and try to offer some insights into our apparently successful strategies for long-term consulting using OBM. |
|
JON S. BAILEY (Florida State University) |
Dr. Bailey received his PhD in 1970 from the University of Kansas and is currently Professor of Psychology at Florida State University where he serves as Co-Director of the new Masters Program in Applied Behavior Analysis at the Panama City Campus. He is a Fellow of the American Psychological Association and the American Psychological Society. He has served on the Executive Councils of the Association for Behavior Analysis and Division 25 of APA. He is currently the Executive Director and Secretary/Treasurer of the Florida Association for Behavior Analysis, which he founded in 1980. Dr. Bailey is the past-Editor of the Journal of Applied Behavior Analysis and is co-editor of the book Behavior Analysis in Developmental Disabilities, as well as co-author of Research Methods in Applied Behavior Analysis and How Dogs Learn. In addition to four books, he has published over 100 journal articles and has presented over 250 scholarly papers and training workshops in the United States as well as in Canada, England, Scotland and Wales. Dr. Bailey is President of Behavior Management Consultants, Inc. and the co-developer of the Behavioral Systems Management model which is used as the staff management and client tracking system in over 30 facilities for people with disabilities in Florida. He coined the term “behavioral diagnostics” and has been active in promoting the use of non-aversive measures in behavior programming. |
|
|
|
|
EAB 5 |
Saturday, May 29, 2004 |
1:30 PM–2:20 PM |
Fairfax A |
Area: EAB |
Chair: Sheila R. Alber-Morgan (University of Southern Mississippi) |
|
The Effects of Monitoring and Incompatible Contingencies on Say/ Do Correspondence |
Domain: Applied Research |
AMY CRYE (Spectrum Center), Freddy Reyes (University of North Texas), Sigrid S. Glenn (University of North Texas) |
|
Abstract: This study investigated effects of monitoring on correspondence between nonverbal responding and compatible and incompatible verbal descriptions of those contingencies. In the Nonverbal Component, the contingency was either on 0.8 s or 3.4 s IRT. In the Verbal Component, subjects made responses to a statement about the contingency for reinforcement in the Nonverbal Component. Shaping was used to establish targets of 0.8 s and 3.4 s in this component. In 7/8 opportunities subjects exhibited nonverbal and verbal behavior sensitive to respective contingencies regardless of compatibility. Sensitivity to contingencies was unaffected by monitor's presence. |
|
Teaching Fifth Graders with Behavior Disorders to Recruit Positive Teacher Attention: Effects on Academic Productivity |
Domain: Applied Research |
SHEILA R. ALBER-MORGAN (University of Southern Mississippi), Lara Anderson (University of Southern Mississippi), Karen Moore (University of Southern Mississippi) |
|
Abstract: Four fifth graders with behavior disorders attending an outpatient facility were trained to recruit positive teacher attention using the following procedure: raise hand, wait quietly for the teacher, and ask the teacher for assistance or feedback in a polite voice. Data on student recruiting and academic productivity were collected across forty-five 20-minute experimental sessions. A multiple baseline across students design demonstrated a functional relationship of recruitment training on the number of appropriate recruiting responses emitted by the students, and on the students’ accuracy and completion of independent math seatwork. After training, all four students increased and maintained their appropriate recruiting responses to the target criterion (3 to 5 per session) and decreased their inappropriate recruiting responses (1 or less per session). Additionally, student accuracy on independent math assignments increased. IOA was assessed on 20% of the sessions and ranged from 99-100%, and procedural reliability assessed on 25% of the sessions was 100%. Previous research has demonstrated the positive effects of recruitment training on appropriate recruiting responses and academic productivity (e.g., Alber et al., 1999; Craft et al., 1998; Wolford et al., 2001). This study extends previous recruiting research to elementary students with behavior disorders attending an outpatient facility in Mississippi. |
|
|
|
|
|
Piaget and Skinner -- Evolving Into Complementarity: Discussion of Dr. Overton's Invited Address |
Saturday, May 29, 2004 |
2:00 PM–2:50 PM |
Hampton |
Area: DEV/TBA; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: Philip N. Hineline (Temple University) |
HAYNE W. REESE (West Virginia University) |
JACOB L. GEWIRTZ (Florida International University) |
WILLIS OVERTON (Temple University) |
Abstract: This Panel will discuss Dr. Overton's Invited Address that evaluates the Operant Learning Paradigm from a unique developmental perspective. |
|
|
|
|
SQAB 2004 Tutorial: Behavioral Variability: Control, Description, and Analysis |
Saturday, May 29, 2004 |
2:00 PM–2:50 PM |
Commonwealth |
Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: Marc N. Branch (University of Florida) |
Presenting Authors: : MICHAEL PERONE (West Virginia University) |
Abstract: Variability is fundamental to the analysis of behavior. Both basic and applied behavior analysts emphasize systematic variability, the kinds of behavioral changes they bring about by manipulating environmental factors in laboratory or field settings. They are inclined to eschew statistical evaluations of these changes in favor of demonstrations of experimental control. But behavior analysts cannot avoid statistical methods entirely. At the very least, they need to them to quantify the degree of unsystematic variability ("noise" or "error") in their results. Indeed, the description of unsystematic variability underlies the evaluation of experimental control: If every factor relevant to the behavior under study could be identified and controlled, unsystematic variability would be eliminated. This tutorial will: (a) review and evaluate behavior analysts' use experimental and statistical methods to control, describe, and analyze variability, and (b) compare the underlying logic of behavior analytic methods to that of conventional group-statistical methods. My approach to these matters will be pragmatic, not dogmatic. |
|
MICHAEL PERONE (West Virginia University) |
Michael Perone is a professor and chair of the Department of Psychology at West Virginia University, where he has worked since 1984. He was educated at the University of Maryland (B.S., 1975) and the University of Wisconsin-Milwaukee (M.A., 1977; PhD, 1981). He conducts basic research with rats, pigeons, and people in the areas of positive and negative reinforcement, schedule control, and conditioned reinforcement, with particular attention to bridging human and animal work. Mike also is interested in research methodology and recently co-edited, with Kennon A. Lattal, the Handbook of Research Methods in Human Operant Behavior (Plenum, 1998). His work has been supported by grants from NSF, NIOSH, and NICHD. He has served as President of ABA, President and Chair of the Board of Directors of the Society for the Experimental Analysis of Behavior, Associate Editor of the Journal of the Experimental Analysis of Behavior, co-chair of the ABA Convention Program Committee, and co-editor of the Experimental Analysis of Human Behavior Bulletin. He is a Fellow of e American Psychological Association. He currently serves as President of the Society for the Advancement of Behavior Analysis. |
|
|
|
|
Stopping Kids from Killing Kids: Teaching Safety Skills to Children to Prevent Gun Play |
Saturday, May 29, 2004 |
2:00 PM–2:50 PM |
Beacon H |
Area: CSE; Domain: Applied Research |
CE Instructor: Raymond G. Miltenberger, Ph.D. |
Chair: Michael B. Himle (University of Wisconsin, Milwaukee) |
RAYMOND G. MILTENBERGER (North Dakota State University) |
Dr. Raymond Miltenberger received his bachelors degree in psychology from Wabash College in 1978 and his PhD in clinical psychology from Western Michigan University in 1985. After a predoctoral internship at the Kennedy Institute of the Johns Hopkins University School of Medicine, he took a position as assistant professor in the psychology department at North Dakota State University. Miltenberger is now a professor of psychology and Director of Clinical Training in the masters program at North Dakota State University. Miltenberger has over 100 publications in peer-reviewed journals and numerous chapters in edited texts. In addition, he wrote a behavior modification textbook entitled Behavior Modification: Principles and Procedures (now in its 3rd edition) and edited a text with Doug Woods entitled, Tic Disorders, Trichotillomania, and Other Repetitive Behavior Disorders: Behavioral Approaches to Analysis and Treatment. Miltenberger’s research has focused on the analysis and treatment of repetitive behavior disorders (such as tics and trichotillomania) and evaluation of procedures for teaching safety skills to children (such as abduction prevention and the prevention of gun play). Miltenberger is the recipient of various awards including the Western Michigan University Distinguished Alumnus Award (in 2000) and the Chamber of Commerce NDSU Distinguished Professor Award (in 2001). |
Abstract: This presentation will address the problem of unintentional injury and death of children from firearms and risk factors that contribute to this problem. Two paths to prevention of childhood injury and death from firearms will be discussed: changing parent behavior and teaching prevention skills to children to prevent gun play. As most childhood firearm injuries and deaths occur as a result of gun play, my research has focused on teaching skills to prevent gun play. A series of studies will be presented in which procedures for teaching prevention skills to children are evaluated. These studies investigated the effectiveness of educational approaches and behavioral skills training approaches to teach young children a set of safety skills to use upon finding a firearm. An emphasis in the research was an evaluation of procedures for promoting generalization of the skills from the training setting to the natural environment. The findings from these studies will be presented and implications for future research and practice will be discussed. Learning Objectives Describe the behavioral skills training approach to teaching safety skills to children to prevent gun play. Describe the results of research comparing educational approaches and behavioral skills training approaches for teaching safety skills to children to prevent gun play. |
|
|
|
|
Radical Behaviorism: Conceptual Refinements |
Saturday, May 29, 2004 |
2:00 PM–3:20 PM |
Independence East |
Area: TPC |
Chair: Francois Tonneau (University of Guadalajara) |
|
Empiricism and Radical Behaviorism: An Impossible Allegiance |
Domain: Applied Research |
JOSE E. BURGOS (University of Guadalajara) |
|
Abstract: An emphasis on experimentation in natural science is usually inspired by empiricism. In the case of the experimental analysis of behavior, such an emphasis can be interpreted in a similar fashion, which makes radical behaviorism an empiricistic doctrine. However, in 1874, Franz Brentano published "Psychology from an empirical standpoint", where psychology was defined as "the science of mental phenomena". How can that be? Can one be an empiricist and a mentalist? Did Brentano get empiricism wrong? Or did he conceive mental phenomena in a proto-behavioristic manner? None of the above. The solution to this puzzle lies in understanding that all forms of empiricism are mentalistic doctrines. In British empiricism, for instance, Locke's core proposal was that ideas or appearances (viewed as mental states), and not their causing qualities in the external world, were the immediate objects of knowledge. Berkeley, with his rejection of Locke's distinction between primary and secondary qualities, took the metaphysical step and concluded that everything was mental. And Hume made associationism a key element of his philosophy. The other two forms of empiricism found throughout the history of epistemology (naïve/pre-Lockean and logical) were also strongly mentalistic. Empiricism is thus fundamentally incompatible with Radical behaviorism. |
|
Causality, Functions, and Interdependence |
Domain: Applied Research |
FRANCOIS TONNEAU (University of Guadalajara) |
|
Abstract: Bunge (1963) has discussed two traditional critiques of the use of causal notions in science. The romantic critique asserts that nature is too complex and interconnected to be described in causal terms, whereas the positivistic critique rejects irreducibly causal concepts on the ground that they are metaphysical. Although both critiques have been effectively rebutted, their influence on behavior analysis remains strong. Skinner’s emphasis on “functional relations,” for instance, exemplifies the positivistic tradition, whereas Kantor’s field of interdependent components speaks for romanticism. I argue in this talk that the explicit anti-causal flavor of behavior analysis (whether in the romantic or positivist mode) has proved inimical to the natural science of behavior and needs to be reevaluated. |
|
Intentionality, Incommensurability, and Interpretation |
Domain: Applied Research |
GORDON R. FOXALL (Cardiff University) |
|
Abstract: The central fact in the delineation of radical behaviorism is its conceptual avoidance of propositional content. This eschewal of the intentional stance sets it apart not only from cognitivism but from other neo-behaviorisms. Indeed, the defining characteristic of radical behaviorism is not that it avoids mediating processes per se but that it sets out to account for behavior without recourse to propositional attitudes. Based on the contextual stance, it provides definitions of contingency-shaped, rule-governed, verbal and private behaviors which are entirely non-intentional. Its capacity to do so is independent of any prior assumption of intentionality: it is therefore methodologically autonomous. However, while the account provided by radical behaviorism fulfills the pragmatic criteria of prediction and control/influence of its subject matter, it leaves problems of explanation which stem from the failure of radical behaviorist interpretation to address the personal level of analysis, to provide for the continuity of behavior, and to show how its accounts can be delimited in the face of causal equifinality. |
|
|
|
|
|
Further Refinements of Skinner's Analysis of Verbal Behavior |
Saturday, May 29, 2004 |
2:30 PM–3:20 PM |
Independence West |
Area: VBC/TPC; Domain: Theory |
Chair: Sebastien Bosch (CARD, Inc.) |
Discussant: Henry D. Schlinger (California State University) |
Abstract: Learning Objectives
Understanding controlling variables for the tact and receptive operants
Developing an understanding of the tact repertoire
Developing an understanding of the receptive repertoire |
|
Refining the Receptive Language Repertoire |
SEBASTIEN BOSCH (CARD, Inc.), Matthew P. Normand (Florida Institute of Technology) |
Abstract: As Skinner acknowledged, the behavior of the listener merits further analysis. This analysis is still pending. Such analysis is important to the extent that listener behaviors (1) come under control of distinct antecedent verbal stimuli (2) are maintained by distinct consequences, and (3) shape and maintain the behavior of the speaker. This presentation will provide a behavioral account of the listener repertoire traditionally referred to as receptive language. |
|
Refining the Tact: Essential Features of a Useful Repertoire |
MATTHEW P. NORMAND (Florida Institute of Technology), Sebastien Bosch (CARD, Inc.) |
Abstract: This paper is an attempt to expand on one area of Skinner’s (1957) analysis. In Verbal Behavior, Skinner introduced the tact as the most important of the elementary verbal operants and discussed the critical features of the tact at great length. However, many of the points that Skinner addressed have not found their way into the current applied and conceptual literature. This paper will re-examine the basic elements of the tact and a distinction will be made between the tact as an elementary operant and the tact in the context of a useful repertoire. Specifically, the most common sources of supplemental control responsible for the occurrence of the tact will be considered with the implications for language training discussed. |
|
|
|
|
Reinforcement Effects |
Saturday, May 29, 2004 |
2:30 PM–3:20 PM |
Beacon D |
Area: EAB |
Chair: Raul Avila (National University of Mexico) |
|
Relative Effects of Reinforcement: Why does Upcoming Food-Pellet Reinforcement Increase Responding for Sucrose? |
Domain: Applied Research |
JEFFREY N. WEATHERLY (University of North Dakota), Jeri Nurnberger (University of North Dakota) |
|
Abstract: Myriad studies have documented that the conditions of reinforcement in one portion of an experimental session can alter response rates in another portion. Although much of the research has focused on contrast effects, our research has focused on positive induction. Specifically, we have reliably demonstrated that rats will increase their rate of operant responding for sucrose reinforcement if food-pellet, rather than the same sucrose, reinforcement is upcoming within the session. There are numerous potential explanations for why this increase in response rates occurs. The present study will present results from three separate experiments that have investigated its cause. The first asked whether rats would learn a new task more quickly when displaying induction than when not displaying induction. The second asked whether induction would be present when rats responded on concurrent schedules of reinforcement and whether choice responding would also be altered. The third asked whether induction was also accompanied by a change in the consumption of the sucrose reinforcers. These three experiments are related because the results of all three are consistent with the idea that induction occurs because the value of the sucrose reinforcers has been increased. |
|
Effects of Schedule-induced-drinking Conditions on Operant Licking for Water |
Domain: Applied Research |
RAUL AVILA (National University of Mexico), Jorge A. Ruiz (National University of Mexico), Carlos A. Bruner (National University of Mexico) |
|
Abstract: Food-deprivation, spaced-food deliveries and continuous access to water are necessary conditions for schedule-induced drinking by rats. The contribution of each of these conditions to the typical inverted U distribution of licking during the food interval was studied. The procedure consisted in adding sequentially each of these conditions to the scalloped pattern of licking for water by thirsty rats controlled by a 64 s fixed-interval (FI) schedule of water reinforcement. In the second condition of the study, adding food-deprivation lowered the FI-scallop. In the third condition, food was introduced within the water FI resulting in a double licking scallop, one before food and the second before water. In the fourth condition, the FI schedule was shortened from 64 to 2-s . This operation removed the pre-food acceleration in rate but left intact the discriminative function of the food intrusion. In the fifth condition, water deprivation was removed, thus turning operant into induced licking. These results clarify the contribution of each condition of schedule-induced drinking to the typical inverted U distribution and suggested that instead of being peculiar to the phenomenon can be interpreted as the effect of manipulations previously described in both, the motivation and operant conditioning literatures. |
|
|
|
|
|
Teaching Social Behavior to Children with Autism |
Saturday, May 29, 2004 |
2:30 PM–3:20 PM |
Back Bay D |
Area: AUT |
Chair: Mary D. Salmon (The Ohio State University) |
|
Effects of Socio-Dramatic Script Training with Puppets on the Social Behavior of a Young Child with Autism |
Domain: Applied Research |
MARY D. SALMON (The Ohio State University), Stacie McConnell (Oakstone Academy), Diane M. Sainato (The Ohio State University) |
|
Abstract: Many children with disabilities experience significant delay in the area of social behavior. Placement in an inclusive classroom is not likely to facilitate social interactions among children with disabilities and their typical peers unless it is explicitly programmed for. This study, implemented in an inclusive preschool setting, was designed to demonstrate that through the combined use of puppets and socio-dramatic script training embedded in storybooks a child with autism could improve his social interactions with peers and develop increased communication behavior. A multiple baseline design across scripts was used to assess change in target behaviors, related and unrelated behaviors, social and non-social interactions. IOA data were collected during 25% of sessions for each participant and script. IOA ranged from 82%-100% across all scripts, all conditions for total theme related, unrelated, and non-social behaviors. Procedural integrity was assessed during 25% of sessions across all phases. Social and communicative behavior increased for all participants during the study, and was maintained without teacher facilitation during the maintenance condition. The combined strategies of socio-dramatic script training embedded in storybooks and puppet play were effective in increasing the social and communicative interactions of a child with autism and two typically developing peers. |
|
The Effects of Prompting and Social Reinforcement on Establishing Social Interactions for Three Children with Autism in Kindergarten |
Domain: Applied Research |
ANGELIKI GENA (National University of Athens) |
|
Abstract: Prior research in Greece has demonstrated that the main area in which children with autism lag behind their peers in inclusive kindergartens was that of social interactions with peers. The goals set in the present study for the inclusion of three preschoolers with autism in Kindergarten were based on normative data pertaining to social interactions of students from Greek Kindergartens in various areas of Athens. The purpose of the present study was to assess the effects of prompting and social reinforcement, provided by a shadow teacher, in improving or in establishing for the first time a social repertoire for children with autism that would increase their interactions with their classmates. The findings of the present study are particularly encouraging since they indicate that both responding to peer initiations as well as initiating interactions with peers were increased for all three children and were invariably maintained across time upon withdrawal of treatment. Those changes were critical in improving the overall social adjustment of the children with autism in the inclusive Kindergarten settings. Interobserver reliability measures were collected on 33% of the data. |
|
|
|
|
|
Applied Behavior Analysis and Positive Behavioral Support |
Saturday, May 29, 2004 |
2:30 PM–3:50 PM |
Constitution A |
Area: DDA/AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: James M. Johnston (Auburn University) |
Discussant: James A. Mulick (The Ohio State University) |
Abstract: Learning Objectives
Attendees will learn how ABA has been influenced in its evolution
Attendees will learn how PBS has been problematic in its development in relation to ABA
Attendees will learn how the problems caused by PBS should be addressed |
|
Attack of the Clones |
RICHARD M. FOXX (Penn State Harrisburg) |
Abstract: Positive Behavior Support evolved from the nonaversive movement and its roots can be traced to the National Institute of Health Consensus Development Conference on the Treatment of Destructive Behaviors in 1989. As a result, much of its credibility is dependent on the belief that it offers effective ”positive” options for treating severe behavior. This talk will suggest that this belief is a myth that is being sophisticatedly promulgated. Crucial to the maintenance of the myth has been blurring the distinction between problem and severe behavior to the point where behaviors previously defined as problem are now labeled severe even though the overall treatment focus has been on children with mild or moderate problems. One noteworthy ideological twist application is that unpleasant interventions such as restraint are stressed as being applied noncontingently. Despite the widespread acceptance and application of Positive Behavior Support, there is little current literature that provides empirically valid demonstrations of multi-element interventions in applied settings. The talk will also discuss the history of mass movements and how PBS qualifies as one. |
|
The Phantom Menace |
JOHN JACOBSON (Sage College) |
Abstract: This presentation will identify and contrast several parameters of ABA and PBS. These models will be considered with respect to whether they represent novel or conventional scientific models, differing technologies, or diverging disciplines, or in fact are merely two depictions of the same technology. Deleterious effects of bifurcation of clinical and research activities will be considered such as whether in substance ABA and PBS can be distinguished within clinical practice, the implications of altered terminology in the context of comparable or uncertain implementation of procedures, and of an alteration of professional focus from habilitative effects and increased skills and enhanced control and countercontrol by people with disabilities to heavy reliance on compensatory supports and substituted group decision-making. Particular stress will be placed on the identification of components of PBS interventions, related data indicating magnitude of problems addressed through treatment and treatment effects, and their overlap or independence from mundane contemporary ABA practice. |
|
Return of the Jedi |
JAMES M. JOHNSTON (Auburn University) |
Abstract: Applied Behavior Analysis (ABA) has evolved in response to a number of influences, including the underlying basic science, applied research, the fields and settings in which practitioners work, and factors stemming from other professions and cultural influences. Positive Behavior Support (PBS) has used a variety of problematic tactics in an attempt to establish a “field” that is promoted as an alternative to ABA. These efforts have harmed ABA and now require attention by the field of Behavior Analysis. This presentation will consider some of the larger issues raised by the PBS movement. |
|
|
|
|
Int'l Symposium - Easy and Powerful: Developing Experimental Software with the Visual Basic Programming Language |
Saturday, May 29, 2004 |
2:30 PM–3:50 PM |
Fairfax A |
Area: EAB; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: Francisco Cabello Luque (Universidad de la Rioja) |
Abstract: . |
|
Computers Can Do That! – Expanding the Horizons of Experimental Research with the Visual Basic Programming Language |
ROBERT WHELAN (National University of Ireland, Maynooth), Dermot Barnes-Holmes (National University of Ireland, Maynooth) |
Abstract: The current paper outlines some features of Visual Basicä 6 (VB6) that researchers interested in the experimental analysis of human behavior may find useful. These include; a “generic” classical conditioning program, wherein several parameters can be varied (e.g., the intertrial interval, stimulus pairing order, the maximum repeated stimulus presentations, and the CS/US delay, amongst others). Another valuable feature is the ability to easily incorporate several Microsoftä utilities – such as sound and video players, and internet browser windows. For example, in a match-to-sample procedure, sounds can be produced when a certain button is pressed; or subjects can obtain access to the internet contingent on performance on a particular task. The subject can respond in several ways: including, dragging-and-dropping, moving a pointer along a sliding scale, key pressing, and clicking with a mouse. If an experiment incorporates a number of phases, mastery criterions can be set for each phase, and the computer can control progression through the experiment, reexposing the subject to earlier phases if necessary. External devices can also interact with VB6 programs. For example, a shock can be delivered when a particular stimulus appears on the screen, or the program can send an “event marker” to an ERPs recorder. |
|
Developing Mobile Computing Solutions for Behavior Analytic Research using Microsoft Embedded Visual Basic |
JAMIE M. DAKE (Southern Illinois University, Carbondale), Mark R. Dixon (Southern Illinois University) |
Abstract: Computerized technology is increasing at exponential rates. Behavior analytic researchers are finding themselves at the forefront of the next generation of the experimental apparatus for conducing research. It is critical for all behavior analysts to familiarize themselves with computer programming languages that will assist them in their research endeavors. The present paper will discuss the utility of Microsoft Embedded Visual Basic for designing behavior analytic software on portable/handheld computers such as Pocket PCs, and Cell Phones. Embedded Visual Basic is very similar to Microsoft's desktop computer programming solution "Visual Basic", but differs in a few key areas. We will showcase the Embedded Visual Basic programming language, and present examples of the program's utility in the creation of an individualized, portable data collection system for field-based data collection. We will also provide additional examples of simple human operant programs that can be created in virtually minutes with this highly powerful computer language. Interested attendees may wish to bring their own PC equipped with Embedded Visual Basic to enhance their learning experience. |
|
A Computerized Tool for the Categorization of Verbal Protocols. |
SONIA BLASCO (Universidad de Valencia), Francisco Cabello Luque (Universidad de la Rioja), Denis P. O'Hora (University of Ulster) |
Abstract: Typically, the protocol analysis methodology produces a large amount of data, in the form of task-concurrent verbalizations, that are later transcribed and categorized in order to obtain a workable set of data. The current paper will present a computerized tool that assists the researcher during this categorization process, and that is based in previous research in the area (e.g., Crutcher, Ericsson & Wichura, 1994). The computer program is a semi-automated tool in which protocols are randomly presented to raters (thus eliminating the problem of raters assigning categories based on previous selections, rather than on the protocol itself), together with additional information about the task (e.g., the arrangement of stimulus). Additionally, multiple raters may work on the same computer, which can then directly compare their ratings. Data are presented demonstrating that this tool enhances reliability among raters, reduces fatigue as they work with individual protocols at their own pace, and increases the validity of the categorization process. |
|
Computerized Voice Technologies Using Visual Basic |
SONIA BLASCO (Universidad de Valencia), Francisco Cabello Luque (Universidad de la Rioja), Dermot Barnes-Holmes (National University of Ireland, Maynooth), Robert Whelan (National University of Ireland, Maynooth), Ian T. Stewart (Behaviour Analysis in Ireland) |
Abstract: This paper will address the use of “voice technologies” in a PC platform using Visual Basic (VB). Specifically, it will be described how to program the computer to read a text aloud (speech production) and to recognize human speech (speech recognition) using the Microsoft Voice Engine – a freely available software. Among the issues that will be addressed, are the installation and configuration of the software, as well as some of the key features of both speech production capabilities and speech recognition capabilities. Some VB examples will be also be presented to illustrate how easy it is to implement these voice technologies for the development of computer-controlled experimental procedures. Finally, some uses for these technologies will be suggested, that constitute part of our ongoing research programs (e.g., the development of voice-controlled tasks, or the analysis of verbal behavior in real-time). |
|
|
|
|
Emerging Research in the Behavioral Analysis of Gambling: Session I |
Saturday, May 29, 2004 |
2:30 PM–3:50 PM |
Fairfax B |
Area: EAB/CSE; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: Holly M. Stubnar (Southern Illinois University) |
Discussant: Scott Sanders (Southern Illinois University) |
Abstract: . |
|
Toward Standardized Methodology in Gambling Research: A Fully Programmable Slot Game |
CHARLES A. LYONS (Eastern Oregon University), Mark R. Dixon (Southern Illinois University) |
Abstract: Two barriers to a behavioral analysis of gambling are related to laboratory analogues of games of chance. One involves the question of value: can laboratory studies accurately model the large monetary wins and losses that strongly influence real-world betting? Another issue involves laboratory methodology: can procedures be standardized to allow replication, using a realistic gambling apparatus that also allows full experimental control of betting trials? The current work addresses this issue. An earlier Visual Basic virtual slot program (MacLin, Dixon, & Hayes, 1999) was modified to more accurately model the action of three-reel slots. A 9 x 9 display matrix, including the payout line as well as the lines both above and below, can be completely specified for each trial. Other aspects under experimenter control include speed of reel spin, duration of reel spin, visual and auditory stimuli accompanying various magnitudes of wins, and feedback display of credits accumulated. Dependent measures include trial-by-trial data and overall session averages and totals. An “inputmaker” program simplifies the specification of experimental parameters, and provides for transition between programs specifying different payout schedules or extinction. It is suggested that this programmable slot will improve the experimental study of interesting gambling phenomena such as the “near miss.” |
|
The Impact of Perceived Luck on Future Gambling Behaviors |
DUSTIN DAUGHERTY (University of Northern Iowa), Adam Sauceda (University of Northern Iowa), Patience R. Niemoth (University of Northern Iowa), Otto H. Maclin (University of Northern Iowa) |
Abstract: This paper will describe three different studies: 1) a replication of Wohl, and Enzle (2003) which found that people are more likely to see themselves as lucky immediately following a near lose as opposed to a near win, 2) a use of concurrent choice paradigm to determine whether an individual would prefer to play a slot machine that they nearly lost half of their money (near loss), or one where they nearly win a jackpot (near win), and 3) a study addressing the issue of perceived luck based on the Belief in Luck Scale in relation to betting patterns and how this differs between pathological and non pathological gamblers. Implications for the construction of a behavioral analysis of gambling will be presented. |
|
Know When to Hold Them & Know When to Fold Them: Inaccurate Rule Construction by the Gambler |
MARK R. DIXON (Southern Illinois University), Jamie M. Dake (Southern Illinois University), Ashton J. Robinson (Southern Illinois University), Jeffrey E. Dillen (Southern Illinois University) |
Abstract: The present paper will discuss the impact of self-generated inaccurate rules by persons who gamble. These inaccurate rules may serve a variety of functions, from producing deviations from the matching law when allocating responses across multiple gambling games, to sustaining gambling behavior under conditions of repeated losses. We will present data from a variety of studies whereby experimental conditions were arranged which led to subjects’ derivation of illogical descriptions of programmed contingencies. Specifically, we will show data from persons playing concurrently available slot machines who did not allocate their responses as predicted by either matching or maximization. We will also show data from roulette players that began to wager more money as they repeatedly were exposed to losing gambling situations. We will also discuss the utility of protocol analyses, estimations of subjective probabilities, and delay discounting analyses for assessing the impact of verbal behavior on gambling. |
|
|
|
|
Evaluating a Behavioral Approach to Clinical Services Targeting the Mentally Ill |
Saturday, May 29, 2004 |
2:30 PM–3:50 PM |
Conference Room 3 |
Area: CBM/OBM; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: Cris T. Clay (University of the Pacific) |
Discussant: Stephen E. Wong (Universidade Veracruzana) |
Abstract: . |
|
Do Mental Health Professionals Accurately Identify Target Behaviors? |
ADRIENNE F. GRANADOSIN-DEANES (University of the Pacific) |
Abstract: Referrals for behavioral services include the identification of target behaviors. As clinicians, the question is “How valid are these target behaviors?” This symposium will discuss frequent referral behaviors from mental health professionals, their validity and how a functional assessment has changed the target behavior in some cases. |
|
Evaluating the Effects of a Behavioral Intervention Service on Mental Health Service Usage |
TINA HOPSON (University of the Pacific) |
Abstract: The effects of clinical services are often evaluated based on treatment goals and social validity measures. While these are appropriate, effective clinical services can also impact other systems of which the individual is a part. In a county mental health system, this could result in a decrease in inpatient days, outpatient services and case management services. This symposium will look at the pre and post mental health service usage for individuals that received behavioral intervention services through a University affiliated agency. |
|
Using Quality Control Measures in a Clinical Environment: A Behavioral Perspective |
HOLLY AYN WHITE (University of the Pacific) |
Abstract: Clinicians in the behavioral field are very skilled at applying the technology to their clients. Operational definitions, data collection and reinforcement are essential to any treatment plan. A weakness is applying these same principles to ourselves. This symposium will explain how a University affiliated agency has incorporated basic behavioral principles into the quality control procedures for clinical services. |
|
|
|
|
Identifying Effective Treatment Components for Reducing Problem Behaviors Maintained by Automatic Reinforcement |
Saturday, May 29, 2004 |
2:30 PM–3:50 PM |
Constitution B |
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: Wendy K. Berg (University of Iowa) |
Discussant: Louis P. Hagopian (Kennedy Krieger Institute) |
Abstract: . |
|
Assessment of Antecedent Exercise for Treatment of Problem Behavior Maintained By Automatic Reinforcement |
HEATHER MORRISON (New England Center for Children), Eileen M. Roscoe (New England Center for Children), Jamie L. Granatino (New England Center for Children), Jacqueline Camarco (New England Center for Children) |
Abstract: Antecedent exercise has been effective for decreasing a range of problem behaviors. However, because functional analyses (FA), preference assessments (PAs), and control conditions were not conducted, it is unclear if the effects were due to exercise or other variables (e.g., continuous access to leisure items). We included these assessments prior to evaluating exercise with two individuals who exhibited problem behavior. FAs indicated that their problem behavior was maintained by automatic reinforcement. PAs indicated the most effective exercise and leisure items to include during the noncontingent exercise and noncontingent leisure conditions. During the antecedent exercise assessment, reversal and multielement designs were used. A reversal was conducted each day (alone, test condition, alone), and test sessions (exercise, leisure, social) varied across days. Leisure and social test conditions served as control conditions. Results indicated that problem behavior occurred at low levels during exercise and leisure tests but persisted during the subsequent alone condition. These findings suggest that noncontingent exercise may effectively suppress problem behavior maintained by automatic reinforcement during but not following treatment, and that noncontingent access to leisure items may be as effective as noncontingent exercise. IOA was collected during at least 33.3% of session; IOA score was 95%. |
|
Identifying Relevant Stimulus Dimensions of an Enriched Environment to Effectively Compete with Automatically Maintained Behavior |
WENDY K. BERG (University of Iowa), Joel Eric Ringdahl (University of Iowa), David P. Wacker (University of Iowa), Danielle N. Dolezal (University of Iowa), Lisa C. Winborn-Kemmerer (University of Iowa) |
Abstract: The noncontingent (NCR) provision of preferred materials has been effective in reducing problem behavior maintained by automatic reinforcement for some individuals. However, preference for tangible stimuli may not be the only variable to consider in developing NCR treatments. In the current study, multielement designs were used to identify the type of stimuli to incorporate within NCR treatments for three individuals who engaged in problem behavior that was maintained by automatic reinforcement. The stimulus dimensions manipulated within the multi-element designs included preference for tangible items, presence of attention, and degree of structure of the activity. The effects of these stimulus manipulations varied across participants, with one participant responding to the combination of preferred activity and attention, and the remaining two participants responding to increased structure. An enriched environment incorporating the identified stimuli was developed for each participant and reduced problem behavior to zero or near zero levels. These results indicate that the type of stimuli presented within an NCR treatment needs to be defined on a case-by-case basis. Interobserver agreement data were collected for at least 25% of all sessions across all conditions and ranged between 80% and 100% agreement. |
|
Assessment and Treatment of Multiple Topographies of Problem Behavior Maintained by Automatic Reinforcement |
JOEL ERIC RINGDAHL (University of Iowa), Wendy K. Berg (University of Iowa), David P. Wacker (University of Iowa), Danielle N. Dolezal (University of Iowa), Lisa C. Winborn-Kemmerer (University of Iowa) |
Abstract: We conducted a series of assessments to identify treatment strategies for individuals who engaged in multiple topographies of stereotypic and/or self-injurious behavior. A functional analysis indicated that, for each participant, each topography of problem behavior was maintained by automatic reinforcement. Subsequent analyses, including a concurrent-operant assessment and a competing stimulus assessment, provided bases for treatment decisions. For the first individual, the analyses resulted in an identical treatment approach for both topographies of problem behavior (hand wringing and hand mouthing). The treatment resulted in reductions in one topography of behavior but no effect on the second topography. For the second individual, the analyses resulted in separate treatment recommendations for each topography of problem behavior (hand mouthing and stereotypic rocking), with both treatments resulting in substantial reductions in behavior. The results are discussed in the context of the need to develop treatment strategies specific to the topography to be treated, even when the behaviors can be considered members of the same response class (e.g., automatic reinforcement). Agreement data were obtained for over 20% of assessment and treatment sessions and averaged over 80%. |
|
|
|
|
Instructional and Professional Issues |
Saturday, May 29, 2004 |
2:30 PM–3:50 PM |
Liberty C |
Area: OBM |
Chair: Gerald L. Shook (Shook and Associates) |
|
A Natural History Of A University Course Management System |
Domain: Applied Research |
DAVID RUSSELL FEENEY (Temple University) |
|
Abstract: This research focuses on diffusion of an education innovation in a large, traditional University. In March 1999, the Blackboard digital course management system was installed for enterprise-wide availability at Temple University, the 39th largest university in the United States. The web-enabled database of Temple Blackboard logs the adoption date, course ID, and course title for every Blackboard course, unobtrusively, twenty-four hours a day. Temple Blackboard serves as a digital approximation of the cumulative recorder pioneered by B. F. Skinner, recording more than 2800 course adoptions across 30 months, in real time. Temple Blackboard course records provide unprecedented quantity and quality of objective measures of innovation diffusion in a large education organization. The whole population of digital cumulative records may be analyzed, making statistical sampling optional. Digital cumulative recording of Temple Blackboard course adoption facilitates comparisons with other Temple course management systems, while reducing pro-innovation bias. Blackboard rates of adoption for Temple University as a whole, per college, per department, and per faculty may be visualized, compared, ranked, and analyzed, answering pressing questions about educational technology diffusion with precision and economy. |
|
Optimizing Professional Development: Application of Behavioral Tools to Career Planning |
Domain: Applied Research |
LISA S. GURDIN (The May Institute), Karen E. Gould (The May Institute), Beth Howard (The May Institute) |
|
Abstract: Professional development is one of the most critical aspects of a human service organization. It assures that the organization maintains a high level of clinical expertise and that its consumers have access to the most effective treatment. The skills comprising a professional repertoire can be defined behaviorally, assessed and used to develop professional development plans that achieve both employee career goals and organizational objectives. Two tools, the Skill Profile and the Individualized Career Plan, were developed to assist employees in conducting self-assessments of their professional skills, identifying target behaviors, and developing plans to achieve professional goals and objectives. Through the Skill Development Profile, professionals identify skills they have mastered and those they would like to acquire. These skills are categorized according to areas and are defined behaviorally. Desired areas of skill growth are converted into an Individualized Career Plan (ICP) that includes goals, objectives, action plans, and outcome measures. Examples will be provided of Skill Profiles and ICPs. Their use in advancing both personal and organizational objectives will also be illustrated in the context of an organization-wide system of professional development. Outcome measures will document the effectiveness of the tools on both the employee and organizational levels. |
|
The Case for the Profession of Behavior Analysis and the Current State of Affairs |
Domain: Applied Research |
GERALD L. SHOOK (Shook and Associates) |
|
Abstract: The presentation will provide a rationale for having a profession of behavior analysis, identify barriers and support mechanisms to professionalism, review the current status of the professional, and offer suggestions for future development. |
|
|
|
|
|
Intervention for Problem Behavior in Autism |
Saturday, May 29, 2004 |
2:30 PM–3:50 PM |
Back Bay A |
Area: AUT |
Chair: Jill A. Hollway (The Ohio State University) |
|
Training a Parent to Implement Behavioral Momentum to Improve Her Son's Compliant Behavior |
Domain: Applied Research |
JILL A. HOLLWAY (The Ohio State University), Ralph Gardner III (The Ohio State University), Terri Hessler (The Ohio State University) |
|
Abstract: Non-compliant behavior to task demands is a common problem for parents of children with Autism Spectrum Disorder (ASD). Treatment of compliance is important because of its co-variation with other maladaptive and adaptive behaviors. New adaptive behaviors can be elicited to take the place of old maladaptive responses as the child with ASD becomes compliant. Recent studies have been conducted in order to test the effectiveness of the behavior momentum theory in increasing compliant behavior in children. Their data suggest that giving a sequence of high probability requests immediately prior to a low probability request increases the probability compliance. The purpose of this study was to determine whether a parent trained to act as a behavioral change agent in her home could effectively increase her son’s compliance to task demands by using behavioral momentum. The parent was trained to implement behavioral momentum (sequences of high probability immediately followed by a low probability request), in order to increase compliance to task demands. The results show that the parent was able to effectively implement a behavior momentum strategy and improve her child’s compliance behavior. A multiple baseline design was used to show a functional relationship between the independent and deaendent variables. |
|
The Application of Simple Correction to Eliminate Spitting Behavior in a Six Year Old Autistic Boy |
Domain: Applied Research |
JAMES KOPP (University of Texas at Arlington), Jessica L. Feger (Behavioral Innovations, Inc.), David Harkins (Behavioral Innovations, Inc.), William H. Edwards (Behavioral Innovations, Inc.) |
|
Abstract: A simple correction procedure (soft reprimand --> prompts to on-task --> change-over delay -->reinforcement) was used to reduce the probability of spitting during pre-academic and self-help skills training with a six year old autistic boy. Baseline rates of spitting averaged one response every five minutes across three trainers during separate two-hour daily training sessions. Initially, a simple correction procedure for spitting behavior concurrent with task-completion reinforcement was introduced into one of the three two-hour sessions. The result was a decrease in spitting to near zero during the selected session, with some generalization to the other two sessions. After the seventh day all three trainers employed the simple correction procedure. Twenty days later the rate of spitting behavior was observed to be at or near near zero throughout training. One of the trainers then followed the child into a regular school classroom for the next 77 days. In the new setting, except for a burst of spitting responses when grabbing materials was added to the simple correction program, spitting rates remained zero with occasional bouts of one or two responses once or twice a week |
|
Autism and the Thimerisol Debate: Successes in treating ASD in Siblings via ABA, Diet, Supplements and Chelation |
Domain: Applied Research |
CARMENNE A. CHIASSON (Private practice) |
|
Abstract: Two brothers have shown remarkable progress in a comprehensive treatment program including 7 to 17 hours per week of applied behavior analysis, a gluten/casien free diet, tailored supplements including vitamins and enzymes, and chelation to address mercury and other metal toxicity. The children's behavioral interventions were developed by this psychologist based on Gina Greene's (eds) "Behavioral Interventions for Children with Autism". Parents designed the dietary, vitamin, supplement and chelation interventions via information gained from on-line chat groups and their own extensive research. Results indicate significant gains in appropriate speech, toileting skills and social skills and significant reduction of self stimulation behavior. Results indicate significant gains in adaptive functioning on the Vineland (From 5th to 75th Adaptive Behavior Composite percentile over a two year period) and the WISC III (From FSIQ = 84 to FSIQ = 104 over a two year period) for Kurt, current age 4 years, 10 months. Younger sibling, Allen, currently age 2 years 5 months made significant gains in receptive and expressive speech and advanced in many areas of the Vineland over a 1.5 year period of treatment. Implications for the use of a multifacted treatment approach to Autism Spectrum Disorders is discussed. |
|
|
|
|
|
Performance Engineering to Improve the Health of Persons with Retardation |
Saturday, May 29, 2004 |
2:30 PM–3:50 PM |
Liberty B |
Area: OBM/EDC; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: Guy S. Bruce (APEX Consulting) |
Discussant: Aubrey C. Daniels (Aubrey Daniels International, Inc.) |
Abstract: . |
|
Role of the "Client" in a Relationship with a Behavior Analysis Consultant |
JAMES KEEFE (Warren Achievement Center) |
Abstract: When Warren Achievement Center took the initiative to develop new ways of helping people with mental retardation learn about the effects of food and exercise, we knew that we would have to become substantially better teachers and performance managers. To that end, the agency contracted with Dr. Guy Bruce and APEX Consulting for the development of the learning modules and for training our staff to apply principles of behavior analysis and performance management to this project. Once that decision was made, we had to decide how to integrate APEX into agency routines, and how to reward staff for participating in this project. These are perhaps the most important decisions an agency working with an outside consultant can make. How do we present our "experts" to everyday, direct care staff in a way that enhances the consultant's credibility? How do we create an environment that maximizes the likelihood that our staff will "buy into" the project? This presenter will focus on the role of the "client" in a relationship with a behavior analysis consultant. |
|
The Performance Engineering Approach to Improving Consumer Health |
GUY S. BRUCE (APEX Consulting) |
Abstract: This presentation will provide a description of the performance engineering approach to improving consumer health using the PARSE process.The approach includes:1) Pinpointing the performance problem by defining, measuring, and evaluating desired health outcomes and the eatng and excerise performance necessary to achieve them; 2) Analyzing the causes of the performance problems, 3) Recommending the best solutions, 4) Solving the problem, and 5) Evaluating the effectiveness and efficiency of each solution. Data will be presented to illustrate how the process works and descriptions of the process, management, and training solutions that are implementing will be provided. |
|
Development of a Data-based Cybernetic System of Performance Engineering |
JOHN W. ESHLEMAN (APEX Consulting) |
Abstract: The present paper describes the development of a data-based cybernetic system of performance engineering, including (1) a performance management system, and (2) an instructional system. The term ‘cybernetic’ indicates a strategy whereby data generated by the system effectively steers its ongoing development: For example, the behavior of a teacher comes under effective stimulus control of the changes to learner behavior produced by the instruction. The cybernetic system described herein concerns the development of a computer-based system to teach and manage nutritional skills to mentally-retarded adult learners. A touch-screen computer programmed in Visual Basic records food choices made, and presents feedback to the consumer with respect to achievable goals pertaining to weight reduction and eating a healthier diet. A parallel system, programmed in ToolBook II, combines Precision Teaching and efficient learning strategies to teach the consumers to make healthier food choices. The frequency and celeration data presented herein illustrate the types of data the computer obtains, and how these data are used to guide design of the performance engineering. |
|
|
|
|
Professional Development Series: APA-Accredited Predoctoral Internship Programs in Behavior Analysis |
Saturday, May 29, 2004 |
2:30 PM–3:50 PM |
Conference Room 4 |
Area: CBM/AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: Paul Romanowich (University of California, San Diego) |
SUNGWOO KAHNG (Kennedy Krieger Institute) |
JAMES K. LUISELLI (The May Institute) |
PATRICK C. FRIMAN (Father Flanagan's Boy's Home) |
CATHLEEN C. PIAZZA (Marcus Institute) |
Abstract: Most job indexes predict that the behavioral services field will continue to grow over the next ten years. While this is great news for those working in the field, it suggests a growing challenge to students about to graduate and enter the job market. Specifically, it suggests that the plague of graduates with top-notch educations and little-to-no practical experience will continue to spread. In order to help slow this epidemic and to educate ABA’s student members on the opportunities that are available to them while working on their degrees, this panel discussion will highlight the pre-doctoral APA-accredited predoctoral internship programs available at four superb service locations: the Kennedy Krieger Institute, Girls and Boys Town, the Marcus Institute, and the May Institute. During the discussion, each participant will provide a summary of the internship experience available at their organization as well as a general description of pre-doctoral internship programs. Following these brief presentations, the panel will open itself up to questions from the audience. Through this semi-formal discussion, participants will learn of the professional training opportunities that are available to those wanting both a hands-on experience applying behavioral techniques and the benefits of completing an APA-accredited internship. This is a student committee sponsored event. |
|
|
|
|
Professional Development Series: Graduate Training in Behavior Analysis Part II |
Saturday, May 29, 2004 |
2:30 PM–3:50 PM |
Dalton |
Area: PRA; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: Kendra L. Brooks Rickard (University of Nevada, Reno) |
DANIEL B. SHABANI (Western Michigan University) |
CHRISTOPH LEONHARD (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology) |
THOMAS L. ZANE (Sage Colleges) |
JOSE A. MARTINEZ-DIAZ (Florida Institute of Technology) |
Abstract: The field of Behavior Analysis has been experiencing tremendous growth in recent years. While there were once only a few graduate programs in Behavior Analysis to choose from there are now many programs in existence, with more being established each year. With so many programs to choose from it can be a daunting task for potential students to discern differences between programs and determine which program is best for them. Graduate Training in Behavior Analysis Parts I - V will have directors and representatives from 20 graduate programs that will provide information about their programs and answer questions to facilitate this process. Some of the topics to be discussed include: Master’s versus Doctorate; student funding; time to complete program; practical experiences available; unique aspects of each program; and job placement of recent graduates. This will be an excellent opportunity for potential students to talk with faculty from various programs, ask specific questions about the programs while simultaneously comparing them, decide which one best meets their needs, and find out what they can do to improve their chances of getting accepted. This is a student committee sponsored event. |
|
|
|
|
Int'l Symposium - Promoting Advanced Analytic Skills and Skilled Application in a Distance Learning Curriculum in Autism Intervention (Data-based Presentation) |
Saturday, May 29, 2004 |
2:30 PM–3:50 PM |
Beacon A |
Area: TBA/AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: Megan Tupa (University of Massachusetts Medical School) |
Discussant: Satoru Shimamune (Naruto University of Education) |
Abstract: . |
|
Switching Pedagogical Gears from Mastering Basic Concepts to Promoting Advanced Analytic Skills |
MEGAN TUPA (University of Massachusetts Medical School), Jennifer L. Crockett (Independent Behavior Analyst), Beth Sulzer-Azaroff (The Browns Group of Naples), Richard K. Fleming (University of Massachusetts Medical School), Michelle Weissman (Rockman et al), Charles Hamad (University of Massachucetts Medical School) |
Abstract: Students have previously mastered the core principles and procedures of behavior analysis in Courses 1 and 2 in the Behavioral Intervention in Autism (BIA) curriculum. To better prepare them for leadership and administrative roles in behavioral intervention, in Course 3 we ask students to engage in the higher-level skills of analysis, synthesis and evaluation (Crone-Todd & Pear, 2001). In contrast with Courses 1 and 2, in which students primarily were asked to define, exemplify, or detect concepts and principles, in this course we have created assignments at more sophisticated levels of learning. This includes analyzing several diverse program models of behavioral intervention, as described in Handleman and Harris (2001), becoming prepared to effectively implement and manage their own and staff behavioral interventions with groups of children in a coordinated manner, and using data-based evaluation and quality control measures. Assignments are designed to challenge students to concurrently assess multiple variables, all of which play a distinct and often contrasting role in intervention delivery. This paper will describe the various pedagogical features we have applied in Course 3 to meet these instructional objectives. Multiple data sets are presented to depict student learning and satisfaction. |
|
Instructor and Participant Perspectives on Meeting Complex Course Challenges in Distance Learning |
ARLENE DWORKIN KAYE (Chesire and Shelton (CT) Public Schools), Jennifer L. Crockett (Independent Behavior Analyst), Megan Tupa (University of Massachusetts Medical School), Beth Sulzer-Azaroff (The Browns Group of Naples), Michelle Weissman (Rockman et al), Richard K. Fleming (University of Massachusetts Medical School), Charles Hamad (University of Massachusetts Medical School) |
Abstract: An online, partially self-paced curriculum provides the flexibility and convenience many students need as they try to further their education while maintaining full schedules of employment, education, or parenting. In Courses 3 and 4 of the Behavioral Interventions in Autism curriculum, we switch our emphasis from reading and computer-based mastery assessments to multiple on-site activities, including assessment and intervention. Such a switch in course design requires ongoing adjustments by the instructor and students alike. This paper will present a student's view of the extent to which the BIA curriculum can meet the needs of professionals in the field of autism, and challenges to students at this level of instruction. In addition, this paper will present an instructor's perspective on meeting the diverse individual needs of students, while maintaining a tight focus on course objectives. Data will be presented on student satisfaction with the quality of instruction, course content, and course design. |
|
Saying is Good, Doing is Better: A Distance Learning Practicum in Behavioral Intervention in Autism |
BETH SULZER-AZAROFF (The Browns Group of Naples), Richard K. Fleming (University of Massachusetts Medical School), Michelle Weissman (Rockman et al), Charles Hamad (University of Massachusetts Medical School) |
Abstract: The ultimate aim of any teacher or parent-training curriculum is the trainee 's skilled application of best practices. While typically this is approached via supervised practicum, internship and/or student teaching experiences, the challenge for distance learners of methods for applying behavioral interventions among students with autism is far more complex. Opportunities for on-site training under skilled behavior analytic supervision are rare. To meet this challenge, we have developed a curriculum intended to circumvent those difficulties, by programming very tightly a set of experiences for trainees who practice with the assistance of a local facilitator and a distant ABA expert supervisor. In this presentation, we describe our system for helping trainees to locate sites and contract with site personnel. We shall share a sample of assigned activities, feedback and evaluation methods and standards, and our findings to date. |
|
|
|
|
Social Behavior in Preschoolers with Autism: Issues in Measurement and Monitoring Change over Time |
Saturday, May 29, 2004 |
2:30 PM–3:50 PM |
Back Bay B |
Area: AUT/DDA; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: Lara M. Delmolino Gatley (Rutgers, the State University of New Jersey) |
Discussant: Sandra L. Harris (Rutgers, the State University of New Jersey) |
Abstract: Learning Objectives
The participant will be able to identify the differences between direct and indirect measures of social competence in autism
The participant will be able to appreciate the impact of setting and structure on social behavior observed in natural settings
The participant will be able to identify the advantages and disadvantages to direct measurement of social behavior and the implications for monitoring treatment outcome |
|
The Use of Direct and Indirect Measures of Social Behavior in Autism: Issues and Considerations |
LARA M. DELMOLINO GATLEY (Rutgers, the State University of New Jersey), Mary Jane Weiss (Rutgers, the State University of New Jersey) |
Abstract: Treatment outcome data is an essential component in any program utilizing Applied Behavior Analysis for preschoolers with autism. Often, this involves the use of indirect and standardized measures to assess IQ, developmental level, language skills and other adaptive behavior, including social skills. In addition, direct measurement of specific target skills documents progress and changes over time. The evaluation and ongoing assessment of social skills provides a significant challenge. The elements of social competence are complex and often difficult to operationalize, and specific behavioral changes may be idiosyncratic. Measurement of specific behaviors is not sufficient to provide information about general level of social skill across contexts. Further, the use of rating scales and standardized measures is less precise and may not capture the range and variability of social outcome for these youngsters. Data will be presented to illustrate these challenges, and a model for combining both direct and indirect measures will be presented. |
|
Quantifying the Social Behaviors of Preschoolers with Autism in the Natural Environment |
HEATHER JENNETT (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Lara M. Delmolino Gatley (Rutgers, the State University of New Jersey) |
Abstract: Impairments in social behaviors are thought to be the core deficit in individuals with autism. Therefore, developing a method for their quantification is critical in order to measure interventions designed to improve them. McGee, Feldman, and Morrier (1997) developed a coding system which differentiated children with autism from their typically developing peers on several dimensions and was found to be sensitive to change (McGee, Morrier, & Daly, 1999). In the present study, this coding system was adapted and applied to eleven preschoolers with autism during unstructured play activities in their classrooms. For a period of six months, monthly videotaped samples were collected and coded for the receipt of social bids from peers, verbalizations, and engagement with children and adults. In addition, teachers rated the children’s progress on these dimensions for the same period of time. The data were examined as a measure of change over time. The results will be discussed in relation to previous research, issues related to the natural setting, difficulties in quantifying nonspecific changes, and future directions. |
|
The Social Competence of Preschoolers with Autism and a Comparison Peer Group During Structured and Unstructured Play |
MEGAN P. MARTINS (Rutgers, the State University of New Jersey), Lara M. Delmolino Gatley (Rutgers, the State University of New Jersey) |
Abstract: Using a previously piloted social behavior code, the social behavior of preschoolers with autism was repeatedly observed during periods of structured and unstructured play. The same observations were simultaneously conducted for a group of typically developing peers. Structured play differed from unstructured play due to arrangements in the classroom such as introduction of games and materials that encourage social interaction, prearranged proximity to peers, and increased teacher facilitation of play. Results from the pilot data indicate that there are differences between the children with autism and their peers on some important social variables (e.g. proximity to peers and verbalizations). Further, the data also suggest that the social behavior of children with autism may respond differently to an increase in the amount of structure facilitated by teachers during play sessions. Findings will be discussed in terms of implications for identifying targets of intervention and how these target levels are facilitated in preschool settings. |
|
|
|
|
Strategies for the College Classroom |
Saturday, May 29, 2004 |
2:30 PM–3:50 PM |
Berkeley |
Area: EDC |
Chair: Laura D. Fredrick (Georgia State University) |
|
Effects of the Contingency for Homework Submission on Students’ Performance in a College Course |
Domain: Applied Research |
CAROLYN S. RYAN (Queens College and the Graduate Center, City University of New York), Nancy S. Hemmes (Queens College and the Graduate Center, City University of New York) |
|
Abstract: Effects of the contingency for homework assignment submission on the probability of submission and on quiz grades were assessed in a college psychology course. Under an alternating treatments design, each student was assigned to a points condition, in which points toward the course grade were available for quiz-related homework submission, for 5 of 10 assignments. Points were not available under the no-points condition for the other assignments. Instructor feedback was provided for all assignments. A quiz was presented following students’ receipt of feedback. For Experiments 1 and 2, the group mean percentage of homework assignments submitted under the points condition (100%;98%, respectively) were higher for all assignments compared to the no-points condition (24%;17%, respectively); t(18) = 13.8, p<.05 (Experiment 1) and t(16)= 17.25, p<.05 (Experiment 2). For Experiments 1 and 2, group mean quiz scores were significantly higher under the points condition (82.3%;82.3%) versus the no-points condition (72.4%;72.0%, respectively); t(18)= 1.6, p<.05 and t(16)= 3.49, p<.05, respectively. Participants’ quiz performance varied systematically with condition. Reliability of all assignments was 100% between the first author and an independent observer. The findings demonstrate that homework submission was not maintained when the consequences were feedback and expectation of improved quiz performance. |
|
Comparing the Effects of Response Cards and Daily Practice and Feedback on End of Week Quiz Scores in a University Introduction to Applied Behavior Analysis Course |
Domain: Applied Research |
PAUL MALANGA (University of South Dakota), William J. Sweeney (University of South Dakota) |
|
Abstract: The beneficial effects of response cards on student achievement levels have been studied at both the elementary (Drevno, Kimball, Possi, Heward, Gardner, & Barbetta, 1994; Gardner, Heward, & Grossi, 1994) and secondary levels (Cavanaugh, Heward, & Donelson, 1996). While these studies have demonstrated the beneficial effects of active student responding in both elementary and secondary settings, there is a dearth of systematic research examining the effectiveness of response cards at the post-secondary level. Furthermore, few studies have examined the relative effectiveness of response cards with an alternative active treatment condition. The current study compared the effects of response cards and daily practice with feedback on end of week quiz scores in a University introductory applied behavior analysis course. Data were collected via permanent product records and an unmarked copy of student performance was provided to a second rater with an equivalent knowledge base in Applied Behavior Analysis to score. Scores were compared and reliability data were computed using a point-to-point method of agreement. |
|
Practicum in Applied Behavior Analysis: Our First Effort |
Domain: Applied Research |
CLAUDIA E. MCDADE (Jacksonville State University), Rasoul Mokhtari (Jacksonville State University) |
|
Abstract: This presentation will describe a graduate/undergraduate course in Criterion- Based Behavior. This course was first taught in Fall semester 2003. Its objectives include: Demonstrate fluency of behavioral terminology and precision methods; Apply behavior analysis fluency to self and others; Demonstrate fluency of theoretical bases for Standard Measurement; Illustrate principles of behavior in each student’s life. Students completed at least ten projects each including: SAFMEDS; Self-management; Inner behavior; Another Human; Non-human animal. Projects ranged from human relationships to animal training to reducing inappropriate behavior. The instructor and student assistant will share many of the projects’ Standard Celeration Charts with the data recorded by students in the class. |
|
|
|
|
|
Systematic Instruction for Students with Autism |
Saturday, May 29, 2004 |
2:30 PM–3:50 PM |
Back Bay C |
Area: AUT |
Chair: Eric M. Messick (University of Waikato, New Zealand) |
|
An Adaptation of Haughton’s "Handwriting: Print" Program for a Young Boy with Asperger’s Syndrome |
Domain: Applied Research |
ERIC M. MESSICK (University of Waikato, New Zealand), Susan Mcgregor (University of Waikato, New Zealand) |
|
Abstract: Handwriting is a skill that is important because more complex skills rely upon it. When handwriting is not fluent, these complex skills are less likely to occur. Inappropriate behaviour may then occur in its place because the relatively difficult task of writing may establish its own removal as a reinforcer. Rather than address the resulting escape and avoidance behaviours directly, a better approach is to teach handwriting to fluency so that the task of writing does not establish its own removal as a reinforcer. We used an adaptation of Haughton’s “Handwriting: Print” program to teach a young boy with Asperger’s syndrome to make components of letters quickly and accurately. During and following the program, the speed and accuracy of numbers, capital and small letters, and sentences improved. “Contingency adduction” might describe the recombination of the letter components into the more complex letters. |
|
A Comparative Analysis of Systematic Instruction versus Exposure and Guidance in a Classroom-based Program for Students with Autism |
Domain: Applied Research |
SASHA PAPOVICH (Autism Partnership), Donna L. Strohm (Autism Partnership), Kanon Riecks (Autism Partnership), John James McEachin (Autism Partnership), Christina Travaligni (Autism Partnership), Justin B. Leaf (Autism Partnership), Juliana Luna Hernandez (Autism Partnership), Mitchell T. Taubman (Autism Partnership) |
|
Abstract: Much research support exists for the effectiveness of systematic ABA classroom instruction in promoting skill acquisition in children with autism. Yet many classroom experiences for students with autism, especially those involving inclusion, are instead merely comprised of exposure to typically developing children and/or repeated assistance or guidance with the help of aides or shadow assistants during tasks or school-based activities. The purpose of this study was to conduct a comparative analysis of systematic ABA instruction, that is, teaching interactions and discrete trial teaching, to an exposure and assistance approach in a summer, classroom-based program. A total of eight students with autism, seven of whom had advanced capabilitites, served as participants at two separate classroom sites. Identified instructional targets were randomly assigned to either the systematic instruction or exposure/guidance conditions and acquisition was compared through objective measurement (reliability at 92%). Skills targeted through systematic teaching showed substantial gain while those in the other condition evidenced little or no progress. Implications for classroom instruction and inclusion are discussed. |
|
A Behavioral Model for the Development of Vocational Skills for Individuals with Autism Spectrum Disorder |
Domain: Applied Research |
FRANCINE DIMITRIOU (The Cleveland Clinic Center for Autism), Travis Haycook (The Cleveland Clinic Center for Autism), Jaina Blackford (The Cleveland Clinic Center for Autism) |
|
Abstract: This presentation will outline the processes in establishing and assessing a vocational training program for individuals with autism in a school-based program. Six students participated in a secured employment simulation, site-based short-range employment opportunities, off-site vocational orientation program and outside employment opportunities. The outcome of the program will be reviewed including data summary and performance evaluation. |
|
|
|
|
|
Teaching Applied Behavior Analysis: Modes of Mentoring, Pedagogy, and Testing |
Saturday, May 29, 2004 |
2:30 PM–3:50 PM |
Beacon B |
Area: TBA; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: Elizabeth Fleming (Simmons College) |
Abstract: . |
|
The Odyssey of Mentoring: A Journey Through the Development of a Graduate Mentoring Program |
ELIZABETH FLEMING (Simmons College), Susan Ainsleigh (Simmons College) |
Abstract: Certification requirements for Board Certified Behavior Analysts and Board Certified Associate Behavior Analysts include a period of supervised or mentored experience, during which the potential candidate for certification is evaluated on the application of behavior analytic principles and procedures to employment situations. A significant body of research exists that supports mentoring or supervised experience in a variety of fields, including teaching, business, and medicine; however, limited research exists detailing best practice in providing mentoring or supervision to behavior analysts in training. This presentation introduces a model mentoring program for graduate students in behavior analysis and presents best practice recommendations for evaluating the performance of a graduate student mentee. |
|
Socratic Questioning as a Mode of Pedagogy |
MICHAEL F. DORSEY (Simmons College), Katrina A. Fallon (Simmons College), Michael J. Cameron (Simmons College) |
Abstract: Socratic questioning is a mode of pedagogy that involves presenting open ended questions to students in an effort to promote dialectical discussion. As used within the college classroom, Socratic-questioning, according to Robertson (2003), works within a structured discussion that raises basic issues, probes beneath the surface of things and pursues problematic areas of thought . The method also helps students discover the structure of their own thoughts, and it helps them to develop clarity, accuracy and relevance in thinking. The purpose of this presentation is to review the process of Socratic questioning and to provide an empirical demonstration of the value of this mode of pedagogy when teaching applied behavior analysis. |
|
Developing a Website for Graduate Courses in Applied Behavior Analysis |
SUSAN AINSLEIGH (Simmons College), Robert Stewert (Simmons College), Michael J. Cameron (Simmons College) |
Abstract: Technology has become an integral component of higher education programs. Instructors use technology in a variety of ways to support delivery of content, improve and increase learning opportunities, and strengthen communication between students and instructors. Technology is particularly supportive when course schedules prevent frequent face-to-face interactions between students and instructors. This presentation will demonstrate two websites developed for graduate courses in Applied Behavior Analysis, with particular emphasis on the benefits of a website designed to support a graduate course with a non-traditional academic schedule. |
|
Examining the Test: Developing Effective Examination Questions for a Graduate Course in Applied Behavior Analysis |
SUSAN AINSLEIGH (Simmons College), Michael F. Dorsey (Simmons College), Katherine Miriam Johnson-Patagoc (Simmons College) |
Abstract: Graduate programs in behavior analysis are required to evaluate the knowledge of students in a variety of content areas. Content areas include, but are not limited to basic principles of applied behavior analysis, behavioral assessment, selection and implementation of behavioral methodologies, ethics, and measurement, data display, and data analysis. Testing is a commonly used method for evaluating the knowledge of graduate students in a particular content area. Testing at the graduate level often consists of a series of questions delivered via paper/ pencil or electronic medium. Formatting of exam questions might use multiple choice, true/false, or a short answer structure for eliciting knowledge. This presentation exams the research supporting the use of various examination formats, with emphasis given to identifying the type of exam question that best evaluates a graduate student’s knowledge of course content in Applied Behavior Analysis. |
|
|
|
|
Int'l Symposium - Teaching Thinking |
Saturday, May 29, 2004 |
2:30 PM–3:50 PM |
Gardner |
Area: EDC/VBC; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: Jennifer L. Zinke (Illinois Institute of Technology) |
Discussant: David A. Pyles (Behavior Intervention Systems, Inc.) |
Abstract: . |
|
Teaching Thinking and Problem Solving Skills: Applications with Precision Teaching |
DOREEN E. VIEITEZ (Joliet Junior College), Nancy Hansen Merbitz (MHRC, Inc.), Charles T. Merbitz (Illinois Institute of Technology) |
Abstract: Contrary to the common misperception that methods derived from behavior analysis, including precision teaching, are applicable to only lower level thinking skills such as basic knowledge and basic skills, these methods have been successfully applied to many higher level behaviors. Precision teaching has been used in schools and learning centers across the United States to teach skills including mathematics calculation and reasoning, basic reading skills, reading comprehension, handwriting, written expression. Precision teaching methods also allow teachers to analyze their own behavior and how it influences student responding. We will present data that includes examples from education and psychology illustrating the effectiveness of precision teaching for facilitating the learning of skills such as reading comprehension, higher order thinking, and problem solving. In addition, data will show how fluency in responding is directly correlated with performance in these higher level thinking skills. |
|
The Function of Think Aloud Problem Solving |
JOANNE K. ROBBINS (Morningside Academy) |
Abstract: When the environment requires a learner to produce verbal stimuli that sequentially and systematically make one pattern of behavior more likely than another in order to meet a contingency requirement, reasoning is defined. This process is akin to what Skinner (1969) described as an "inspection of reinforcement contingencies" such that behavior can be described that meets contingency requirements without direct shaping or rules. Procedures have been developed that train learners in reasoning and in the inspection of the requirements for reinforcement in most problem solving situations. This talk will reintroduce Whimbey’s (1975) Intelligence Can Be Taught” and Rudolf Flesch’s “The Art of Clear Thinking” (1951) and describe the features of Thinking Aloud Problem Solving that contribute to Xavier University Project Soar, McMaster University's 25 year study of problem solving with chemical engineering students, and Morningside Academy's grade 1-9 logic and reasoning skills class which is based upon the author’s TAPS for Teachers (1996) and Fluent Thinking Skills (1995). |
|
Teaching the Generic Skills of Language and Cognition: Contributions from Relational Frame Theory |
YVONNE BARNES-HOLMES (National University of Ireland, Manooth), Dermot Barnes-Holmes (National University of Ireland, Manooth), Carol Murphy (National University of Ireland, Manooth) |
Abstract: Based on a relatively small array of psychological and behavioral processes, Relational Frame Theory (RFT) allows even complex verbal events, such as cognitive perspective-taking, to be approached behaviorally and to be established systematically. In the current paper we outline preliminary findings from a research agenda in the experimental analysis of human behavior that has clear and widespread implications for empirically validated educational practices. This exciting research initiative consists of studies in which both simple and complex forms of derived relational responding were targeted for assessment and remediation using interventions indicated by RFT. A key theme running throughout the diverse content areas covered in this research program is the role of a basic understanding of relational responses in teaching important cognitive skills in both children and adults. The paper argues that identifying the core relational units involved in these cognitive skills, and targeting their fluid and flexible development with appropriate training, will lead to significant improvements in the methods used in many educational settings. |
|
|
|
|
Training, Supervision, and Adherence and Competence in ACT, a Functional Therapy |
Saturday, May 29, 2004 |
2:30 PM–3:50 PM |
Conference Room 2 |
Area: CBM/TPC; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: Heather M. Pierson (University of Nevada, Reno) |
Abstract: . |
|
What is ACT? Core Processes, Skills, and Competencies |
STEVEN C. HAYES (University of Nevada, Reno) |
Abstract: In the present talk, the functional core of ACT is described in terms of behavior analysis and Relational Frame Theory. It is argued that the core components of ACT all bear on psychological flexibility or inflexibility. Each of the major ACT component processes is discussed in relation to this concept, and the skills needed in each of these areas are outlined. The implications of this analysis for research and training in ACT are developed. |
|
Process-Oriented Supervision and Research Training |
KELLY G. WILSON (University of Mississippi) |
Abstract: The ACT model has considerably more breadth than is seen in its application to conventionally conceived psychological problems. Many of the barriers to becoming an effective clinician or researcher are also experiential in nature. Even when significant skills deficits exist, experiential barriers may inhibit the positive effects of training for those skills. This talk will focus on the application of the ACT model to training contexts. Two specific training contexts will be examined: clinical and research supervision. An ACT model, as it applies to the organization of a supervision group and to a lab group will be outlined. We will show the ways that these groups can be organized to facilitate an openness to experience that allows for increased behavioral flexibility. Finally, we will look at the ways this openness can leverage intensive engagement in training experiences. |
|
A Functional Approach to Measuring Therapists’ Adherence and Competence in Acceptance and Commitment Therapy (ACT) |
HEATHER M. PIERSON (University of Nevada, Reno), Kara Bunting (University of Nevada, Reno), Alethea Smith (University of Nevada, Reno), Elizabeth V. Gifford (Center for Health Care Evaluation, Palo Alto), Steven C. Hayes (University of Nevada, Reno) |
Abstract: In treatment outcome studies adherence and competence are typically measured through topographical means. However ACT consists of functional components that are not always easily identified by examining topography. Therapy may contain elements that adhere to ACT topographically, such as metaphors, but which do not function to support an ACT process. The present paper will outline a functional adherence and competence scale and will discuss the difficulties of using such a scale. |
|
Towards a More Functional Approach to Training and Dissemination of Psychotherapies |
JASON BRIAN LUOMA (University of Nevada, Reno) |
Abstract: The current model of psychotherapy development follows an FDA stage model originally designed for pharmacotherapy trials. Within this mechanistic framework, the "active ingredients" of the therapy in question are distilled into therapy manuals. This model leads to increasingly complex and detailed manuals that are difficult to learn and implement and which may result in undesired side-effects. This presentation will highlight the drawbacks of this model and offer alternatives. More research is needed that examines therapist behavior as a dependent variable and, using experimental methods, attempts to show how therapist behavior can be made more effective, leading to better client outcomes. A model for disseminating and training ACT will be outlined that overcomes some of the difficulties of the current approach. The limited data that appear consistent with this conceptual model will be briefly reviewed. |
|
|
|
|
Using New Research to Increase Student’s Language Interactions and Social Behavior |
Saturday, May 29, 2004 |
2:30 PM–3:50 PM |
Clarendon |
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: Kevin Conallen (University College London) |
Discussant: Jessica Singer-Dudek (Teachers College, Columbia University) |
Abstract: . |
|
The Relationship Between Teaching Autistic Children to Tact Private Events and Increases in "Spontaneously" Emitted Language Interactions |
KEVIN CONALLEN (University College London), Phil Reed (University College London) |
Abstract: Recognizing how another person feels remains one of the greatest challenges children with autism spectrum disorder face in developing appropriate social language and behavior. This deficit makes it both difficult to build friendships and experience genuine empathy for others. In order to overcome this, children on the autistic spectrum need to be taught to tact their own private events, and equally to tact the emotions of others. In a series of studies, tacts for private events were shown to function as a conditioned reinforcer, forming the basis of a spontaneous conversation and being used to accurately describes the behavior of other children. In the first study, a multiple baseline-reversal across subjects was used (ABCA) to show that when children where offered the opportunity to engage in a “typical” post play conversation the rate of mastery for nonpreferred tasks increased, with an observable change in spontaneously emitted language. In the next study a multiple base line across subjects was used (ABACDC), to determine whether subjects could not only tact various private events, but whether they could also distinguish between these tacts and pure tacts and mands. A measure of the correct syntactic form of subject-compliment was taken in this study during post-play conversational opportunities. In the final study, a multiple baseline-reversal across subjects was used (ABCAD), to test whether subjects could tact the private events of others (eg. How does the boy feel on his birthday?) after being taught to match-to -sample emotions to situations (e.g. the boy is having ‘fun’ because it’s his birthday). Together, these studies seem to indicate that that the verbal behavior associated with tacts for private events may function as a powerful reinforcer, leading to an increase in spontaneously emitted language, and that by providing an effective and reinforcing means of teaching both the function and syntactic form of these tacts, typical conversations based on observation and comment can be successfully initiated by these children. It has also been shown that children can be taught to tact the public correlates of the behavior of other children, although the question remains as to whether generalized empathetic behavior can be taught, or whether a ‘theory of mind’ can be shaped in children with autism spectrum disorder. |
|
Developing Speaker as Listener Repertoires in Young Children with Autism |
GAIL CHAN (Dublin CABAS School), Dolleen-Day Keohane (Dublin CABAS School), Jennifer O'Connor (Dublin CABAS School) |
Abstract: This study examines the effects of anthropomorphic and non-anthropomorphic toys on the speaker as listener repertoires of four children between the ages of 3 and 7 and diagnosed on the autistic spectrum. The children attended a CABAS School for children with autism. The study was run across two conditions; the anthropomorphic condition consisted of four three- dimensional toys such as stuffed animals, dolls, and figurines; the non-anthropomorphic condition consisted of toys such as blocks, puzzles, play-doh and books. The baseline conditions showed that the children did not emit speaker as own listener across either condition. A multiple exemplar training procedure was implemented using puppets. The results demonstrated an increase in speaker as own listener repertoires within the anthropomorphic conditions. |
|
Using Peer Tutoring to Increasing Social Skills in Generalized Settings |
SUSAN LAPIDUS (Teachers College, Columbia University), R. Douglas Greer (Teachers College, Columbia University) |
Abstract: A multiple baseline across subjects design was used to study the effect of peer tutoring on the academic and social behavior of tutors in a generalized setting. Specifically, the number of approvals and disapprovals of tutors toward peers was measured. Approvals included any positive statement toward another student. Disapprovals included any statement of reproach or reproof directed toward another student (Polirstok & Greer, 1992). Academic behaviors measured included the number of correct responses to academic assignments; the number of criterion met and the number of learn units to criterion. The participants included in the study were middle school students who were diagnosed with emotional disabilities. All participants attended self-contained special education classes. Peer tutoring took place in the classroom during regularly scheduled academic periods. During tutoring sessions academic subject matter alone was taught. Learn units (Greer, 2002) were used by tutors to deliver academic instruction to peers during tutoring sessions. Observations of social interactions were conducted in the cafeteria during lunch periods and in the student lounge (game room). |
|
|
|
|
Complex and Experimental Analyses of OBM Phenomena |
Saturday, May 29, 2004 |
2:30 PM–3:50 PM |
Liberty B |
Area: OBM |
Chair: Carter L. Smith (Temple University) |
|
Discounting Compensation: Evaluating the Differential Effects of Delay on the Value of Vacation Time and Salary |
Domain: Applied Research |
CARTER L. SMITH (Temple University), Donald A. Hantula (Temple University), Christen L. McDonald (Temple University), Rolanda Findlay (Temple University) |
|
Abstract: A major finding in the intertemporal choice literature is that different classes of reinforcers (domains) are discounted at different rates. It is also becoming apparent that reinforcers delivered in series, and the use of conditioned reinforcers that can be used at any time, may be discounted at different rates and according to different decay functions. Interestingly, the differential valuation of reinforcers has not been studied in the context of organizational behavior. The objective of the current study is to identify potential differences in the discount rates applied to two types of reinforcers that are commonly included in workplace compensation: vacation time and monetary compensation through salary. In an electronic decision-making task, thirty participants completed a series of intertemporal choice tasks framed job offers made by fictitious companies. Magnitude effects emerged for both compensation and vacation time packages, and the decay in subjective value of both types of reinforcers were best described by a hyperbolic decay function. Area under the curve data indicated large between-domain differences in the rate of discounting over identical time periods, with vacation time discounted more rapidly than monetary compensation. Additionally, patterns of discounting in vacation time were much more varied. Implications for organizational theory and for compensation systems used in organizations are discussed. |
|
Complex Repretoires and PM Methodologies |
Domain: Applied Research |
MANUEL A. RODRIGUEZ (Florida Institute of Technology), Kelly L. Therrien (Florida Institute of Technology), James E. Daniels (Aubrey Daniels International) |
|
Abstract: There are many businesses where the behaviors relevant to an effective PM intervention are covert. Nuclear power generation is one of them. The assumptions and processes that the individual engineer uses to produce work are a vital concern. How do we get at them in a manner consistent with the principles and practices of behavior analysis?The goal of the current project was the development of an observation form for the knowledge workers of a nuclear power plant. The project utilized the Microsoft Visio program to develop a visual inference of the covert verbal behavior the knowledge workers employ in their job tasks. After evaluation of what was known as the “mind maps,” the construction of the observation forms became more task specific and more task-oriented than the current observations forms being utilized. The project demonstrated the effective use of performance management methodologies and behavioral evaluations in developing a behavioral job observation form based on verbal analogues of behavior. |
|
Contingencies of Effective Leadership in Superior-Subordinate Dyads: A Replication and Extension |
Domain: Applied Research |
THOMAS C. MAWHINNEY (University of Detroit Mercy) |
|
Abstract: Subordinate performance rates under a leadership contingency (LC, i.e., superiors monetary rewards received contingent on subordinates' performances) minus their rates under a nominal leadership contingency (NLC, i.e., no programmed rewards delivered to superiors contingent on subordinates' performances) operationally defined leadership in this (Experiment II) and a previous laboratory experiment (I) (Rao & Mawhinney, 1991). In Experiment II leadership occurred across all four dyads as a function of high subordinate performance rates under the LC replicating results of Experiment I. The correlation between leader and follower response rates during the final LC condition across N = 4 dayds per experiment were .9976 and .4356 and levels of leadership averaged across the dayds were 169.12 and 161.30 respectively for Experiments II and I. Visual inspection of leader-follower interactions for both experiments provided clear evidence that leadership evolved in conformity with the correlation based law of effect (Baum, 1973; Mawhinney, 2001; Mawhinney & Ford, 1977). Results support practitioners’ conviction that "leadership" makes practically significant contributions to followers' performance rates whether or not its effects are readily apparent in field settings (Campbell, 1977). |
|
|
|
|
|
2004 Tutorial: Attempting to Save the World with Applied Behavior Analysis: Lessons Learned from 30+ Years of Behavioral Community Research |
Saturday, May 29, 2004 |
3:00 PM–3:50 PM |
Grand Ballroom |
Area: CSE; Domain: Applied Research |
None CE Offered. CE Instructor: E. Scott Geller, Ph.D. |
Chair: Mark A. Mattaini (Jane Addams College of Social Work - UIC) |
Presenting Authors: : E. SCOTT GELLER (Virginia Polytechnic Institute and State University) |
Abstract: Since 1970 until the present, the presenter and his colleagues at Virginia Tech have diligently and systematically addressed real-world and large-scale problems with principles and methods from applied behavior analysis. Throughout the 1970s they targeted the problem of environmental protection, while also working with teachers to make classrooms more learning centered. And in 1974, Scott Geller and colleagues focused on prison management, and developed the largest programmatic application of the three-term contingency for inmates at two maximum-security facilities. Learning Objectives The participant will be able to list 5 lessons the presenter has learned in 30 years of applying behavior analysis for large-scale problems. The participant will be able to define 5 creative applications of the three-term contingency for improving behavior in community settings. The participant will be able to describe how behavior analysis can be applied to such large-scale problems as environmental protection, transportation safety, prison management, and occupational health and safety. |
|
E. SCOTT GELLER (Virginia Polytechnic Institute and State University) |
For more than three decades, E. Scott Geller has taught and conducted research as a faculty member in the Department of Psychology at Virginia Polytechnic Institute and State University, better known as Virginia Tech. In this capacity, he has authored more than 350 research articles, 17 books, 33 book chapters, 141 magazine articles, and 14 videotape programs addressing the development and evaluation of behavior-change interventions to improve quality of life. He is a Fellow of the American Psychological Association, the American Psychological Society, and the World Academy of Productivity and Quality Sciences. He is past Editor of the Journal of Applied Behavior Analysis (1989-1992), current Associate Editor of Environment and Behavior (since 1982), and current Consulting Editor for Behavior and Social Issues, the Behavior Analyst Digest, and the Journal of Organizational Behavior Management. In 2001, Virginia Tech awarded Dr. Geller the University Alumni Award for Excellence in Research. In 2002, the University honored him with the Alumni Outreach Award for his exemplary real-world applications of behavioral science. And in 2003, Scott Geller was awarded the University Alumni Award for Graduate Student Advising. In the 1980s, Dr. Geller and his students turned their attention to safety, first transportation safety and then occupational safety. They developed successful community-based programs to increase safety-belt use that were subsequently modeled by the US Department of Transportation and industrial organizations nationwide. The term “behavior-based safety” (BBS) emanated from these applications in 1980 at Ford Motor Company. Today, BBS is a worldwide happening, applied effectively with the assistance of competent behavior analysts to prevent workplace injuries and save lives. Scott Geller and his collaborators experienced numerous difficulties and outright failures in their attempts to save the world with applied behavior analysis. Critical lessons were learned from their successes and failures. This tutorial will highlight those lessons that could make future large-scale applications of behavior analysis more successful. |
|
|
|
|
Behavioral Mechanisms of Tolerance to the Effects of Cocaine |
Saturday, May 29, 2004 |
3:00 PM–3:50 PM |
Beacon E |
Area: BPH |
Chair: Marc N. Branch (University of Florida) |
|
Interactions Between Cocaine Sensitization and Tolerance |
Domain: Applied Research |
JONATHAN W. PINKSTON (University of Florida), Marc N. Branch (University of Florida) |
|
Abstract: Repeated cocaine exposure may result in sensitization to its effects on locomotor activity. In contrast, tolerance is the usual result when repeated cocaine exposure is examined on behavior under the control of operant contingencies. Previous research has demonstrated increased sensitivity to cocaine's effects on the locomotion of pigeons; however, this sensitivity was eliminated when contingencies were arranged for key pecking. In order to replicate and extend previous findings, the present experiment provided a within-subject comparison of pigeons’ locomotor activity in the context of other behavior that was under explicit schedule control and in the absence of such a context by employing a multiple fixed-ratio extinction schedule. The results showed that after repeated exposure cocaine increased locomotor activity more, if at all, during the extinction component than during the fixed-ratio component. Sensitization of locomotor activity was evident in the behavior of most subjects during the extinction component, but not during the fixed-ratio component. Additionally, tolerance developed to cocaine’s effects on key pecking in the fixed-ratio component. The effects, thus, replicated prior research in a within-subject design. These results suggest an interaction between cocaine’s effects on locomotor activity and the contingencies in place for other responses. |
|
Cocaine Tolerance: Two Variations of FI and FR Values in a Conjunctive Schedule |
Domain: Applied Research |
JIN HO YOON (University of Florida), Marc N. Branch (University of Florida) |
|
Abstract: The current set of experiments examined the effects of cocaine on responding under conjunctive FI FR schedules of food reinforcement. Twelve food-deprived pigeons served as subjects. In Experiment 1, subjects were exposed to a three-component multiple FI 10 FI 30 s FI 120 s schedule of reinforcement with a conjunctive FR 5 requirement attached to each interval requirement. The results of Experiment 1 showed FI-parameter independent tolerance in 5 out of 6 subjects. Experiment 2 expanded on Experiment 1 and examined the effects of manipulating the conjunctive FR value across three different levels while keeping the FI requirement constant at 120 s. |
|
|
|
|
|
SQAB 2004 Tutorial: Fitting Equations to Data |
Saturday, May 29, 2004 |
3:00 PM–3:50 PM |
Commonwealth |
Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: Randolph C. Grace (University of Canterbury) |
Presenting Authors: : JACK J. MCDOWELL (Emory University) |
Abstract: Why fit equations to data? Problems and pitfalls in statistical fitting procedures including how to identify and deal with degenerate parameters, how to analyze residuals, how to simultaneously fit to several sources of variance, and how to choose among competing equations. |
|
JACK J. MCDOWELL (Emory University) |
Jack McDowell received his Ph.D. in 1979 from the State University of New York at Stony Brook. Howard Rachlin was his major professor and dissertation supervisor. Dr. McDowell was trained as a clinical psychologist but his principal research interests are in basic behavior analysis. He is currently a Professor of Psychology at Emory University where he recently completed a five-year term as the director of Emory’s Clinical Psychology Training Program. Dr. McDowell’s principal research focus has been the mathematical description of operant behavior. He recently developed a computational model of behavioral selection by consequences. In 25 years of mathematical research, Dr. McDowell has encountered, and learned to deal with, most of the logical and statistical problems that arise when comparing equations to data in behavior analysis. |
|
|
|
|
Conceptual Foundations of Behavior Analysis |
Saturday, May 29, 2004 |
3:30 PM–4:20 PM |
Independence East |
Area: TPC |
Chair: Christopher S. McDonough (Hawthorne Country Day School) |
|
Justifying The Principle of Parsimony: A Critical Review |
Domain: Applied Research |
TED SCHONEBERGER (Stanislaus County Office of Education) |
|
Abstract: According to the principle of parsimony, when choosing among otherwise equivalent scientific explanations (hypotheses, theories), choose the simplest one. Commonly attributed to the medieval philosopher William of Occam, this principle continues to be invoked within the contemporary sciences, including behavior analysis. However, justifications for its employment vary. Quine (1966) maintained that parsimonious hypotheses are more probable, while Popper (1959) argued that they are more easily falsified. On the other hand, Sober (1988) argued that there can be no global justification for its use; deciding whether or not to invoke parsimony depends on the particular hypothesis being considered. In this paper, these and other justifications for invoking parsimony shall be critically examined. |
|
Inductive & Deductive Approaches to Scientific Inquiry |
Domain: Applied Research |
CHRISTOPHER S. MCDONOUGH (Hawthorne Country Day School), David Bicard (Hawthorne Country Day School), Hirofumi Shimizu (Hawthorne Country Day School) |
|
Abstract: Many philosophers of science distinguish between two approaches to scientific inquiry: inductive and deductive. What is the difference between these approaches? What are the advantages and disadvantages of each approach and how do they interact in terms of scientific method? This paper will define inductive and deductive approaches to scientific inquiry as they relate to applied behavior analysis. The views of thinkers who have made significant contributions to these approaches (e.g., Bacon, Mach, Pierce, & Hull) will be discussed. |
|
|
|
|
|
Pushing into Failure to Produce Success: Academic Distress from RFT and ACT Perspectives |
Saturday, May 29, 2004 |
3:30 PM–4:50 PM |
Independence West |
Area: VBC/EDC; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: Amanda C. Adcock (University of Mississippi) |
Abstract: . |
|
Evaluating the Role of Context in Analogy with Young Children |
NICHOLAS M. BERENS (University of Nevada, Reno), Steven C. Hayes (University of Nevada, Reno) |
Abstract: Aptitude tests such as the SAT and the GRE are often used as benchmarks for admissions in undergraduate and graduate programs. As such, there is often a great deal stress on the part of students regarding these tests. Thus, it may be possible alleviate stress around these tests by strengthening the skills that these tests target. The skill of interest for this investigation is analogical reasoning. Relational Frame Theory (RFT) maintains that the specific class of responding that is at least partially responsible for success on analogical reasoning tests (e.g., derived relational responding) may be viewed as generalized operant. As such, RFT appeals to a history of relational training with multiple exemplars to establish and strengthen such a repertoire. The purpose of the current investigation is to evaluate this claim as applied to analogical reasoning tasks. Deficits in analogical responding were identified with participants, ages 8-10 years old. Using the computer-authoring program “ThinkFast” participants were then exposed to a multiple exemplar procedure as means of ameliorating these deficits. |
|
A Relational Frame Theory Analysis of Academic Distress Among College Students |
AMANDA C. ADCOCK (University of Mississippi), Christina I. Tucker (University of Mississippi), Kelly G. Wilson (University of Mississippi) |
Abstract: Relational Frame Theory is a broadly applicable behavioral approach to the processes underlying human language. High emotional salience appears to effect the acquisition and flexibility of derived relational responding. College students who are high in academic distress will be examined for facilitated acquisition of academic-failure relevant stimuli. Implications of facilitated acquisition of distress-relevant classes and lack of flexibility in such classes will be discussed. |
|
Acceptance and Commitment Therapy for Academic Success: Follow-up Report and Continuing Protocol Development |
LAURA ELY (University of Mississippi), Kelly G. Wilson (University of Mississippi), Amy Murrell (Family Badge) |
Abstract: Academic failure of undergraduates is costly to both students and the general public. As many as 4 out of every 10 students leave four-year colleges without a degree (Tinto, 1993). Academic problems are largely treated as skills deficits, with much of the research and resources in this area focused on improvement of study skills, goal-setting, time-management training, tutoring, and test-taking strategies. However, some have reported that counseling can be beneficial. Based on our search of the literature, no theoretically coherent or systematic development and evaluation of a counseling strategy for this population has proven successful. In the course of this study, we have developed a treatment protocol for at-risk undergraduates based on Acceptance and Commitment Therapy (ACT). The treatment is aimed at decreasing emotional avoidance and increasing flexibility of behavioral repertoires in order to move participants toward a values-directed life. Our study provides a preliminary examination of its utility in this setting. Participants are undergraduate students at risk of academic failure (on academic probation or with a GPA less than 2.0 at midterm). The 3-week treatment consists of a day-long group, two individual sessions, and two shorter group meetings. Along with grade point average, scores on measures of psychological distress, cognitive and emotional avoidance, and study skills are recorded. Treatment has been completed with two groups of students (6 in the fall 2001 group, 5 in the spring 2002 group). Follow-up data will be presented, along with a discussion of further ideas on protocol development. |
|
Acceptance and Commitment Therapy in Treating Academic Difficulties: A Case Study |
CATHERINE H. ADAMS (University of Mississippi), Kelly G. Wilson (University of Mississippi) |
Abstract: One case study will be presented on a 14-year-old male presenting with difficulties in school. Specifically, the client and his parents reported experiencing trouble paying attention to lectures, focusing on and answering test questions, and completing in-class and homework assignments. Past attempts at addressing these concerns included study skills training, tutoring after school, and test-anxiety reduction. Client completed the Child Behavior Checklist, Child Depression Inventory, Valued Living Questionnaire, and Acceptance and Action Questionnaire upon initiating intervention. Clinical treatment has included Acceptance and Commitment Therapy focusing on the issues initially presented by the client and his parents. Process components, data collection and analysis with respect to therapeutic progress will be presented. |
|
|
|
|
Habituation to the Reinforcer and Within-Session Changes in Responding |
Saturday, May 29, 2004 |
3:30 PM–4:50 PM |
Beacon D |
Area: EAB/BPH; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: Eric S. Murphy (University of Alaska Anchorage) |
Discussant: Frances K. McSweeney (Washington State University) |
Abstract: . |
|
Within-Session Changes in Responding Reinforced by Water: Effects of Variability in the Duration of Reinforcement |
KENJIRO AOYAMA (Doshisha University) |
Abstract: This study tested the hypothesis (McSweeney & Swindell, 1999) that habituation contributes to within-session decreases in drinking. Six rats’ leverpressing was reinforced by water under a continuous reinforcement (CRF) schedule. Session length was 30-min. During the fixed amount sessions, duration of reinforcement was fixed at 3 seconds. Reinforcement duration varied from 1 to 5 seconds, with a mean of 3 seconds, during variable amount sessions. The experimental phase lasted 10 successive days and consisted of 5 fixed amount and 5 variable amount sessions, alternating day by day. Within-session decreases in responding were steeper during the fixed amount than during the variable amount sessions. A two-way repeated-measures ANOVA revealed a statistically-significant interaction between condition and 3-min block (F(9,45)=2.10, p<.05) In addition, response rates were well described as linear functions of cumulative number of reinforcements. The regression line for the fixed amount sessions had a steeper slope and a smaller x-axis intercept than those for the variable amount sessions. These results support the habituation hypothesis and are not explained by postingestive factors. |
|
Preloading with Ethanol before Sessions of Ethanol Self-Administration |
BENJAMIN P. KOWAL (Washington State University), Frances K. McSweeney (Washington State University), Eric S. Murphy (University of Alaska Anchorage), Roberta S. Varao (Washington State University), Shea C. Bower (Washington State University) |
Abstract: The present study asks if limited exposure to ethanol before sessions of ethanol self-administration contributes to changes in within-session responding. Five experimentally-experienced ethanol-preferring (P) rats responded on a simple variable interval (VI) 15-s schedule of reinforcement during 50 min sessions that were preceded by exposure to 0, 0.1, 0.5, 2.0, 5.0 or 15.0 ml of ethanol. Sessions were run until all subjects had been exposed to each of the preloading amounts for 5 sessions. Response rates were highest after 0.1 ml preloading. The largest amount of ethanol preloading (i.e., 15.0 ml) produced the lowest response rates. Peak responding occurred in the first 10 min for all preloading amounts. Additionally, within-session patterns of responding differed for the different preloading amounts. The present results suggest that preloading may increase the value of reinforcers presented early in sessions of self-administration of ethanol. |
|
Spontaneous Recovery and Dishabituation of Ethanol-Reinforced Responding in Alcohol-Preferring Rats |
ERIC S. MURPHY (University of Alaska Anchorage), Frances K. McSweeney (Washington State University), Benjamin P. Kowal (Washington State University), Jennifer McDonald (Washington State University), Roberta S. Varao (Washington State University) |
Abstract: Two experiments tested the hypothesis that habituation to the reinforcer occurs during sessions of ethanol-reinforced responding in alcohol-preferring (P) rats. In both experiments, P-rats’ leverpressing was reinforced by 5-s access to a 10% (v/v) ethanol solution on a variable interval 15-s schedule during 50 min sessions. In Experiment 1 (Spontaneous Recovery), experimental sessions were separated by 5-min, 2-hr, or 24-hr intersession intervals. Early-session rates of responding during Session 2 of the 5-min and 2-hr intersession intervals were lower than the corresponding rates of responding during Session 1. The rates and within-session patterns of responding during Sessions 1 and 2 were similar during the 24-hr inter-session interval. In Experiment 2 (Dishabituation), an extraneous stimulus (light or tone) was presented at 24 min and 55 s into the session. Rates of responding temporarily increased after both dishabituation manipulations. The results of both experiments support the idea that habituation to repeatedly-presented ethanol reinforcers occurs in P-rats. |
|
|
|
|
Complexity, Organization Dynamics and Total Performance System |
Saturday, May 29, 2004 |
4:00 PM–4:50 PM |
Liberty C |
Area: OBM/TPC; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: Rene Quinones (University of Nevada, Reno) |
Discussant: William B. Abernathy (Abernathy & Associates) |
Abstract: . |
|
Complexity, Organization Dynamics and Total Performance System |
RENE QUINONES (University of Nevada, Reno), N. Joseph Rodrigues (University of Nevada, Reno), Linda J. Parrott Hayes (University of Nevada, Reno), William B. Abernathy (Abernathy & Associates) |
Abstract: The Total Performance System embodies important dynamical principles active on successful in organizations and which control might influence the business profitability and accurate performance of their employees.
It is possible to provide a more graphical, mathematical, and dynamical version based on those ideas. An important goal is to present some principles that describe the dynamics of organizations and how they can be organized and presented containing some dynamical modeling ideas borrowed from chaos, complexity, network theory, etc. This would provide several advantages. First, it might facilitate the training and diffusion of the theory and methodologies. Second, it would facilitate the understanding the dynamics of companies. Finally, it might facilitate the data analysis because it would provide important conceptual frames into which fit the observations, as network theory for example. The main ideas that we had selected are networks vs. hierarchies, synchronicity, selection, self-organization vs. imposed order and evolution of complex adaptive systems, etc. |
|
Recognizing and Managing Complexity in Organizations |
N. JOSEPH RODRIGUES (University of Nevada, Reno), Linda J. Parrott Hayes (University of Nevada, Reno) |
Abstract: Large organizations tend to manifest several of the characteristics of complex systems. For example, small, subtle changes in one area of the organization can have surprisingly large effects on the overall health of the business. Companies also show a tendency to self-organize when an explicit organizational design is absent. In addition, unpredictable changes in the economy or the business environment will oftentimes favor new and different practices. We discuss how some mathematical concepts of complexity such as networks, fractals, and attractors may be used to better understand organizations. Finally, we present a few of the ways in which this complexity can be recognized and managed. |
|
|
|
|
Int'l Symposium - Expanding Behavior Analysis Training Internationally: ABA Training and Consultation Activities in the Mid East and the United Kingdom |
Saturday, May 29, 2004 |
4:00 PM–4:50 PM |
Beacon A |
Area: TBA/EDC; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: Pamela G. Osnes (The Ohio State University) |
Discussant: Pamela G. Osnes (The Ohio State University) |
Abstract: Learning Objectives
Provide an overview of behavior analysis training activities in the MidEast and the United Kingdom
Instruct participants in the cultural differences and similarities between Mid East and European cultures and the western culture
Provide information regarding strategies to improve consultation and training activities internationally |
|
ABA in Israel: Current Status and Vision for the Future |
AMOS E. ROLIDER (Emek Yezreel Academic College) |
Abstract: The purpose of this presentation is to describe the status of Applied Behavior Analysis in Israel and to suggest ideas how the international association can assist the few Israeli behavior analysts to lay a strong foundation for a future significant ABA impact on the improvement of the educational practice in Israel. A detailed description of the behavior analysis activities currently existing in Israel and the challenges facing Israeli educational professionals will be discussed. The important role behavior analysts can have in combating these challenges along with suggestions for expending behavior analysis activities in Israel will be outlined. In closing, suggestions of how the International ABA association can assist in developing ABA in Israel will be provided. |
|
Teaching Behavior Analysis, Including Verbal Behavior, in the United Kingdom and the United Arab Emirates |
PATRICK E. MCGREEVY (Patrick McGreevy and Associates) |
Abstract: For the past three years, I have been teaching professional educators, psychologists, speech-language pathologists, parents, and in-home therapists in the United Kingdom to use B.F. Skinner’s analysis of verbal behavior and behavior analysis procedures with children and adults with developmental disabilities, including autism. This teaching, which I have recently extended to the United Arab Emirates, includes workshops and consultations. In this paper, I will describe my experiences relative to previous experiences in North America and I will contrast my experiences in the United Kingdom with those in the United Arab Emirates. These experiences will include expectations and reactions of the participants to my teaching and changes in my teaching behavior in these environments. I will also present videotapes showing the outcomes of some of my consultations. |
|
|
|
|
SQAB 2004 Tutorial: Choice and the Hyperbolic Decay of Reinforcer Strength |
Saturday, May 29, 2004 |
4:00 PM–4:50 PM |
Commonwealth |
Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: Armando Machado (University of Minho) |
Presenting Authors: : JAMES E. MAZUR (Southern Connecticut State University) |
Abstract: Results from a variety of species suggest that as a reinforcer's delay increases, its strength decreases according to a hyperbolic function. This tutorial will review how a hyperbolic decay equation can account for choice in self-control situations, choice with probabilistic reinforcers, preference for variability, procrastination, and other phenomena. Some unresolved puzzles about the effects of delayed reinforcers will also be examined. |
|
JAMES E. MAZUR (Southern Connecticut State University) |
Dr. James E. Mazur is Professor of Psychology at Southern Connecticut State University, where he has taught since 1988. He obtained his B.A. at Dartmouth College in 1973, and his PhD at Harvard University in 1977. He then taught at Harvard for several years and conducted post-doctoral research at Yale University. He has served as an Associate Editor for the Journal of the Experimental Analysis of Behavior, and is currently an Associate Editor for Learning and Behavior.
For 30 years, Dr. Mazur has conducted research on choice behavior in animals. He is especially interested in how such variables as delay of reinforcement, variability, probability, and conditioned reinforcers affect choice. In his writings, he has presented evidence that a simple mathematical expression called the hyperbolic decay model describes how a reinforcer's strength decreases with increasing delay. He is the author of Learning and Behavior, a popular textbook for undergraduate and graduate courses on learning, which is currently in its 5th edition. |
|
|
|
|
Int'l Panel - Therapy by Contingencies with Children and Adults |
Saturday, May 29, 2004 |
4:00 PM–4:50 PM |
Conference Room 4 |
Area: CBM/VBC; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: Helio J. Guilhardi (Instituto de Analise de Comportamento) |
HELIO J. GUILHARDI (Instituto de Analise de Comportamento) |
PATRÍCIA BARROS PIAZZON DE SOUZA QUEIROZ (Instituto de Analise de Comportamento) |
MARTHA HÜBNER (University of Sao Paulo, Brazil) |
Abstract: Therapy by Contingencies of Reinforcement is a term that describes a way to deal with behaviors of out-patients using strictily procedures and concepts derived from the Science of Behavior and Radical Behaviorism of B. F. Skinner. A "panic disorder" of an adult client is analysed and delt with based on the Estes-Skinner's anxiety paradigma. A children's behavior of stealing money and objects was dealt with the strenghting of incompatible behaviors of cooperation and behaviors that would produce social reinforcing consequences. The therapist let him play games, describing him the consequences of his behaviors, but not giving him any specific instructions to be followed. He came to be under the control of the descriptions of contingencies and generalized such control from the games to the interactions with people. Contingencies were also arranged with two teenagers, each one with a history of being classified as “dyslexic” and with “ low interest” in reading. In both cases, reading behavior was positively reinforced during sessions, with texts selected by the participants. In spite of the fact that both teenagers had different repertoires in reading, contingencies management lead to the same result: both achieved the same week rate of reading and improvement in school performance |
|
|
|
|
Twenty Years Later: Commentary on Skinner's "Why Are We Not Acting to Save the World" |
Saturday, May 29, 2004 |
4:00 PM–5:20 PM |
Beacon H |
Area: CSE; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: Richard F. Rakos (Cleveland State University) |
ROBIN RUMPH (Stephen F. Austin State University), Chris Ninness (Stephen F. Austin State University), Glen L. McCuller (Stephen F. Austin State University), Carol Harrison (Stephen F. Austin State University) |
Abstract: Skinner delivered his paper "Why are we not acting to save the world" in 1982 to the APA. The article was later included in his collection of papers "Upon Further Reflection" (1987). Skinner reviewed the state of the world and provided a behaviorally based conceptual analysis as an answer to the question posed in the title. Skinner expressed his thoughts on how to avoid an untimely end to the world. This paper will take measure of the state of the world today as compared to Skinner's view in 1982. The authors provide a critical review of Skinner's analysis and proposals in light of contemporary events. Alternative behavioral analyses are offered as well as ideas for effective action. |
In general, people tenaciously believe they possess free will despite the overwhelming scientific consensus that all human behavior is determined by environmental stimuli. Among scientists, Skinner has consistently and forcefully argued that the belief in free will is an artifact of human behavior in his view, a now-dysfunctional product of the literatures of freedom and dignity. I will examine and discuss this paradox between subjective experience and objective analysis by arguing that the almost-universal belief in free will is a product of evolution and thereby an adaptive human characteristic. In addition to behavior analysis and biology, I will draw on nonscientific sources of knowledge, including historical, cultural, philosophical, literary, and religious contributions, to shed light on the nature and interpretation of this very central question of human existence. In this 100th year of Skinners birth, I will discuss the wisdom of adhering to the dominant behavior analytic understanding of free will; contrary to Skinners contention, the pervasive human belief in free will, even if scientifically wrong, may well contribute to social progress rather than impede it. |
100 years after Skinner's birth, the promise of the science he in turn birthed remains strong. Which behavior analyst(s) will win the Nobel Peace Prize is of course unknown--and is unimportant, since the science of behavior at its best is a collective enterprise, not a cult of personality. That science may not even be labeled "behavior analysis" at that point. Nonetheless, violence is behavior; behavior can be analyzed and shaped; and the potential aggregate consequences of efforts to do so are enormous. It is therefore hard to imagine that this work will not ultimately be extensively pursued, despite substantial political obstacles. (Significantly, the US Surgeon General has already turned to behavior analytic science in the recent report on Youth Violence, for example.) This presentation will review promising emerging work related to reducing individual and collective violence (including terrorism and war) and constructing nonviolent alternatives. It will then outline a plan of research for advancing this work in substantive ways. The presentation will draw on basic behavior analytic theory, emerging principles from applied cultural analysis, and existing empirical work. |
|
|
|
|
Behavior Analytic Issues in the Conceptualization and Treatment of Depression |
Saturday, May 29, 2004 |
4:00 PM–5:20 PM |
Conference Room 2 |
Area: CBM/TPC; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: Reo Newring (University of Washington) |
Abstract: . |
|
A Modern Behavioral Conceptualization of Depression: 30 Years Since Ferster’s Functional Analysis |
JONATHAN W. KANTER (University of Wisconsin, Milwaukee), Glenn M. Callaghan (San Jose State University) |
Abstract: When undertaking a functional analysis of depression, an immediate concern is that there is no discrete underlying pathology at issue. Instead, we seek to understand a complex repertoire involving diverse topographies and functions. Ferster (1973) provided the seminal functional analysis of depression 30 years ago, and since that time several relevant factors have changed. First, the mainstream conceptualization of depression and its diagnostic criteria have changed. Second, behavioral conceptualizations of many clinical problems have changed in light of Relational Frame Theory. Finally, several behavior analytic treatments for depression, including Behavioral Activation, Acceptance and Commitment Therapy, and Functional Analytic Psychotherapy have been developed. In this address, Ferster’s analysis of depression will be revisited in light of the current diagnostic criteria for depression, advances in behavioral conceptualizations including Relational Frame Theory, and modern behavior analytic treatments for depression. A modern behavioral conceptualization of depression will be offered. |
|
Adapting ACT in Treatment of Depression |
ROBERT D. ZETTLE (Wichita State University) |
Abstract: ACT (Acceptance and Commitment Therapy; Hayes, Stroshal, & Wilson, 1999) has been developed and presented as a means to alleviate human suffering based upon a contextualistic/behavior analytic approach to language, verbal behavior, rule-governance, and related phenomena. Initial comparative outcome research of ACT occurred in the treatment of depression (Zettle & Hayes, 1986), but has since been extended to other clinical problems, including delusions, chronic pain, substance abuse, and anxiety disorders. In their book, Hayes et al. detail a nonspecific sequence of objectives and associated therapeutic strategies to be followed in applying ACT to a wide array of presenting problems. For example, normally instilling “creative hopelessness” precedes identifying and clarifying client values. This proposed presentation will present the case for reversing this order, especially in treatment of depression with ACT, by clarifying values before addressing “creative hopelessness” and discuss associated research that could be conducted to evaluate the impact and utility of doing so. |
|
Does Emphasis on the Therapeutic Relationship Relate to Improved Outcomes for Depression?: A Behavioral Analysis |
GARETH I. HOLMAN (University of Washington), Ursula S. Whiteside (University of Washington), Jonathan W. Kanter (University of Wisconsin, Milwaukee), Robert J. Kohlenberg (University of Washington) |
Abstract: A functional analysis of the phenomenon of depression highlights the role of interpersonal functioning and interpersonal problems. Likewise, a functional analysis of psychotherapy suggests that these problems also arise in the therapeutic relationship, presenting opportunities for learning of unique therapeutic value. We have assessed emphasis on the therapeutic relationship in a sample of cognitive and behavioral therapy sessions (n=150) using the Cumulative Record of In-Vivo Interactions (CRIVI). The CRIVI is an observer-based, turn-by-turn coding system in which therapist speech was classified as either focusing on the therapeutic relationship or not. Reliability was calculated for each rater compared to expert criterion raters using interclass correlation coefficients. This study assessed the frequency of emphasis on the therapeutic relationship in Cognitive Therapy and Behavioral Activation for depression and evaluated the degree to which emphasis on the therapeutic relationship mediated outcomes in both interpersonal functioning and depression. |
|
One Pill Twice Daily: How Behavior Analysis Can Help Inform the Problem of Antidepressant Non-Adherence |
CHRISTEINE M. TERRY (University of Washington), Madelon Y. Bolling (University of Washington), Robert J. Kohlenberg (University of Washington) |
Abstract: Non-adherence with antidepressant medication has been called a “significant public health problem.” While there is current debate about the appropriate terminology (i.e. adherence vs. compliance) and methods of measurement, rates of non-adherence range from 10 to 60%. Non-adherence with antidepressant medication has been associated with higher rates of depression relapse. Interventions to improve antidepressant adherence are desperately needed. While there is promising research to suggest that education of the client regarding the medication (e.g., side effects, how long until improvements are felt, how long to take the medication) as well as education about common misconceptions about medication (e.g., dependency) and depression lead to improved adherence, these improvements tend to disappear after a few months’ time. There has been little to no research on how behavioral theory and interventions may increase the adherence behavior of adults receiving psychotropic medications in outpatient settings. A behavioral conceptualization built upon a functional analysis of an individual’s adherence behavior may not only help improve adherence, but may lead to long-lasting effects on the individual’s adherence behavior. This paper will discuss how behavior analysis can help create interventions for improving adherence in adults treated in outpatient settings with antidepressant therapy. |
|
|
|
|
Designing Assessment Procedures for Children with Autism |
Saturday, May 29, 2004 |
4:00 PM–5:20 PM |
Back Bay C |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: Marjorie H. Charlop (Claremont McKenna College) |
Discussant: Linda A. LeBlanc (Western Michigan University) |
Abstract: Learning Objectives
The participant will be able to evaluate the effectiveness of experimental functional analyses in terms of their conceptual models (A-B-C versus A-B);
The participant will be able to assess affective perspective taking and learn how to teach appropriate emotional perspective taking to children with autism;
The participant will be able to evaluate the advantage of having a tangible condition unconfounded by attention in an A-B-C experimental functional analysis. |
|
Identifying the Function of Aberrant Behavior: Comparing Variations of the Experimental Functional Analysis |
KATHRYN M. POTOCZAK (Claremont McKenna College), James E. Carr (Western Michigan University), John L. Michael (Western Michigan University) |
Abstract: The original A-B-C method of functional analysis utilizes attention, demand, alone, and play conditions in a multielement design. Its effectiveness in determining the function of aberrant behavior using both antecedents and corresponding contingencies of reinforcement is well established, and is the most prevalent method of functional assessment used today.
However, an alternative to the A-B-C method exists. This is the A-B model of experimental functional analysis, in which the experimental conditions are designed to generate aberrant behavior by utilizing varying levels of attention and demand as establishing operations (EOs). No consequences are provided for any aberrant behavior in this method, making it conceptually different from the A-B-C method, and necessitating a comparison in terms of the effectiveness in identifying the function of aberrant behavior.
The findings of this study indicate that the A-B-C method is significantly more effective in identifying behavioral function that the A-B method (100% differentiation versus 20%, respectively). Inerobserver agreement percentages for occurrence and nonoccurrence of aberrant behavior for all participants averaged 95.4% and 93.7%, respectively. |
|
Affective Perspective-Taking: Assessment and Training for Children with Autism |
DEBRA BERRY MALMBERG (Claremont Graduate University), Marjorie H. Charlop (Claremont McKenna College) |
Abstract: Research shows that children with autism have difficulty responding to other peple, to emotional situations, and taking the perspective of another person (Baron-Cohen et al., 1985; Yirmiya et al., 1992). Due to the language difficulties in children with autism, this study used methods that have minimal language requirements and have been successful in teaching children with autism a variety of skills (Astington, 1999; Charlop-Christy & Daneshvar, 2003). A nonverbal matching task was designed to assess children’s ability to take another person’s perspective in an emotional situation. Children were then taught affective perspective-taking skills using a multiple exemplar training for each emotion (happy, sad, fear). A correct response involved selecting the picture with the congruent contextual and facial expression information.
Results found that children with autism can be taught to take the perspective of another individual in an emotional situation. These results have implications for assessment, training, and generalization of affective understanding in children with autism. Interobserver agreement and procedural integrity measures were within acceptable ranges (80-100% and 90-100%, respectively). |
|
Reworking the Functional Analysis: Extracting Attention from a Tangible Condition |
SUZANNAH J. FERRAIOLI (Claremont McKenna College), Kathryn M. Potoczak (Claremont McKenna College) |
Abstract: The experimental functional analysis (Iwata et al., 1982/1994) is based upon Carr’s (1977) proposal of five motivators for aberrant behavior. It includes four conditions: social consequence (attention), academic demand (escape), alone (self-stimulation) and play (control). Because it is experimental in nature, the functional analysis can lead therapists to implement treatment programs that are specific to the individual.
A fourth possible motivator of inappropriate behavior has been suggested: the tangible. Despite the apparent face validity of this condition, critics have asserted that the tangible category is confounded by an attention component – introduced by therapist proximity and eye contact (Moore, Mueller, Dubard, Roberts, & Sterling-Turner, 2002).
The current study removed the attention component from a tangible condition through a noninteractive method of preferred item presentation. The results suggest that this presentation method is effective in creating a refined tangible condition that is free from a concurrent attention component. |
|
|
|
|
Int'l Symposium - Division 25 of APA Award Presentations - Done Hake, Basic Research, and Dissertation Awards |
Saturday, May 29, 2004 |
4:00 PM–5:20 PM |
Fairfax A |
Area: EAB/TPC; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: Cathleen C. Piazza (Marcus Institute) |
Discussant: Cathleen C. Piazza (Marcus Institute) |
Abstract: . |
|
Translational Behavior Analysis: Bridging Between the Laboratory and the Classroom |
WILLIAM J. MCILVANE (E.K. Shriver Center, University of Massachusetts Medical School) |
Abstract: I will describe a longstanding program of basic research directed at developing the scientific basis for a technology for teaching persons with intellectual disabilities and limited language. The work is translational in a number of dimensions, as follows: (1) Problems selected derive directly from problems observed in the classroom. (2) The work has an interdisciplinary character; behavior analytic themes are merged with other complementary perspectives from other behavioral and information sciences. (3) The application potential of the work is an ongoing consideration. During the presentation, I will try to articulate the many issues that must be considered in any translational behavior analysis. I will also present several examples of scientific and/or clinical problems that may require a translational approach. Finally, I will discuss practical strategies for sustaining and completing the translational research process whereby the behavioral scientist may be intimately involved in the ultimate application of his or her work. |
|
Choice Behaviour: Short- and Longer-term Effects of Reinforcers |
JASON LANDON (University of Auckland) |
Abstract: Behaviour was analysed at a number of levels in two series of concurrent-schedule experiments. In the first, six or seven concurrent-schedule components, each of which could have a different reinforcer ratio in it, were arranged in each session. In the canonical arrangement these components were separated by 10-s blackouts. Across conditions, the reinforcer ratios arranged in components were varied. The overall rate of reinforcement was constant throughout, and each condition was in effect for 50 sessions. The second series of experiments used a conventional switching-key concurrent-schedule procedure in which a single reinforcer (or reinforcer-magnitude) ratio was in effect for 65 sessions. Experiment 1 showed that behaviour adjusted very quickly to the rapidly changing contingencies. Sensitivity to reinforcement reached higher levels when the range of reinforcer ratios arranged was greater. Experiment 2 showed that the local effects of reinforcers evident in Experiment 1 were also present in steady-state data. The present data question the commonly held assumption that behaviour is controlled by large aggregations of reinforcers. An increased focus on detailed data collection using relatively standard manipulations of reinforcer frequency, magnitude, and other independent variables that are known to affect choice, is recommended. |
|
Behavioral Research and the Gifts of a Fortuitous Environment |
JOSEPH V. BRADY (Johns Hopkins University School of Medicine) |
Abstract: Much in the way of environmental chance determines what happens to each of us, what we do about it, and what we become in the way of having an effect upon that environment – our so-called accomplishments and/or achievements. As a result, much of the credit for the sort of thing that this award is all about tends to be misplaced – we are inclined to give and take too much credit (as well as blame of course) as individuals when the source of much that is applauded lies elsewhere –i.e., in the chancy environment. All sorts of chance opportunities present themselves to the individual whose chance environment has made it possible to learn and develop some methods and procedures for not only recording and measuring behavior quantitatively but even on occasion modifying it to suit selected purposes. For the purpose of highlighting some the chance environmental occurrences that had the greatest influence upon the events that gave rise to my presence here to accept this most coveted award, the timelines that started with my efforts to make the ‘World Safe For Democracy’ in the early 1940’s seem most pertinent. |
|
|
|
|
Emerging Research in the Behavioral Analysis of Gambling: Session II |
Saturday, May 29, 2004 |
4:00 PM–5:20 PM |
Fairfax B |
Area: EAB/CSE; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: Jonah D. Martin (Southern Illinois University) |
Discussant: Patrick M. Ghezzi (University of Nevada, Reno) |
Abstract: . |
|
Erroneous Beliefs of Problem Gamblers |
W. SCOTT WOOD (Drake University), Maria Clapham (Drake University) |
Abstract: Gambling outcomes in casino games are determined randomly, yet many gamblers talk and act as if there are betting systems, player skills and luck that can increase their likelihood of winning. It is possible, though not demonstrated, that erroneous verbal self-statements regarding gambling outcomes could function as rules of action that misdirect players in regard to the actual probabilities involved in casino games. In an attempt to assess the extent to which there are characteristic erroneous beliefs about gambling, Wood and Clapham developed the "The Drake Beliefs about Chance" scale, a 26-item questionnaire that quantifies the extent to which respondents display two categories of erroneous beliefs, an illusion of control and superstition about winning. Previous research has demonstrated that these verbal repertoires are positively correlated with several measures of gambling behavior when adult populations are randomly sampled (Wood & Clapham, 2003). The current study, also using the Drake Beliefs about Chance scale, reports the nature of these relationships within a subject population of in-treatment problem gamblers. |
|
Uncertainty of It All: Are There Reinforcing Effects from Losses in Gambling? |
BRADY J. PHELPS (South Dakota State University) |
Abstract: Recent neuropharmacological studies have found that as the uncertainty of a reinforcing consequence increases, extracellular dopamine levels in critical CNS systems actually increase. This points to a possible mechanism for extremely lean and unpredictable schedules of reinforcement as in the typical gambling situation actually having unexpected reinforcing consequences. A review of these studies and of an animal model of gambling will be presented. |
|
Theory and Research in Simulated Slot Machine Play |
GINGER R. WILSON (University of Nevada, Reno), Patrick M. Ghezzi (University of Nevada, Reno) |
Abstract: This address begins with the common observation that casino slot machine play is influenced by pairs of identical symbols appearing above, below, or on the payline. The effect of almost winning or the “near-miss” appears to encourage further play. Previous research (Ghezzi, Porter, Ebbs, Wilson & Dixon, 2000; Kassinove, 2000; Wilson, Porter, & Ghezzi, 2002) has confirmed this effect. The current paper will review the research on the near-miss effect in simulated slot machine play and implications of this research on the many theories of gambling. From this analysis of the current status of the literature on the near-miss effect, recommendations for future research will be provided. |
|
|
|
|
Evaluation and Comparison of Various Interventions for Children with Autism Receiving Intensive In-home ABA Therapy |
Saturday, May 29, 2004 |
4:00 PM–5:20 PM |
Back Bay D |
Area: AUT/DDA; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: Colin Peeler (Florida State University) |
Abstract: Learning Objectives
Be able to use socialization to teach abstract concepts.
Learn to assess a child's acquistion rate and implement appropriate methods.
Distinguish between the effectivenss of noncontingent and contingent sensory stimulation.
Be able to implement and fade socail scripts. |
|
Increasing Peer Initiation Using a Script Fading Procedure |
VANESSA L. ARMANO (Florida State University), Matthew Joseph Zandecki (Florida State University), Colin Peeler (Florida State University) |
Abstract: This study evaluated the effects of scripting to increase social comments with peers by 2 boys with Pervasive Developmental Disorder. The participants were 2 brothers, age 10 and 12, which enjoyed writing out and reading dialogue from movies. The boys were able to play several age-appropriate games, yet rarely made comments or requested information from peers during game play. Based on their ability to follow instructions and recite written statements, social scripts were created for use during activities with peers. Observations of scripted statements and novel statements towards peers were recorded during 10 minute observation periods and reported as frequency of occurrence. Baseline data suggests that the boys initiate conversation on average 1 time in a 10 minute session. Social scripts were consisted of comments and questions based on recent events, future events and on general hobbies. Scripts will be implemented by teaching the boys to first read the script, then fading the text on the script cards until the boys were making social comments in the absence of the textual cues. Results and discussion regarding the relative merits of scripting procedures as compared to traditional adult/therapist verbal prompting will be reviewed. |
|
A Comparison of Teaching Single Verbal Operants to Multiple Verbal Operants on Acquisition and Generalization |
JAILYN A. CORREA (Florida State University, Panama City), Kate Masincup (Florida State University, Panama City), Cara L. Phillips (Florida State University, Panama City), Anne V. Tofte (Florida State University, Panama City), Lela Reynolds (Florida State University, Panama City), Colin Peeler (Florida State University, Panama City) |
Abstract: The participant in this study was an eight-year-old boy diagnosed with Autism, who had been receiving approximately 10 to 15 hrs a week of in home therapy for the last 3 years. In home therapy that consisted of ABA procedures including Verbal Behavior Therapy and Discrete Trial Training. Although the child had made significant gains as measured by the ABLLS, there was a consistent lack of generalization of responses to novel stimuli, Sd’s or people. The purpose of this study was to compare the effectiveness of different teaching strategies on rate of acquisition and generalization. The teaching strategies used included (1) simultaneously teaching multiple targets receptively and expressively (2) teaching multiple targets receptively first and once mastered then expressively. The number of trials to mastery (time to acquisition) was assessed for each instructional procedure. Additionally, a generalization probe was performed with each target by having one of the parents present the Sd associated with the program. Results will be discussed in terms of the merits of each instructional procedure and the importance of establishing empirically the effectiveness of a procedure before claiming its effectiveness. |
|
The Effects of Contingent Versus Noncontingent Music on the Stereotypic Vocalizations of a Child with Autism |
MOLLIE MILLS SHEPPARD (Florida State University, Panama City), Vanessa L. Armano (Florida State University, Panama City), Cristal Elwood (Florida State University, Panama City), Colin Peeler (Florida State University, Panama City) |
Abstract: There are reports that sensory stimulation may be an effective treatment for the aberrant behaviors exhibited by many individuals with developmental delays. Supporters of this treatment recommend supplying the individuals with the stimulation caused by the aberrant behavior, thereby decreasing the behavior itself. There is limited empirical research supporting the long-term effects of this treatment, however. This investigation assesses the effects of noncontingent vs. contingent sensory stimulation on the automatically reinforced aberrant vocalizations and the rate of response of a child with autism. |
|
Teaching Color Discrimination to a Non-verbal Child with Autism Using a Socially Reinforcing Game |
HEATHER R. MUMMAW (Florida State University, Panama City), Kimberly Nur (Florida State University, Panama City), Karen Brito (Florida State University, Panama City), Lela Cloer Reynolds (Florida State University, Panama City), Colin Peeler (Florida State University, Panama City) |
Abstract: Research indicates that teaching color discrimination to non-verbal children with autism is difficult for a variety of reasons (e.g., stimulus over selectivity, prompt dependency). The goal of this study was to evaluate the effects of using an age appropriate social game (Red Light, Green Light) on receptive color discrimination. Specifically, we wanted to see if teaching colors informally within the context of a game would facilitate receptive color discrimination. The participant in this study was a non-verbal girl (9 years old) diagnosed as autistic who had been receiving intensive behavior therapy in her home for over 3 years. During baseline probe data on receptive identification of red and green, using color card, indicated level of performance was 36% of trails correct identification. During the intervention the participant was taught how to play “Red Light, Green Light” using peer models and social reinforcement. Throughout treatment and follow up data on the participant’s receptive color discrimination was collected. Reliability was taken across all conditions and therapists. Results and implications of using social games and natural settings to teach children with autism will be discussed. |
|
|
|
|
Expanding Behavioral Assessment and Treatment in Autism and Developmental Disabilities |
Saturday, May 29, 2004 |
4:00 PM–5:20 PM |
Back Bay A |
Area: AUT/DDA; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: June Groden (The Groden Center) |
GRACE BARON (Wheaton College) |
MATTHEW S. GOODWIN (The Groden Center) |
COOPER R. WOODARD (The Groden Center) |
CORI SHANOWER (The Groden Center) |
Abstract: Panelists will describe innovative behavioral evaluation procedures in use at the Groden Center that link behavioral assessment to individualized 'whole child' treatment services for children with autism and developmental disabilities. A 6-wk multidisciplinary assessment (including education, communication, psychiatry, OT/PT colleagues) provides a full picture of a child's behavioral needs and strengths, and prescribes intervention and educational strategies to maximize the child's functioning. The panel will present research and practice on a foundational functional analysis that includes: 1) an assessment of the role of stress as antecedent and consequence to problem behavior, 2) the integration of physiological data into a functional behavioral assessment, 3) a consideration of the role in a child's behavioral repertoire of private events such as thinking, feeling, and imaging, and 4) a focus on teaching the child to make self-controlling responses.
This panel invites a conversation about key topics in behavioral assessment, including strategies for assessing both challenging and adaptive behavior that can enrich the basic ABA assessment procedures and provide a basis for prescriptive 'whole child' behavioral, educational, and clinical programs. |
|
|
|
|
Feedback, Supervision, Accountability, and Quality of Work Life (Research to Practice) |
Saturday, May 29, 2004 |
4:00 PM–5:20 PM |
Liberty B |
Area: OBM |
Chair: Ryan B. Olson (Santa Clara University) |
|
Improving Business Performance by Creating a "Feedback-Rich" Culture |
Domain: Applied Research |
WILLIAM K. REDMON (Bechtel Group, Inc.) |
|
Abstract: Recent large-scale interventions in corporate settings have focused on improving the engagement between employees and their supervisors as a means of improving business success. The most well-known of these efforts was launched by the Gallup organization and includes their Q12 assessment process. Similar customized approaches have been implemented by Chevron-Texaco, Exxon-Mobil and various other Fortune 500 companies. This presentation will (1) review the employee engagement movement, (2) summarize the range of approaches that have been applied, and (3) propose a behavioral approach to employee engagement that has been effective in large-scale applications over the past few years. Experiences in using the behavioral approach will be summarized with an eye toward best practices that can be adopted and used for maximum advantage. A case example involving one Fortune 500 company will be summarized and discussed for purposes of illustration. |
|
Engineering Accountability Within Organizations: Tools To Affect Manager Behavior |
Domain: Applied Research |
AMY K. HARPER (Liberty Mutual Group) |
|
Abstract: One of the most common problems in organizations is that managers and supervisors aren’t really “plugged in” to the well-being of the organization, be it from a production, quality, safety or other standpoint. They are, however, “plugged in” to something and their behavior is evidence of it. How do we get all the managers and supervisors to "clue in" to the key results the organization is trying to promote and attain? This presentation will highlight the various ways organizations align the behavior of their management and supervisory teams to support a variety of goals. We will review everything from job descriptions to performance appraisals, to incentive and reward programs, reporting, and chargeback systems. Find out how these tools are already supporting some behaviors in your organization and how to modify them to include additional behaviors not already being practiced! |
|
Beyond Performance Improvement: Implications of Motivational Theories and Concepts for Quality of Work Life Issues |
Domain: Applied Research |
RYAN B. OLSON (Santa Clara University) |
|
Abstract: Improving performance has been a primary goal for behavior analysts working in business and industry for over two decades, however, behaviorally and environmentally oriented motivational theories and concepts also have implications for quality of work life issues. The current project discusses the relevance of several theoretical approaches, including Cautella’s (1984, 1994) General Level of Reinforcement Theory and the concept of motivative (establishing and abolishing) operations, as developed by Michael and colleagues, to both the topics of work performance and quality of work life. Most people are interested in performing well at work, but are also interested in other variables related to happiness and contentment at work. Theoretical analyses informed by the operant paradigm can contribute to an understanding of some of those other variables, and may suggest opportunities to improve both performance and quality of work life simultaneously. |
|
|
|
|
|
Further Applications and Extensions of Functional Communication Training |
Saturday, May 29, 2004 |
4:00 PM–5:20 PM |
Constitution A |
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: David P. Wacker (University of Iowa) |
Discussant: Wayne W. Fisher (Marcus Institute) |
Abstract: . |
|
Evaluation of Choice as an Antecedent Variable in Functional Communication Training |
JAY W. HARDING (University of Iowa), David P. Wacker (University of Iowa), Wendy K. Berg (University of Iowa), Lisa C. Winborn-Kemmerer (University of Iowa), John F. Lee (University of Iowa), Eric Boelter (University of Iowa), Muska Ibrahimovic (University of Iowa) |
Abstract: We evaluated the effects of choice as an antecedent variable during functional communication training. Participants were 7 children aged 2 to 5 years with developmental disabilities who displayed severe problem behavior (e.g., aggression, self-injury) maintained by negative reinforcement. All procedures were conducted in each child’s home with their mother serving as therapist. Inter-observer agreement for child behavior was assessed across 30% of sessions and averaged 97%. During Phase 1, functional analysis results showed that each of the children displayed escape-maintained problem behavior. During Phase 2, we compared a functional communication training (FCT) program with and without an antecedent choice-making component (FCT + Choice). Weekly to monthly treatment probes were conducted for an average of 7 months (range = 5 to 9 months) across participants. On average, the FCT program reduced problem behavior by 94% and the FCT + Choice program reduced problem behavior by 90% across participants. Overall results will be discussed with respect to their implications for the treatment of problem behavior. |
|
Assessment and Treatment of Problem Behavior Maintained by Interruption of Preferred Activities |
JENNIFER LYNNE BRUZEK (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Louis P. Hagopian (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Lynn G. Bowman (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Heather Schonbachler (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Jessica G. Philips (Kennedy Krieger Institute) |
Abstract: We assessed and treated the problem behavior of 4 individuals diagnosed with autism who had inconclusive or incomplete initial functional analysis results. Subsequent analyses, using procedures similar to Fisher et al. (1998), revealed that the interruption of preferred activities with requests occasioned problem behavior. A multi-component treatment involving demand fading, as well as functional communication training (FCT), noncontingent reinforcement (NCR), and extinction (EXT), was implemented to treat the aberrant behavior of all participants. A two-component multiple schedule was used to facilitate reinforcement schedule thinning based on the procedures described by Hanley et al. (2001). IOA was collected and was over 80%. The first component, reinforcement (R), of a two-component multiple schedule involved free access to preferred activities without interruptive demands and reinforcement for communication to access interaction with the therapist. During the second component, interruptive demand (ID), the therapist issued demands that interrupted engagement in preferred activities and provided reinforcement for compliance. Problem behavior was placed on extinction during both components. During schedule thinning, the duration of component R was gradually decreased while the duration of component ID was increased. For 2 participants, the addition of a punishment component was required to maintain low levels of problem behavior. |
|
Thinning Reinforcer Delivery during Differential Reinforcement Programs |
ROBERT-RYAN S. PABICO (Marcus Institute), Wayne W. Fisher (Marcus Institute), Henry S. Roane (Marcus Institute), Michael E. Kelley (Marcus Institute), Joanna Lomas (Marcus Institute), Ashley C. Glover (Marcus Institute), Nathan Call (Marcus Institute) |
Abstract: Differential reinforcement of alternative behavior (DRA) is an effective procedure for decreasing the occurrence of maladaptive behavior. Despite the general efficacy of DRA, these procedures may result in rates of reinforcement that are difficult for caregivers to implement. For example, some DRA procedures may be impractical in school settings in which reinforcer delivery disrupts ongoing educational activities. In the current investigation, we described two methods of thinning reinforcer delivery during DRA. In the first method, a multiple schedule procedure was used in which periods of extinction and reinforcement were alternated. In the second example, access to an alternative reinforcer was provided during the delay interval and the functional reinforcer was made available (via alternative responding) at the end of the delay interval. In both cases, reinforcer delivery was successfully thinned to once every 30 min or once every 15 min, respectively. Reliability data were collected on at least 33% of all sessions and averaged over 90% for both participants. Results are discussed in terms of developing reinforcement-based interventions that can be easily transferred to naturalistic settings. |
|
|
|
|
Handling Social & Emotional Difficulties in Children: How Behavior Analysts Can Help |
Saturday, May 29, 2004 |
4:00 PM–5:20 PM |
Conference Room 3 |
Area: CBM; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: Jeannie A. Golden (East Carolina University) |
Discussant: Teresa A. Rodgers (Florida Department of Children and Families) |
Abstract: . |
|
A Pre-School Girl with ADHD, Depression & Psychosis: Abuse, Neglect & Lack of Permanency |
JEANNIE A. GOLDEN (East Carolina University) |
Abstract: A five-and-a-half-year-old girl with diagnoses of ADHD, Depression & Psychoses was placed in foster care after having been removed from her biological home due to abuse and neglect, two other foster homes and several day care settings. The foster mother was a behavioral psychologist who used several behavioral interventions including: positive reinforcement, tokens, role-playing, feedback, coordinating of all adult caregivers, and consistent follow-through. The child was taken off of all medications within three weeks, was adopted two-and-a-half years later, and is currently ten-and-a-half, in a regular fifth-grade class and has no diagnoses or behavior problems. |
|
School Phobia with Panic Attacks & Social Anxiety Disorder: A Victim of Bullying |
ADAM A. SPENCER (East Carolina University) |
Abstract: Bullying has always been a serious problem for children in schools but today it is even more dangerous than ever. Not taking steps to handle bullying can result in dyer consequences including: school avoidance, truancy, and violent retaliation. In this case, a twelve-year-old boy who had been the victim of bullying developed school phobia and was being home-schooled one hour a week due to his school avoidance. When attempting to return to school, he was told by the principal to return for a full day or he would be expelled from school. Working with another school principal who was willing to try a more gradual approach, the behavioral consultant was able to use systematic desensitization, shaping, token reinforcement, role playing, and feedback to return the child to full days at school. The presenter will provide ways that professionals and parents help children avoid and cope with being bullied. There are several practical strategies that are research supported and others that have been innovated. These include: bully detection, avoidance, ignoring, humor, teasing deflection, and self-defense. Children need to know when and how to tell an adult. A functional assessment of bully behavior by a professional can also be very helpful. It is more important than ever for professionals and parents to prepare and protect children from bullying. |
|
Two Young Boys with Explosive Disorder: Differing Treatments for Different Functions |
LORI STUART (Behavioral Consultation & Psychological Services) |
Abstract: A six-year-old boy has had varying diagnoses of Autism, Aspergers, and Explosive Disorder. His continued placement in a first grade class has been threatened by unplanned explosive outbursts that seem to occur as the result of misunderstanding of social situations and unexpected changes in the normal routine. Using a combination of social stories and problem-solving techniques, the behavioral consultant was able to reduce the frequency and intensity of these outbursts and facilitate continued placement of the child in first grade. A nine-year-old male was diagnosed with Oppositional Defiant Disorder, Conduct Disorder, Explosive Disorder and a Learning Disability. The behavioral consultant was able to identify the child’s problems as stemming from the fact that English was his second language and that he had a background of abuse, neglect and multiple placements in foster care. In this case, the child’s explosive outbursts were planned and manipulative and he responded well to a structured contingency management program. |
|
|
|
|
Novel Tactics for Students in CABAS Programs With Pre-Listener Through Reader-Writer/Self-Editor Repertoires |
Saturday, May 29, 2004 |
4:00 PM–5:20 PM |
Gardner |
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: Dolleen-Day Keohane (Teachers College, Columbia University) |
Abstract: . |
|
Tactics for Pre-Listeners Through Early Readers in a CABAS School |
GAIL G. CHAN (Dublin CABAS School), Jennifer O'Connor (Dublin CABAS School), Carolyn Sweeney (Dublin CABAS School) |
Abstract: The Dublin CABAS® School practices a systems approach to education, implementing over 100 tactics across repertoires, classrooms, programs, students and teachers. This paper examines a range of tactics used to increase and generalize the verbal behavior of students and staff. When teaching verbal behavior to our students we implement the tactics traditionally found in the literature including echoic-to-mand training and verbal immersion. More recently we have attempted to merge the Skinnerian perspective of the speaker affecting the listener with the perspective of arbitrarily applicable relations developed in Relational Frame Theory. In addition to teaching our students effectively we are also faced with the challenge of instructing staff in the verbal behavior of the science. In this paper we will also explore some of the tactics that we have used to begin training our teachers as strategic scientists of pedagogy. |
|
Teaching Reading and Writing as a Problem Solving Repertoire in a CABAS Middle School |
TRACY REILLY-LAWSON (Teachers College, Columbia University), Katherine Meincke (Teachers College, Columbia University), Susan Lapidus (Teachers College, Columbia University), Grant Gautreaux (Teachers College, Columbia University), Jessica Webb (Teachers College, Columbia University), Dana Visalli-Gold (Teachers College, Columbia University), Dolleen-Day Keohane (Teachers College, Columbia University), Jessica Singer-Dudek (Teachers College, Columbia University) |
Abstract: Included is a collection of studies on teaching students reading and writing as problem solving repertoires. The participants were students with various levels of verbal behavior attending schools using the CABAS methodology. Within writing, students were taught both structural and functional uses such that the written text of the writer functioned to affect the behavior of the reader as the writer intended. Within reading, students were taught to follow a set of verbally governed rules to solve problems and were taught speaker as own listener behaviors through reading instruction. The data are discussed in terms of using these tactics to address New York State Learning Standards and teaching structurally and functionally independent reading and writing repertoires. |
|
Tactics Used to Teach Listener Through Reader Writer Repertoires in a CABAS School |
EMMA L. HAWKINS (Jigsaw School, UK), Jackie Charnock (Jigsaw School, UK), Racheal Eade (Jigsaw School, UK), Beth A. Carlucci (Jigsaw School, UK), Elizabeth Theo (Jigsaw School, UK), Katherine Meincke (Jigsaw School, UK) |
Abstract: The Jigsaw CABAS® School is an independent day school for 24 children with an Autistic Spectrum Disorder. Classrooms are divided according to each student’s level of verbal behavior. Data will be presented on a tactic from each of the following levels of verbal behavior: the listener repertoire, speaker repertoire, reader/writer repertoire and self-management repertoire. Functional relationships are shown for each tactic presented. |
|
Effective Tactics for Pre-school, Kindergarten and First Grade Students With Early Reader Repertoires in CABAS Classrooms |
JENNIFER LONGANO (Teachers College, Columbia University), Denise O'Sullivan (Teachers College, Columbia University), JoAnn Pereira Delgado (Teachers College, Columbia University), Lynn Yuan (Teachers College, Columbia University), Dolleen-Day Keohane (Teachers College, Columbia University), Robin A. Nuzzolo-Gomez (Teachers College, Columbia University), Regina Spilotras (Teachers College, Columbia University), Jessica Singer-Dudek (Teachers College, Columbia University) |
Abstract: A range of tactics used to increase early reader and early writer behavior will be presented. An overview of effective tactics used to increase these repertoires and found in the scientific literature will be discussed. The practical application of new research based tactics will be presented in terms of current research for students in inclusion classes as well as general education and special education settings. |
|
|
|
|
Promoting Behavior Analysis on Campus: Behavior Analysis Clubs and Their Activities |
Saturday, May 29, 2004 |
4:00 PM–5:20 PM |
Beacon B |
Area: TBA; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: Pete Peterson (Johnson County Community College) |
ANKHESENAMUN BALL (California State University, Fresno) |
CARLA H. LAGORIO (University of Wisconsin-Eau Claire) |
BETHANY R. RAIFF (University of Florida) |
KATHRYN A. SAULSGIVER (University of Florida) |
Abstract: Behavior analysis clubs are one way of promoting greater student involvement in behavior analysis at both the undergraduate and graduate levels. A number of behavior analysis clubs currently exist on university campuses around the country. The history, organization, purpose and activities of three such clubs will be described in a panel discussion. This format will also allow an opportunity for an exchange of ideas regarding potential club activities and provide information to those wishing to form a behavior analysis club on their campus. |
|
|
|
|
Providing Services for Students with Autism |
Saturday, May 29, 2004 |
4:00 PM–5:20 PM |
Berkeley |
Area: EDC |
Chair: Caroline I. Magyar (University of Rochester Medical Center) |
|
Data-based Decision Making in Intensive Behavior Intervention Programs |
Domain: Applied Research |
JUDITH SYLVA (California State University, Fullerton), Cherie Ward (California State University, San Bernardino), Doreen J. Ferko (California State University, Fullerton) |
|
Abstract: So-called intensive behavior intervention programs for students with a diagnosis that falls under the umbrella of Autism Spectrum Disorders have been utilized extensively by individual families, school districts, and both profit and non-profit agencies. Programs that are operated under the theoretical, applied, and philosophical auspices of Applied Behavior Analysis commonly use explicit data collection targeting the acquisition of pre-determined responses. The traditional hierarchy of supervision of these programs includes parents, program supervisor and tutors as the decision-making team for determining mastery of responses and how the program will be adjusted to maximize mastery of skills. The current study addresses whether the decisions made by the program supervisor in three intensive behavior intervention programs for students between the ages of three and five were consistent with the analysis of the data collected on a number of target responses within the domains of language and communication, self-help skills, and academics. The data presented was collected over the course of one to two years to monitor each student’s progress. Issues with regard to whether field-based decision-making based on a superficial assessment of the data, are valid, reliable and lead to program development that promotes acquisition of relevant responses will be discussed. |
|
Delivering Behaviorally-based Services to Students with Autism in the Public School: An Initial Investigation |
Domain: Applied Research |
CAROLINE I. MAGYAR (University of Rochester) |
|
Abstract: This paper presents the results of a year long project that examined the ability of an interdisciplinary consultant team ad general education teachers to provide behaviorally-based supports to five students with autism participating in the general education setting. Student performance was measured pre-post across academic and behavioral domains. Treatment fidelity measures assessed personnel performance and integrity of the model. Social validity measures assessed staff and parent satisfaction. Results showed variable outcomes across students. Gains were noted for all students in adaptive behavior. Academically, 4 of 5 students continued to show good acquisition of discrete language and academic skills and progress on IEP goals. Several students improved on standardized academic testing. One student was removed from the generalized setting for high rates of aggression; two students showed slight decreases and 3 students showed slight increases in problematic behaviors. Personnel performance remained high throughout the year for the consultant team, but little to no improvement was noted in the general education teachers’ ability to acquire or apply behavioral teaching methods. Results indicate that the model was implemented with good integrity. All staff reported High rates of satisfaction with their jobs, and parents surveyed reported satisfaction with the educational program their child was receiving. |
|
A Report on an Inclusive Academic Summer Precision Teaching Program |
Domain: Applied Research |
ALISON L. MOORS (Fabrizio/Moors Consulting), Sara J. Pahl (Fabrizio/Moors Consulting), Amy King (Fabrizio/Moors Consulting), Kelly J. Ferris (Fabrizio/Moors Consulting), Kristin Schirmer (Fabrizio/Moors Consulting) |
|
Abstract: This paper will present the results of the second year for a summer academic program, which primarily utilized precision teaching methodologies for forty-three students raging in ages from 4-12 years. The participant’s cognitive abilities range from general education to learning disabled to severely autistic. The presentation will focus on the educational model implemented as well as the necessary components for its success. Data will be presented to illustrate student progress on nationally normed achievement tests, curriculum based measurement probes and daily practice on individualized education plans using a Standard Celeration Chart. |
|
|
|
|
|
Social Skills Deficits in Autism and Asperger’s Disorder: Client Characteristics Affecting Choice of Intervention |
Saturday, May 29, 2004 |
4:00 PM–5:20 PM |
Back Bay B |
Area: AUT/DDA; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: Jennifer M. Gillis Mattson (SUNY at Binghamton) |
Discussant: Raymond G. Romanczyk (SUNY at Binghamton) |
Abstract: . |
|
The Challenge of the Nonverbal Client with Autism |
SARA WHITE (SUNY at Binghamton), Jennifer M. Gillis Mattson (SUNY at Binghamton) |
Abstract: Approximately 40% of individuals with autism are nonverbal. In combination with the central social interaction deficit, children with autism, who are also nonverbal, present a very significant challenge to the clinician. Often such nonverbal individuals are underserved by clinicians as it is often mistakenly assumed that the needs of such clients are “educational.”
This paper will present an overview of the assessment, conceptualization, and intervention issues unique to this population. Focus will be placed upon the development of social skills. In addition, consideration of the underdiagnosis of specific phobias and social anxiety in this population will be addressed. Case examples and clinical protocol will be presented identifying the modifications of the “typical” behavioral approach that are necessary for this population. |
|
The Challenge of Selecting Appropriate Social Goals for Children with Asperger’s Disorder |
STEPHANIE LOCKSHIN (The Institute for Child Development) |
Abstract: Children with Asperger’s Disorder, because there is a relative absence of communication and cognitive impairment, often participate educationally in the typical school environment. However, this environment is extremely challenging because of the enormous importance of social interactions at all age levels. While motivation to engage in social interaction is not significantly impaired, the quality of social interaction is highly impaired.
This paper will discuss the paucity of information regarding effective strategies for selecting sequential goals for therapy and the specific process of intervention procedures. Perspective will be drawn from typical social development, the significant impairment in social “common sense” observed in these children, and the adaptation of structured behavioral group intervention procedures. Case studies will illustrate choice points in therapy and the difficult problem of generalization beyond the therapeutic setting. |
|
The Challenge of Peer Mediated Social Skills Training with Children with Autism |
LINDA MATEY (The Institute for Child Development) |
Abstract: Generalization of skills developed during therapy is particularly problematic for individuals with autism spectrum disorders. While generalization outside the therapy session is a concern for all clients, individuals with autism spectrum disorders, because of their specific deficits, amplify this problem.
In order to address this significant problem, in the context of developing appropriate social interaction skills, this paper will present the results of a peer mediated social skills training program for children with autism. It involves same age peers recruited from typical middle schools who are asked to serve as “buddies” to the children with autism. This approach was taken in an attempt to maximize generalization by utilization of peers who are uniquely qualified to provide appropriate models of typical child social interaction, provide normative feedback concerning acceptable behavior, and provide social support and motivation for continued interaction. By utilizing peers, generalization is enhanced. Data will be presented on a multi-year program that examines development of specific social skills and their utilization in the typical environment (home, school, and community). |
|
|
|
|
Int'l Symposium - The Effects of School Wide Models of Prevention on Social and Academic Behavior Problems |
Saturday, May 29, 2004 |
4:00 PM–5:20 PM |
Clarendon |
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: Janine Peck Stichter (University of Missouri-Columbia) |
Discussant: Timothy J. Lewis (University of Missouri) |
Abstract: . |
|
Merging Research and Practice Agendas to Prevent Reading and Behavior Difficulties at a Systems Level |
RUTH A. ERVIN (University of British Columbia), Margaret T. McGlinchey (Kalamazoo Regional Education Service Agency) |
Abstract: The need to move from “research into practice” has become a mantra in the arena of educational reform. The urgency for bridging science and research agendas is amplified by the longitudinal research suggesting relative stability of negative long-term outcomes associated with early behavior and reading difficulties (Juel, 1988). Many researchers and practitioners have embarked on collaborative projects designed to import “best-practice” models into school settings. Despite initial demonstrations of improvements, follow-up data indicated a failure to sustain such changes when external supports were removed (McDougal, Clonan, & Martens, 2000). Recent approaches differ from previous efforts at school reform because they consider the sound delivery of evidenced-based practices, as well as important systems and organizational management issues necessary to produce sustained use of practices over time.
In this presentation, we will describe lessons learned from adopting separate empirically-derived practices, namely functional assessment and curriculum-based measurement, and a shift toward more promising and systematic capacity building at a district level. We will present data on the process through which a local school district partnered with a university and regional service agency to integrate and align separate initiatives designed to improve the provision of evidence-based practices for students with reading and behavior difficulties. |
|
Promoting Evidenced-Based Practice and Decisions in Schools by Partnering with Schools to Build Capacity |
AMY L. MATTHEWS (Grand Valley State University), Steve D. Goodman (Ottawa Area ISD), Elizabeth Schaughency (Grand Valley State University), Ruth A. Ervin (University of British Columbia), Margaret T. McGlinchey (Kalamazoo Regional Education Service Agency) |
Abstract: School systems are faced with three inter-related challenges: (1) The call to reform schools toward greater success in producing a competent citizenry; (2) effectively and efficiently addressing the discipline needs of students; and (3) decreasing available resources (c.f., Lewis-Palmer, Sugai, & Larson, 1999). These concerns led to federal policies and mandates charging educational systems to be accountable for student performance and improve outcomes for all students.
This presentation will describe a federally-funded project that partners a county intermediate school district and university researchers with schools to build capacity to implement evidence-based practice and systems change. Recognizing that many school reform efforts fail, the project incorporates features found successful in implementing school-wide behavioral and academic support programs to implement and sustain evidenced-based practice and decisions, including use of prevention models, site specific development, coordinated program activities, evidence-based problem solving, and research based intervention strategies.
The project involves elementary schools across four school districts, representing communities with differing demographics. Over the course of the project, each school develops site-specific action plans based on local performance data and formative evaluation. This presentation will describe the course of the project and preliminary evaluation data, including successes, lessons learned, and future directions for practice and research. |
|
Outcomes of a School-Wide Intervention with Primary and Secondary Levels of Support Implemented at the Elementary School Level |
KATHLEEN L. LANE (Vanderbilt University) |
Abstract: While many children begin their educational careers with the necessary academic and socio-behavioral skills to succeed, many other children do not. Students who enter the school system with deficits in either of these areas are at-risk for pejorative outcomes. Although schools cannot be expected to solve all of the problems facing these children, schools can provide an important context for intervention. This presentation will present the findings of a school-wide intervention with primary and secondary levels of support for students attending an “at-risk” elementary school. The first objective was to investigate the extent to which the school-wide intervention program influenced the academic performance and risk status of elementary school students. The second objective was to determine if the program differentially impacted students identified as having low-, moderate-, and high-risk status.
Participants included 300 students attending an elementary school in southern California. All students received a primary intervention program. Students who did not respond to the more global primary intervention participated in secondary interventions (e.g., phonemic awareness skills training, social skills instruction). Findings suggest that students showed the most growth in the area of reading. Limitations and future directions will be discussed. |
|
|
|
|
Variations/Enhancements of Established Preference Assessment Procedures |
Saturday, May 29, 2004 |
4:00 PM–5:20 PM |
Constitution B |
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: Richard B. Graff (New England Center for Children) |
Abstract: Learning Objectives
The participant will be able to describe: the advantages of the points scoring method for the MSWO. one procedure for overcoming position biases during paired-stimulus preference assessments. the effects of the contingent use and restriction of stimuli on relative preferences on subsequent preference assessments, as described by Sidener, DeLeon, Christensen, & Wallace. |
|
An Alternate Scoring Method for the MSWO |
FRANCIS J. CICCONE (New England Center for Children), Richard B. Graff (New England Center for Children), William H. Ahearn (New England Center for Children) |
Abstract: DeLeon and Iwata (1996) described the difficulties in applying the percentage approach scoring method to the MSWO due the fact that with a perfectly consistent pattern of selection, an item ranked second can only be selected on 50% of trials. In the present study, 19 individuals diagnosed with autism, mental retardation or developmental delay, ages 14-22, participated. The results of 58 MSWO preference assessments were scored using both the traditional percentage approach method and a novel point weighting system. The dependent variable in measured with both scoring systems was approach, defined as the student passing the item through the plane of the lips. Interobserver agreement and procedural integrity data were collected during 46% of preference assessment sessions; mean IOA and PI was above 99%. When the preference assessments were scored using the percentage approach method, 21 items were identified as highly preferred across all assessments; however, when the assessments were scored using the point system, 61 items were identified as highly preferred. Several items that were scored as high preference using the point scoring system (high-pts) were scored as moderate- or low-preference on the percentage approach method (low-%). Reinforcer assessments indicated that high-pts/low-% stimuli functioned as reinforcers for participants. |
|
Methods for Eliminating Position Bias During Preference Assessment and Discrimination Training |
STEPHEN T. NORTH (University of Florida), Brian A. Iwata (University of Florida) |
Abstract: Selection responses for mast individuals during preference assessment or discrimination training typically are under stimulus control, in that the participant identifies and selects an item primarily based on physical properties of the stimulus presented. However, some individuals may habitually show a position bias, in which responses do not reflect control by the experimental stimuli, but, rather, by the locations in which these stimuli arc placed when they are presented. We evaluated the effects of several procedures for eliminating a position bias exhibited by a 41-year-old woman diagnosed with moderate mental retardation. Following baseline paired-stimulus preference assessments in which the participant exclusively selected items presented on her left side, the quality and magnitude of items included in the preference assessment were systematically manipulated in an effort to facilitate discrimination during subsequent assessments and generalization probes. The inclusion of nonpreferred items (identified via single-stimulus preference assessments) enhanced discrimination in the training context (i.e., the participant made right-sided selections to avoid nonpreferred items) but did not produce the same result during ongoing baseline preference assessments. The magnitude manipulation produced increases in discrimination in both training and baseline preference assessment sessions, as well as during discrimination test probes. |
|
The Influence of Contingent Use and Restriction of Reinforcers on Changes in Relative Preferences |
DAVID W. SIDENER (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Iser Guillermo DeLeon (Johns Hopkins University School of Medicine), Amy L. Christensen (University of Nevada, Reno), Michele D. Wallace (University of Nevada, Reno) |
Abstract: The identification of preferred stimuli is a critical component of successful training and treatment programs for individuals with developmental disabilities. The success of these programs also hinges on the durability of reinforcers over time. Although a small number of studies have examined general changes in stimulus preferences over time, none have directly explored the variables that influence the long-term durability and/or stability of reinforcer value. In the current study, we examined the role of repeated, contingent use on changes in relative preferences among stimuli. Following initial preference assessments, stimuli from the middle of preference hierarchies were delivered contingently on a daily basis in skills acquisition programs. Other stimuli from the same assessment were restricted. Following a history of contingent use, paired-choice preference assessments were repeated to examine the effects of contingent use on changes in relative preference. Results for three individuals revealed that stimuli that were used contingently generally moved up in the preference hierarchy- By contrast, stimuli that were restricted showed unsystematic fluctuations in relative preference. Interobserver agreement on selection responses during the assessments averaged 100%. These results are discussed in terms of their implications for the repeated, long-term use of reinforcers for this population. |
|
Evaluating Preschool Children’s Preferences for Instructional Contexts |
NICOLE HEAL (University of Kansas), Gregory P. Hanley (University of Kansas) |
Abstract: Although providing care and safety for young children have been primary roles of preschool teachers, many teach a variety of academic skills. We used a concurrent chains procedure in the current study to evaluate the effectiveness of and preference for several instructional contexts with two preschool children. The relative effectiveness was determined by comparing levels of problem behavior and correct responding during terminal links (where the children experienced the contexts) while preference was determined by observing relative response rates in the initial links (where children chose the contexts). Interobserver agreement was collected for a minimum of 30% of sessions and mean agreement was 80% or higher for all measures. The instructional contexts differed along two empirically-determined dimensions involving the value of the instructional materials and consequences for correct responding. Three instructional contexts resulted: highly preferred materials and less preferred consequences (HP/LP), less preferred materials and highly preferred consequences (LP/HP), and less preferred materials and less preferred consequences (LP/LP; control). We found no difference in correct responding across instructional contexts, and slightly elevated rates of undesirable behaviors correlated in the LP/LP context for one participant. Nevertheless, both participants showed a preference for the use of LP/HP condition. |
|
|
|
|
2004 Tutorial: Proposed Guidelines for a Revision and Expansion of the Scope of Applied Behavior Analysis |
Saturday, May 29, 2004 |
4:30 PM–5:20 PM |
Grand Ballroom |
Area: DEV; Domain: Applied Research |
None CE Offered. CE Instructor: Jacob L. Gewirtz, J.D. |
Chair: Jacob L. Gewirtz (Florida International University) |
Presenting Authors: : NATHAN AZRIN (Nova Southeastern University) |
Abstract: Currently, applied behavior analysis has focused almost exclusively on problems defined by caretakers as well as being circumscribed by methodological guidelines and by exclusive concern with contingency-management variables. An expanded scope of this field is suggested that enlarges the scope of learning variables beyond contingency management and revised the methodological constraints. These changes would greatly expand the application of this field to include the large number of self-referred problems which have otherwise been preempted by other treatment modalities. The field would still retain its distinctive character as a science-based learning treatment model. |
|
NATHAN AZRIN (Nova Southeastern University) |
Dr. Azrin received his PhD from Harvard in 1956 as a student of B. F. Skinner. His early work was in laboratory experiments with animals and humans to define the initial principles of operant conditioning. Subsequently his work has had the single-minded focus of developing novel and validated treatments for applied, clinical and common human problems after his early laboratory studies of positive and negative reinforcement and animal aggression. His applied innovations have included: the initial development of the “Token Economy” with T. Ayllon; the development of effective training procedures for independent self care for the “untrainable” mentally retarded; the Community-Reinforcement method of alcohol and drug addiction; the Habit-Reversal treatment for tics, trichotillomania, nail biting and Tourette Disorder; operant based treatments for Depressive Disorder and Marital Dysfunction;) the Job Club training program for the unemployed; the Reciprocity Counseling program for the communication training for family problems; the toilet training of normal children; the noctural enuresis treatment of normal and retarded persons; the Overcorrection and Positive Practice programs for eliminating negative behaviors including aggression, self-injury, and self-stimulation; and the Regulated Breathing Method for eliminating stuttering. He has served as President of the ABA, AABT, MPA, APA Div. 25, APA Div. 33, SEAB, FABA and was Chief Editor/Associate Editor/Editor of both JEAB and JABA. In addition, he has received awards from the APA, APA Div. 25, APA Div. 33, AABT, ABA, CAL/ABA and other organizations. |
|
|
|
|
Building Bridges I: Behavior Analysis and Related Disciplines |
Saturday, May 29, 2004 |
4:30 PM–5:20 PM |
Independence East |
Area: TPC |
Chair: Emmanuel Z. Tourinho (Universidade Federal do Para, Brazil) |
|
The Sociology of Norbert Elias and Behavior Analysis |
Domain: Applied Research |
EMMANUEL Z. TOURINHO (Universidade Federal do Para, Brazil) |
|
Abstract: A dialogue between behavior analysis and other fields of knowledge may be relevant to enhance our understanding of human behavior and to promote the development of behavior-analytic views. The present study aims to illustrate these possibilities discussing aspects of Norbert Elias’s sociology, in which one finds critical analyses of the notion of man as an autonomous entity. It is pointed that Elias shares with behavior analysts a relational approach to human problems, including those concerning feelings and emotions. According to Elias, the increasing complexity in social relations is what raises difficulties towards identifying processes of interdependence among men; yet, as these processes promote selfcontrol, they favor the acceptance of the homo clausus metaphor, according to which man is an entity enclosed within himself. In what might be seen as instances of further compatibility with behavior analysis, one finds in Elias’s works a functional treatment of social phenomena, the commitment to an empirically sound science and a humanist concern about the future. As a radical behaviorist might agree, Elias offers the notion of “human figurations” (arrangements of interdependent men) as a better image of man (in western modern societies or elsewhere) than the concept of the “individual”. |
|
Integrating Behavior Analysis and Constructivism through Contextualism: Toward a More Unified Theory for Education |
Domain: Applied Research |
KIMBERLY NIX BERENS (University of Nevada, Reno), Thomas E. Boyce (University of Nevada, Reno) |
|
Abstract: Parallel theoretical developments are on going in the psychological and educational literatures, yet infrequent communication limits the degree to which progress in one discipline can serve to guide the other. Of main concern for the current paper is the recent clarification, in the psychological literature, of radical behaviorism as a contextual worldview. Similarly, constructivism, a philsophy previously considered antithetical to Skinner's system, has also been aligned with contextualism. Yet, constructivism lies at the center of the recent educational reform movement, which has been cited as a backlash against traditional education of which behavioral approaches are affiliated. The purpose of the current paper is to clarify contextual and mechanistic worldviews as they apply to psychology and education. Skinner's behavioral system and that of constructivism will be compared with respect to their common underlying worldview. Recommendations regarding a more unified theory of education will be provided. |
|
|
|
|
|
The FOXP2 "Language" Gene and Chomsky's Mythical "Universal Grammar" |
Saturday, May 29, 2004 |
4:30 PM–5:20 PM |
Independence West |
Area: VBC; Domain: Applied Research |
CE Instructor: Ted Schoneberger, Psy.D. |
Chair: Ted Schoneberger (California State University, Stanislaus) |
PHILIP LIEBERMAN (Brown University) |
Philip Lieberman studied at MIT where he was one of the four students in the first class that Noam Chomsky taught. He received a PhD in linguistics, as well as degrees in electrical engineering, which entails the development of devices that actually work. His dissertation, “Intonation, Perception and Language” was one of the first books published by the MIT Press. In his 1984 book, The Biology and Evolution of Language, he noted the biological implausibility of Chomsky’s theories. Lieberman’s research on the evolution of human speech anatomy demonstrated its species-specific nature and the central linguistic role of speech. His subsequent research has focused on the subcortical basal ganglia structures of the brain that regulate motor control, syntax, and human cognitive ability. His most recent book, Human Language and Our Reptilian Brain: The Subcortical Bases of Speech, Syntax and Thought, presents the case for subcortical neural structures playing a central role in the neural circuits that confer the qualities that differentiate human beings from other species. He holds the Fred M. Seed chair as Professor of Cognitive and Linguistic Sciences at Brown University, where he also is a Professor of Anthropology. His other interests include the photographic documentation of Tibetan culture and art in the Himalaya. |
Abstract: Noam Chomskys followers claimed that the discovery of the FOXP2 language gene showed that human brain had a genetically transmitted, innate Universal Grammar that specified the syntax of all human languages. The real facts refute this claim. A syndrome a set of behavioral deficits that transcends language characterizes the deficits of the members of the extended family KE who have an anomalous version of this gene. These individuals are unable to sequence simple tongue and lip maneuvers, repeat two word sequences, comprehend sentences that have complex syntax, and many display cognitive inflexibility. Studies of mice and humans show that FOXP2 and similar genes govern the development of neural structures that play a critical role in regulating motor control, language and cognition. There can be no difference in the physiologic activity of these neural structures when a person acquires a complex motor act such as shifting the gears of a car, or the linguistic rules for English passive sentences. Neurophysiologic data show that we and other animals acquire motor skills by means of general cognitive processes such as associative learning and imitation. Syntax must be learned by the same means. Universal Grammar is a fable it has the same status as an innate capacity for driving a car. |
|
|
|
|
#89 Poster Session - AUT |
Saturday, May 29, 2004 |
5:30 PM–7:00 PM |
Exhibit Hall D (Hynes) |
|
1. Effects of Amount of Choice on Appropriate and Inappropriate Behavior |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
HELEN I. CANNELLA-MALONE (University of Texas at Austin), Jeffrey S. Sigafoos (University of Texas at Austin), Mark O'Reilly (University of Texas at Austin), Jodie Seeto (University of Queensland, Australia) |
Abstract: We evaluated the effects of amount of choice on appropriate and inappropriate behavior in two 4-year-old boys with autism. Sessions were conducted 2 times per week during 10-min academic sessions. During one condition, the teacher randomly chose which of four activities the child was to complete. During a second condition, the child was allowed to choose one of the four activities to work on for the entire 10-min session. In a third condition, the child was allowed to choose a new activity every 2.5 minutes (4 times per session). Conditions were alternated in a counterbalanced ABCACB design. Data on challenging behavior and appropriate participation were collected in 10-sec intervals from videotapes. Inter-observer agreement on the dependent measures ranged from 82-100%. The results showed generally higher levels of challenging behavior in the no-choice condition. The 4-choice condition appeared to be somewhat more effective in reducing challenging behavior and increasing participation than the 1-choice condition. Results are discussed in terms of preference and varied reinforcement. When given a single choice, the child may select the most preferred activity. When additional choices are provided, however, the child can access varied activities during a single session. |
|
|
2. Effects of Experimenter Choice and Participant Choice Contingencies on Response Frequencies |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
MATTHEW G. FURZLAND (St. Cloud State University), Kimberly A. Schulze (St. Cloud State University), Guy S. Bruce (St. Cloud State University) |
Abstract: Legal and ethical guidelines support the rights of individuals to make certain choices that affect their lives. Choice can be examined in several ways including making choices between rewards or reinforcers. This study examined the effects of experimenter versus participant choice of reinforcement on response frequencies. Two children aged 5 and 5½, diagnosed with Pervasive Developmental Disorder, Not Otherwise Specified, served as participants for this study. Daily preference assessments were conducted to identify possible reinforcers for use during choice conditions. Correct responses per 30-second timings were recorded, as well as the cumulative time spent practicing during experimenter and child choice conditions. Participants labeled pictures of insects and vegetables during alternating treatment conditions of experimenter and child choice conditions.
The results indicate that experimenter or participant choice of reinforcement had little differential effects on frequency of responding. Rates of responding were similar during both conditions across both sets of stimuli. Individual preference was observed when differences did appear between choice conditions. These findings were consistent throughout experimentation with stimuli I and stimuli II. Reliability for data collection procedures were 83% and 72% for participant 1 and 2, respectively. Total overall reliability was 78% for the entire study. |
|
|
3. Use of Radio News Broadcasts within a Listener "Emersion" Strategy to Increase Listening Comprehension with Four Students with Autism |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
SUSAN HEITKER (Hawthorne Country Day School) |
Abstract: Students with autism frequently engage in irrelevant self-talk which distracts the learner from listening to content area instruction. In this study, use of a listener “emersion” strategy to increase listening comprehension and to measure the collateral effects on student self-talk utilized student responding to taped radio news broadcasts. Four students, ages 13-16, with a classification of autism, participated in a study, which employed a multiple baseline design across students. Students were required, in a 1:1 setting, to listen to two recorded one sentence segments (varying from 4 to 19 words per sentence) from radio news broadcasts. Data were taken on the number of repeated trials before students accurately responded to two open or close ended antecedent questions formulated from radio news broadcasts. A limit of 10 trials was imposed for accurate responding to each question. Intervention measured results of the use of tape recorded instructions directing students to perform maintenance level tasks. |
|
|
4. Functional Communication for Children Diagnosed with Autism |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
KRISTIN A. WIER (The Early Intervention Center), Amy E. Hund (The Early Intervention Center), Jennifer Bullock (The Early Intervention Center), Shannon Hicks (The Early Intervention Center), Christopher N. Robakiewicz (The Early Intervention Center), Kathleen Schweizer (The Early Intervention Center) |
Abstract: The Early Intervention Center is a clinic that utilizes the principles of applied behavior analysis in the treatment of children diagnosed with autism. This poster will describe a program that was developed for children with virtually no functional communication. The program consists of: matching 2d-3d, picture exchange, and verbal imitation. All participants have shown an increase in functional communication. Data will be shown to support our findings. |
|
|
5. Developing a Therapeutic Summer Camp for Children with Autism Spectrum Disorders |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
PAIGE E. KEETER (KidsPeace), Emily C. Leayman (KidsPeace), John D. McElwee (KidsPeace) |
Abstract: It has been consistently recommended that intensity and comprehensiveness of service be a key component to the treatment of children with a diagnosis of ASD (National Research Council, 2001). A summer hiatus from school can present an obstacle to the maintenance of basic language and learning skills for ASD students. Parents have consistenly expressed concern over the break in service. KidsPeace National Centers, a private non-profit provider, undertook the establishment of a therapeutic summer camp program to fill this service gap. This poster will outline the process to establish the camp and highlight key elements that enabled the project to succeed. The results of a parent satisfaction survey will be presented that lend support to the value of a therapeutic summer camp. The poster will conclude with potential changes to improve future programs. |
|
|
6. Evaluation of Stimulus Preference as a Function of Task Difficulty, Schedule Requirements, and Stimulus Similarity |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
AMY KENZER (University of Nevada, Reno), Michele D. Wallace (University of Nevada, Reno), Megan D. Nollet (University of Nevada, Reno), Kimberlee Romick (University of Nevada, Reno) |
Abstract: Methods of identifying preferred stimuli that may function as reinforcers for individuals with developmental disabilities typically involve the use of simple operants and dense reinforcement schedules. This may not be the ideal method for identifying potential reinforcers as preference may emerge with increasing schedule requirements after no preference was observed during a concurrent fixed-ratio (FR) 1 schedule of reinforcement. Preference may also shift when the operant response is relatively difficult. Preference for categorically similar (food items) stimuli and categorically dissimilar (food and leisure items) stimuli was assessed under increasing schedule requirements and increased task difficulty. Results demonstrated differentiation between preference given the combination of these variables. |
|
|
7. Implementation of a Visual Processing Strategy to Accurately Identify Emotions and Corresponding Adaptive Activities |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
SILVA ORCHANIAN (Melmark New England), Mike Conard (Melmark New England) |
Abstract: The difficulty with which children with autism identify emotions of happiness, frustration, anxiety and anger can often lead to confusion and potentially challenging behaviors. While the existing research is sparse in the area of emotions training with children with autism, there are numerous studies that have been conducted on communication training as a means to reduce challenging behaviors. The “communication hypothesis” is that challenging behavior often functions as a form of communication for individuals who do not have an adaptive means of communicating (Carr, 1985).
In this case study, efforts were made to combine emotion identification and functional communication training to reduce aggression with a young adolescent with a diagnosis of autism. The goal was to assist this student in identifying antecedent variables that set the occasion for him to be frustrated or angry, for him to correctly identify this emotional state and then for him to choose an adaptive strategy to reduce the frustration as opposed to engaging in aggression. Data will be shown illustrating the use of the adaptive strategy and subsequent deceleration of challenging behaviors. Interobserver reliability was conducted during 33% of the trials with a mean aggreement coefficient of 95%. |
|
|
8. The Use of Visual Support Schedules to Facilitate Smooth Transitions for a Child with Autism |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
JANET A. BUTZ (Collaborative Autism Resources and Education), Rolando Ocanas (Schertz-Cibolo-Universal City ISD), Ceri Edwards (Schertz-Cibolo-Universal City ISD) |
Abstract: The poster session will describe how a school team comprised of the parents, teaching staff, administration, and related service personnel developed and utilized visual support systems throughout the school day and within the home setting to facilitate and increase the smooth transitions of a young child with autism. The transitions included ending activities, changing activities, and starting activities as they occurred in the home, school, and community setting across the day. The ultimate outcome for this young student with Autism was an increase in his positive prosocial interactions with his family, students, and staff. |
|
|
9. Functional Analysis of Non-Contextual Speech by Children with Autism |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
CORINNE M. MURPHY (The Ohio State University), Michelle A. Anderson (The Ohio State University), Susan M. Silvestri (The Ohio State University), Charles L. Wood (The Ohio State University), Natalie J. Allen (The Ohio State University), William L. Heward (The Ohio State University), Jacqueline Wynn (Children's Hospital Autism Center) |
Abstract: We used functional assessment (FA) to determine the maintaining contingencies for the non-contextual speech by children with autism. Non-contextual speech consisted of consistent phonemic patterns (e.g., “bidda bidda ooda bidda”) and words/phrases unrelated to current activities or conversations (e.g., asked his age, child says, “Stocks went up 10 points today.”). FA consisted of three parts: (1) interviews with parents and therapists providing in-home behavioral treatment, (2) direct observations and ABC recording, and (3) functional anlaysis of five analog conditions in randomly alternating 5-min sessions: contingent social attention, escape from demands, free-play with experimenter present, alone with play materials, and alone without play materials. Results suggested that non-contextual speech by all four participants was a function of positive reinforcement (social attention). The FA data also showed that non-contextual speech served a second function for two of the children: escape from demand for one participant, and automatic reinforcement (the alone condition) for another. This poster will present the FA results, the results of an FA-informed intervention for one child, recommendations and implications for using FA in evaluating and treating non-contextual speech, and suggestions for future research. |
|
|
10. Using Functional Communication Training to Decrease High-Intensity, Low-Frequency Aggression |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
JENNY B. EDES-PIEROTTI (The Jigsaw CABAS School), Emma L. Hawkins (The Jigsaw CABAS School) |
Abstract: The purpose of this study was to investigate the functions of low-frequency, high-intensity aggressive behaviours of a child with an Autistic Spectrum Disorder using an analogue functional analysis of behavioural response classes. By targeting response classes, the experimenter was able to collect a quantifiable amount of data upon which to design an appropriate intervention without having to evoke aggressive behaviour repeatedly. Functional Communication Training was introduced to replace inappropriate escape behaviour with manding for a break. Results showed that aggression decreased rapidly with the implementation of the intervention. |
|
|
11. Video Modeling and Changes in Social Reciprocity |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
RENEE C. MANSFIELD (New England Center for Children), William H. Ahearn (New England Center for Children), Shelly Cota (New England Center for Children), Rebecca P. F. MacDonald (New England Center for Children), Madhuri Vengala (New England Center for Children) |
Abstract: Children with autism often demonstrate deficits in social interaction. These include an inability to engage in back and forth actions with others such as gestures, play, and conversation. Video modeling has been shown to be an effective procedure to teach children with autism a variety of play and social skills. The purpose of this study was to use video modeling to increase social reciprocity in children with autism and typically developing peers. Two preschool-age children with autism and 2 typically developing children participated in this study. Data were collected on the occurrence of social interactions during a play activity. Children were exposed to toys during baseline and told to play together. During intervention, children were shown video models of two adults participating in a play script and then told to play together. Preliminary findings indicate video modeling resulted in changes in both cooperative play and social interaction. Cooperative play increased from a mean of 10% to more than 60% of measured intervals. Reciprocal social interactions increased from 0 during baseline to more than 6 within an initial play period across several play activities. Video modeling was shown to be an effective procedure for increasing social reciprocity in children with autism. |
|
|
12. Using Video Modeling to Teach Play to a 5 Year Old w/ Autism |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
JENNIFER TAIT (Beacon ABA Services), BethAnne Miles (Beacon ABA Services), David M. Corcoran (Beacon ABA Services), Joseph M. Vedora (Beacon ABA Services) |
Abstract: Video modeling is a technique often used to teach children with autism. To date, video modeling has been used to teach of a variety social, play, academic and self-help skills. The present study attempted to use video modeling to increase play skills to include verbal scripts for a 5 year old boy with autism. Specifically, the student viewed videos of his older sister engaging in familiar routines while modeling appropriate verbal scripts. Prior to the intervention the student engaged in appropriate but non-verbal play. Results showed a rapid increase in appropriate verbal scripts. These results replicate previous research on teaching play and language skills. |
|
|
13. Manipulating Establishing Operations to Promote Interactions Toward Peers in a Teenager with Autism |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
BARBARA POTTER (Alpine Learning Group), Hannah Hoch (The Graduate Center, City University of New York), Bridget A. Taylor (Alpine Learning Group), Michelle M. Kalaigian (Alpine Learning Group) |
Abstract: This study examined the effects of manipulating establishing operations (EOs) on social interactions of a teenager with autism toward peers with autism. This is an extension of a previous study (Taylor, Hoch, Potter, Rodriguez, Spinnato, and Kalaigian, 2003) in which EOs were manipulated to promote simple initiations toward peers. The participant was a male with autism, age 13, who used a voice output communication device. The initial phase used a reversal design to demonstrate that when an EO was weak, and both students had preferred edibles, no initiations toward peers were observed. When an EO was at strength, and only the peer had preferred edibles, simple initiations toward peers increased. Next, intervention was conducted with an adult to teach the participant to engage in an extended interaction. Once mastery was achieved with the adult, the initial conditions were repeated with the peer. The results indicated that when the EO was weak, no initiations toward the peer were observed. Following training with an adult, when the EO was at strength with the peer, the participant demonstrated increased interactions with the peer (i.e., short conversation and participation in a shared activity). IOA data were calculated for 30% of the sessions and averaged 95%. |
|
|
14. Increasing Independent Social Interactions in a Child with Pervasive Developmental Disorder |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
KRISTIE L. ARNOLD (Kennedy Krieger Institute), David E. Kuhn (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Arthur E. Wilke (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Louis P. Hagopian (Johns Hopkins University School of Medicine) |
Abstract: Research on social behavior in children with developmental disabilities has generally focused on teaching social skills through role-play and peer modeling. In this study, positive reinforcement was used to increase existing social interactions in a 10-year-old child with Pervasive Developmental Disorder. Data were collected on the child’s physical proximity to an adult in the room, as well as, his independent social interactions. Reliability data were collected for 57% of the sessions. Throughout the treatment evaluation, self-initiated interactions resulted in 5-10 seconds of physical and verbal attention. Initially, near zero rates of self-initiated were observed, however, close physical proximity (within arms length of the therapist) was observed approximately 1.5 times per minute. Treatment consisted of providing brief physical and verbal attention for close physical proximity. No significant change in the occurrence of physical proximity was observed, however, the child’s self-initiated interactions increased to approximately 1 per minute. These treatment effects were replicated using an ABAB design. The results suggest that reinforcement of existing social behavior such as physical proximity can promote more adaptive social interactions. Furthermore, data collected on the child’s affect during the baseline and treatment conditions (5.6% and 23% of intervals, respectively) reflected a significant increase in positive affect with the treatment in place. |
|
|
15. Decreasing Stereotypic Vocalizations in an Adolescent with Autism Using Non-Contingent Access to Matched Stimuli |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
ANGELA RODRIGUEZ (Alpine Learning Group), Bridget A. Taylor (Alpine Learning Group), Hannah Hoch (The Graduate Center, City University of New York), Elizabeth MacFadyen (Alpine Learning Group) |
Abstract: A Reversal Design (B-A-B-A-B) was used to assess the effects of non-contingent access to auditory stimuli on the stereotypic vocalizations of an adolescent boy with Autism. Stereotypic vocalizations consisted of clicking his tongue, making vowel or consonant sounds and repeating noises heard in videos. A functional assessment indicated these responses occurred during all activities and when alone, suggesting these responses were maintained by the sensory consequence of auditory stimulation. It was hypothesized that non-contingent access to an auditory stimulus (music) would decrease the occurrences of stereotypic vocalizations. During the first condition, preferred music was made available via headphones played at a low volume and was terminated for five seconds contingent upon stereotypic vocalizations. In the reversal condition, access to the auditory stimulus (music) was not present. Results revealed that when music was available stereotypic vocalizations decreased, whereas when music was not available vocalizations increased. Once data indicated that the auditory stimulus (music) successfully reduced stereotypic vocalizations, the auditory stimulus (music) was made contingent upon the non-occurrence of stereotypic vocalizations. Interobserver agreement data was recorded during 30% of the school days and was 100%. |
|
|
17. The Effects of Intervention to Precursor Behaviors of the Child with Autism Showing Behavior Disorders |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
MAE KONDO (University of Tsukuba, Japan), Shigeki Sonoyama (University of Tsukuba, Japan) |
Abstract: This research did intervention to precursor behaviors of the child with autism who showed severe behavior disorders. He was engaged in self-injurious behaviors when difficult subjects were demanded to him, he heard loud sound, and what he could not predict happened. It assumed that self-injurious behaviors were maintained by negative reinforcement according to the functional assessment. And, it was observed that precursor behaviors were happened before self-injurious behaviors occurred. His precursor behaviors were fast speaking and sudden halt. So, the following intervention was implemented. In the first, when precursor behaviors occurred, his teacher said to him, "It seems to get angry.” and let him choose either taking rest or continuing the subject. In the second, he was shown the record of his precursor behaviors on video, then the experimenter taught him about appropriate behaviors following precursor behaviors. As a result, his behavior disorders decreased and his appropriate behaviors increased when precursor behaviors happened. The intervention was implemented in his school and home, and the effect of the intervention on the precursor behaviors of the behavior disorders was examined. |
|
|
18. Increasing Schematic Play Skills in Young Children with Autism through the Use of Task Analysis |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
DALE L. FILA (HMEA), Nancy VanStone (HMEA) |
Abstract: Children on the Autism Spectrum are frequently unable to engage in appropriate toy play when they have not been specifically taught how to use that particular toy. When left on their own to play, toys are frequently used for stereotypic purposes or ignored altogether. The purpose of this study was to monitor the use of a specific teaching procedure in conjunction with schematic play. Two children on the Autism Spectrum were taught to increase schematic play skills through the use of task analyses. Before being presented with the intervention both children engaged in low rates of appropriate play when given a schematic toy set. Post intervention data suggests that the children who received the intervention were able to use the given play set appropriately with increased independence. |
|
|
19. The Use of Multiple Exemplars, Settings, and Instructors to Teach Generalized Counting Skills |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
STEPHEN MASON (Beacon ABA Services), Brian J. Joergens (Beacon ABA Services), Joseph M. Vedora (Beacon ABA Services) |
Abstract: This paper examined the acquisition and generalization of counting skills (i.e., one to one correspondence) for an 8 year old student with autism. Specifically, the student was taught to count 1-5 using one set of materials, instructor, and setting. Initial generalization probes indicated that student failed to demonstrate the skill under novel conditions. Next, the instructional procedures were expanded to include multiple exemplars, settings, and instructors. Results indicated that varying materials, settings, and teachers led to greater generalization of counting. This replicates previous research demonstrating the need to vary instructors, stimuli, and settings when teaching children with autism. |
|
|
20. Increasing Appropriate Toy Play Skills in an Individual Diagnosed with Autism |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
ARTHUR E. WILKE (Kennedy Krieger Institute), David E. Kuhn (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Louis P. Hagopian (Johns Hopkins University School of Medicine), Brian Crawford (Kennedy Krieger Institute) |
Abstract: Stereotypic behavior and inappropriate toy interaction are characteristic behaviors of individuals diagnosed with pervasive developmental disorders. These behaviors can interfere with the development of appropriate social behavior and other adaptive skills. In the current study, appropriate toy interaction and engagement was increased in a 10-year-old boy diagnosed with autism, using differential reinforcement procedures. The effects of the intervention were evaluated in a multiple-baseline design across four different toys. Initially, baseline levels of item interaction were collected for each toy, defined as touching the toy. Item interactions ranged from 0 to 12% of the session length. Intervention one consisted of reinforcing appropriate toy touching (not mouthing or destroying the toy) with a preferred edible. Following intervention one, item interactions ranged from 25 to 87% of the session length. Once high and stable levels of interaction were observed, intervention two was initiated, consisting of reinforcing appropriate toy engagement (i.e., using the toy in the way in which it was designed). Toy engagement increased from 0-16% to 55-73% of session length. Interobserver agreement data were collected during 43.65% of sessions. Results of this study suggest that differential reinforcement can be an effective strategy for increasing adaptive behavior such as toy skills in individuals with autism. |
|
|
21. Are Teacher Interviews Sufficient for Determining Preferences in Children with Autism? Comparing Teacher Interview to Direct Observations |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
GINA SIMONE (Eden II School for Autistic Children), Mary Alexander (Eden II School for Autistic Children), Frank R. Cicero (Eden II School for Autistic Children) |
Abstract: In recent years, major advancements have been made in the development of strategies to systematically identify preferences for individuals with developmental disabilities (DeLeon & Iwata, 1996). Although these strategies have been shown to be useful for the identification of preferred activities, they can be time consuming and require staff training. The purpose of this study was to examine if teacher interviews can be sufficient for determining preferences in children with autism. In this study, preference assessments in the form of multiple item presentations were conducted with 19 subjects using items derived from teacher interviews. IOA data was collected in 58% of the trials, showing 100% reliability. During the interviews, teachers were asked to rank three highly preferred items, three moderately preferred items and three non-preferred items for each subject. Results of the preference assessments and interviews were then compared. Results of these comparisons indicated that overall, the participants spent significantly more time engaging with items ranked as highly preferred, suggesting that the teachers could accurately predict their students’ high preference items. However, there was no significant difference found between the amount of time the children spent engaging with those items rated as moderately and non-preferred. Results are discussed in terms of identification of effective and efficient preference assessment procedures. |
|
|
22. An Evaluation of a Modeling Procedure with Visual Cues to Increase Inquiries |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
AMANDA ZANGRILLO (Marcus Autism Center), Wayne W. Fisher (Marcus Autism Center), Catherine Trapani (Marcus Autism Center), Meeta R. Patel (Clinic 4 Kidz), Robert LaRue (The May Institute), Vivian Piazza (The May Institute), Dana Trahant (The May Institute) |
Abstract: Individuals diagnosed with Pervasive Developmental Disorder (PDD) often exhibit significant deficits in social skills (e.g., greeting others, making eye contact, engaging in conversation). The current investigation evaluated a modeling procedure with visual cues to increase question asking in a 7-year old girl diagnosed with autism. In baseline, the participant was instructed to ask questions about various items without any type of prompting. In treatment, a modeling procedure with visual cues was implemented. Treatment was implemented in the context of a multiple baseline across sets of visual stimuli (Group 1: weather, toys/games, and clothes; Group 2: animals, family, and food). In the first phase of the modeling procedure a therapist modeled the correct response and the participant was instructed to engage in the modeled response. If no response was provided, a picture of the subject of the inquiry was presented and the participant was instructed to ask a question. Following treatment, an 81 and 92 percent increase in question asking was observed in the first and second groups respectively. These results suggest a procedure utilizing modeling with a visual cue is effective in the acquisition of adaptive social behavior. |
|
|
23. A Case Description of Feeding Intervention and Outcome for a Preschool Student with Autism |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
JENNIFER MAENAKA (Cleveland Clinic Center for Autism), Aletta Sinoff (Cleveland Clinic Center for Autism), Kimberly D. Willis (Cleveland Clinic Center for Autism) |
Abstract: Research has commonly shown that children with autism display secondary feeding disorder, often evidenced by selective and self-limiting eating behavior. The purpose of this case study is to describe feeding intervention for a three year old boy diagnosed with Autism Spectrum Disorder. This child attends an intensive center-based preschool for children with autism which provides a clinical/educational model using applied behavior analysis. This poster will describe evaluation, baseline, and protocol for intervention including reinforcement, shaping and fading design, data collection procedure, and results. |
|
|
24. Increasing Compliance During Transitions Using a Behavioral Momentum Intervention Package |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
SEAN P. MURPHY (Bancroft NeuroHealth), Amy Toner (Bancroft NeuroHealth), Michael Jordan (Bancroft NeuroHealth), Cynthia Taylor (Bancroft NeuroHealth), David McAdam (Bancroft NeuroHealth), Deborah A. Napolitano (Bancroft NeuroHealth) |
Abstract: An analog functional analysis of the aggression of a 13-year-old male diagnosed with Autism and a Bi-Polar disorder was conducted. The results of the functional analysis demonstrated that the participant’s aggression was maintained by negative reinforcement when the demands placed on him included situations in which he was required to stand up, move to another seat, put his feet on the ground, or transition. The effect of a behavior intervention package including behavioral momentum, differential reinforcement for compliance (verbal praise, tactile pressure, and edible reinforcer), planned ignoring, and a conditioned reinforcer were compared to a baseline intervention package including behavioral momentum, continuous reinforcement of problem behavior and differential reinforcement for compliance (verbal praise) using a reversal design. The results of this treatment analysis showed that when the behavioral momentum intervention package, that included several reinforcers for compliance, was implemented the participant did not display any aggression and his percent of compliance for both high-probability and low-probability demands was near 100%. Additionally when the behavioral momentum intervention package and a conditioned reinforcer were implemented for non-compliance with transitions, the participant’s percent of compliance to transitions increased to 100%. Interobserver agreement was collected for over 30% of sessions and averaged over 80% |
|
|
25. Reduction of Severely Aggressive Behavior using Least Intrusive Measures in a Community Based Setting |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
KARIN EARLE-WILLIAMS (Kinark Child and Family Services; Central East Preschool Autism Services), Nancy Defina (Kinark Child and Family Services; Central East Preschool Autism Services) |
Abstract: In the current investigation, we used direct and indirect measures to assess and treat aggression in a four-year old boy with ASD. A comprehensive functional assessment, including the informant based interviews, direct observation data in the school and home environment and a functional analysis, revealed that the aggressive behavior was maintained primarily by escape from demands. The functional analysis was conducted using the methods described by Iwata, Dorsey, Slifer, Bauman, and Richman (1994). However, two separate conditions examined the escape from demand function. In the first demand condition instructions were given with no error correction whereas the second condition included an error correction. The data indicated that the intensity of the aggressive response increased when demands were paired with error correction. Finally, a treatment was developed on the basis of these analyses in consideration with the limitations of delivering intervention in a community based setting.
This intervention is currently in the early stages of implementation. Data will be presented on the outcome of treatment. |
|
|
26. The Effect of Behavior Momentum Across Response Classes |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
SOYOUNG YOON (Hawthorne Country Day School), Melissa Donato (Hawthorne Country Day School), Meghan McDermott (Hawthorne Country Day School) |
Abstract: According to Mace, Hock, Lalli, West, Belfiore, Pinter, and Brown (1988), behavioral momentum refers to the tendency for behavior to persist following a change in environmental conditions. The greater the rate of reinforcement, the greater the behavioral momentum (Ducharme & Worling, 1994). Even though there have been many studies that investigated behavior momentum in compliance behaviors, little studies have investigated the effect of the procedure on other behaviors such as verbal behavior or imitative skills. Thus, the purpose of this study was to further investigate the effect of presenting a sequence of trial(s) that had high probability of reinforcement prior to presenting a target trial on the number of correct responses in the target trials.Two male participants with autism participated in this study. Among their programs, stating information for participate A and imitating gross motor movement for participant B were chosen for this study because participants had shown variable responses at mid to high level in those programs indicating the problems were based on reinforcement issues. Clapping hands and tapping knees were chosen to be presented prior to target trial presentation for participant A because he had mastered that skills and often reinforced by imitating and interacting with the experimenter. Stomping feet while rolling arms was chosen to be presented prior to target trial for participant B because he was also reinforced by the activity.Results from this study, using a multiple baseline across participants and behaviors with pre-behavioral momentum, behavioral momentum and post behavior momentum, demonstrated that sequencing low probability of target responses with high probability of responses was very effective on increasing target responses. Both participants quickly achieved criteria even after the sequencing procedure was withdrawn. Further investigation is necessary to examine other related variables such as schedule of reinforcement or matching law. |
|
|
27. The Use of Functionally Equivalent Alternative Responses to Eliminate an Aberrant Behavior |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
EDEL J. BLAKE (Sussex Consortium, Delaware Autism Program) |
Abstract: Students with autism often times demonstrate aberrant behaviors that challenge or prevent their particpation in various community and school environments. The student in the following described study engaged in a behavior that hindered his progress and adaptation in various environments and compromised his own health and safety. More specifically, an AB design was used with a young man, aged 14 years with autism, who frequently destroyed objects in his immediate surroundings. His baseline rate ranged from 3.2 destructive acts per day, (September 2001), to 2 per day, (Spetember 2002). Treatment and maintenance procedures involved teaching the student to engage in activites that replaced his destructive acts with functionally equivalent alternatives. This intervention improved the student's level of functioning and showed an inverses relationship between the acquisition of an alternative response and an aberrant behavior. |
|
|
28. Teaching Siblings of Children with Autism ABA techniques to Improve their Interactions |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
LAURA KENNEALLY (Advance, Inc.), Lori A. Lorenzetti (Advance, Inc.), Justin A. DiDomenico (Advance, Inc.), Kathleen McCabe-Odri (Partners in Learning, Inc.) |
Abstract: Research has shown that siblings of children with autism do not develop typical “peer” sibling relationships. Children with Autism often engage in bizarre behavior and yet do not have the ability to form emotional attachments. This can create an unbalanced and unhealthy relationship. Few studies have shown how siblings can learn basic ABA skills in order to improve their relationship. In this study, siblings were taught to identify problem behaviors and systematically shape their bother’s and sister’s behavior. Using minimal training, which included peer video modeling, siblings were able to teach their brother to engage in basic skills. A follow-up study indicates that the number of positive interactions have maintained for 5 of the 6 sibling pairs. Pre and Post Interviews with parents and siblings showed positive changes in the sibling relationship. The simple and successful training program could be used by parents or special educators with minimal support. |
|
|
29. Sequential Use of Video Modeling and Audio Scripts to Teach pretend Play to Preschoolers with Autism |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
KARA A. REAGON (Utah State University), Katie Endicott (Utah State University), Thomas S. Higbee (Utah State University) |
Abstract: There has been a growing body of literature in the field of applied behavior analysis in which researchers have effectively employed interventions to teach a variety of skills using video technology; specifically video modeling, video instruction, and video feedback with individuals with autism. Children with autism have responded positively to video modeling, partially due to the fact that some children with autism have a tendency to echo back the contents of videos. Because of this tendency and since many children with autism have deficits in the areas of play and language, researchers implementing video modeling technology have focused primarily on teaching appropriate play skills and conversational language. Another technique used to teach children to engage in conversation has been the use of script and script fading procedures with text in which textual prompts are used to help teach language and then are systematically faded back to front. The purpose of this study is to investigate the effectiveness of sequential use of video models and scripts to teach pretend play, first implementing a video model to teach appropriate play and then audio scripts to teach contextual language. |
|
|
30. Empirically Deriving Sensory Alternatives to Self-Stimulatory Behavior Through Use of Preference Assessment |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
KRISTALEA A. SNOWDON (Melmark), Grace E. Evans (Melmark), Jamie Pagliaro (Melmark) |
Abstract: This study examined the effects of an empirically derived sensory item preference in decreasing self-stimulatory behavior. Specifically, a 12-year-old male diagnosed with pervasive developmental disorder, severe mental retardation and attention deficit hyperactivity disorder who engaged in high rates of self-stimulatory behavior was provided free access to a tactile sensory item. It was hypothesized that his self-stimulatory behavior (i.e., tapping shirt or head) was automatically maintained. Initially, the individual was exposed to twenty sensory items recommended by caregivers. His response to those items was observed and recorded (i.e., manipulating in excess of 15 seconds, looking away, resisting removal and engaging in self-stimulatory behavior). From that assessment, seven were chosen and ranked using a forced-choice preference assessment (Fisher, et al., 1992). Compared to baseline when no sensory items were available, momentary time sample data with inter-observer agreement indicated dramatic reductions in self-stimulatory behavior when the individual had free access to the top-ranked sensory item. The treatment was then generalized across the day and settings. Results suggest that careful analysis of sensory item preferences can be an important step in developing treatment packages for self-stimulatory behavior. |
|
|
31. Functional Analysis and Treatment of Escape-maintained Noncompliant Behaviors in a Classroom Setting |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
JANICE E. GABOURY (University of Nevada, Reno), Linda J. Parrott Hayes (University of Nevada, Reno), Rachel S. F. Tarbox (University of Nevada, Reno) |
Abstract: Problem behaviors related to instructional demands in a classroom were first verified as to their function by means of a functional analysis conducted in the classroom setting. Interobserver agreement calculated for 25% of sessions was 82%. The behaviors were found to be escape-motivated. Three young children with autism participated. Two intervention procedures were compared and their effects evaluated using a multielement, multiple baseline across subjects design. Treatment 1 consisted of a differential reinforcement wherein social reinforcement and edible reinforcement were offered to the subject on an fixed ratio 1 schedule contingent on compliance, while problem behavior resulted in escape. Treatment 2 was a noncontingent reinforcement procedure wherein social reinforcement and potent edible reinforcement were offered on a fixed time schedule, independent of the student’s behavior; problem behavior resulted in escape. Results are discussed in terms of effectiveness of antecedent versus consequent interventions, and contingent versus noncontingent positive reinforcement. |
|
|
32. A Student-Selected Schedule Procedure to Increase Participation in a Young Boy With Autism |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
LEIGH-ANNE MALIO (New England Center for Children), Melissa Aubuchon (AWRSD Meeting House School), William L. Holcomb (New England Center for Children) |
Abstract: A descriptive analysis for a seven-year-old boy with autism indicated that during teacher-selected activities sustained participation was minimal and was accompanied by high rates of aberrant behavior. Teacher-selected activities were then removed and an intervention developed in which the student’s activities were self-selected, and participation increased from baseline. The effects of the intervention were evaluated by alternating weeks in which the student selected the activities with weeks in which the teacher-selected activities were yoked to the student’s selection from the preceding week. Sessions were conducted across six-hour school days, five days a week for a total of 26 days. Independent observer agreement data were collected during 15 days and ranged between 99-100%. Participation was consistently and dramatically higher during the student selected week. The implications of the findings on future interventions to increase student participation in teacher-selected activities are discussed. |
|
|
33. An Evaluation of the Relationship Between Certain Stereotypic Behaviors and the Number of Skills Mastered in a Curriculum Program Based on Applied Behavior Analysis |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
ZBIGNIEW GOLONKA (The Institute of Professional Practice, Inc.), Erica Q. Smith (The Institute of Professional Practice, Inc.), Marianna Jensen (The Institute of Professional Practice, Inc.), Jody Mazaleski (The Institute of Professional Practice, Inc.) |
Abstract: Previous research indicates that there is an inverse relationship between level of skills and reduction in stereotypy. However, our day-to-day clinical work suggests that this relationship is not always clear. First, we observe that, for certain individuals who engage in multiple topographies of stereotypic behaviors, often a decrease in one topography leads to an increase in another (i.e., on average, the rates of stereotypic behaviors remain the same). For another group of individuals, a new form of stereotypy is established. In order to better understand these relations, different program variables were evaluated in this study. The targeted children were children with autism, ages 3 years and older, who were enrolled in a program employing the principles of applied behavior analysis (ABA) in their local public schools. To evaluate the possible relationship between different types of stereotypic behaviors and different components of an ABA-based curriculum program, data were collected on different types of stereotypic behaviors, number of skills and items mastered, and number of hours of services received per month. Behavioral data were collected using the existing system of data collection. Baseline data were the average rate (duration) of the targeted behaviors during the last 20 school days of data collected, and each targeted behavior was coded separately. The different patterns of relations between the sterotypic behaviors and mastered items and skills were established. |
|
|
34. Toilet Training in the Applied Setting: You’re In Control |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
KARI DUNLAP (Crossroads Center for Children), Helen Bloomer (Crossroads Center for Children) |
Abstract: Toilet training is often a skill that is difficult to teach children with severe delays and minimal awareness. However, the importance of this life skill overrides the practical difficulties of teaching this complex skill. The purpose of this project was to toilet train a 4 ½ year old child diagnosed with autism. His mother had been unsuccessful at training him at home, but had been attempting toilet training for over 1 ½ years. Teachers began by using a 5-minute dry pants inspection in conjunction with sitting on the toilet for 10 of every 30 minutes. We then moved to 15 minutes of sitting on the toilet and 15 minutes standing in or near (within 2 feet) of the bathroom in underwear only. If urination began, teachers immediately prompted the child to go into the bathroom for successful voiding on the toilet. The results have been that the child is increasing voiding in the toileting, decreasing the number of accidents in his clothes, and decreasing the reliance on teachers’ prompts. |
|
|
35. Effects of Functional Communication Training on Decreasing Screaming Behaviors by an Elementary Student with Autism |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
CHRISTINE MONTALTO (Hawthorne Country Day School), Sayaka Endo (Hawthorne Country Day School) |
Abstract: This study examined if a functional communication training could effectively decrease inappropriate screaming behaviors that a 10-year old elementary student with autism showed. The student, who participated in the study, communicated with gestures and a 16-picture communication devise. However, he sometimes exhibited inappropriate behaviors to express his wants and needs to others; he, on average, screamed in his classroom 30 times a day. In this study, a functional analysis was first conducted to find out the function of his screaming behaviors, finding out that he screamed in order to get attention. As an alternative behavior for screaming, pressing a “Look!” button of a communication devise was taught. After the functional communication training, the screaming decreased and the spontaneous use of a “Look!” button increased. |
|
|
36. Factors Affecting the Success of School Inclusion for Children with Autistic Spectrum Disorders |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
EMMA M. WADDINGTON (University of Swansea, Wales), Lisa A. Osborne (University of Swansea, Wales), Mark Corness (University of Swansea, Wales), Phil Reed (University of Swansea, Wales) |
Abstract: The impact of mainstream school inclusion on children with autism compared to their special school peers will be assessed. The role of ABA home programmes and ABA schools will be evaluated as part of this project. A two-year longitudinal study of identified children in mainstream and special education will evaluate the relative merits of each across multiple dimensions. These dimensions will include: intellectual, educational, social, and family functioning. Factors promoting the success of inclusion of pupils with autistic problems will also be evaluated. Pupils falling into three age groups will be studied: 5-6, 9-10, and 13-14 years. The study will directly examine the impact inclusion on a variety of aspects of the pupils' abilities. Two sets of pupils, one included in mainstream and one in special education. The groups will be evaluated at identification, and then a further two times over the two years of the study. Thus, a two-group by three-age by three-evaluation design will be adopted. The initial results will be reported in this poster. |
|
|
37. Acquisition of Social Skills to Solve the Problem Situation in a child with Autism |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
SHINZO ISAWA (Hyogo University of Teacher Education, Japan), Hironubu Shimoda (Bunkyo University, Japan) |
Abstract: This study was to teach social skills to solve the problem situation based on ecological inventory in a child with Autism, and to have used the model video and behavior rehearsal in order to do " control by rule " more effectively. Instructor was requested to subject by verbal instruction that "Please go to ~(the place’s name) and bring a ~(the object’s name), and subject was to have to obey it. It was set four task conditions of combinations of the unknown stimuli and the known stimuli. The three type’s social skills, type 1:mand for instruction (just after the instructions presentation), type 2:mand for instruction (on the way of instructions accomplishment), and type 3 :tact (for instructor after coming back) were decided as for the target behaviors, that is "Where is ~" to unknown stimuli. The teaching was consisted of (1) the presentation of "rule card" and explanation, (2) model video, (3) behavior rehearsal. As a result of teaching, subject was used target behaviors possible, and in particular there was much use of type 1. In addition, it was shown that target behaviors did occurrence in generalization’s episode in subject's school. |
|
|
|
|
#90 Poster Session – BPH |
Saturday, May 29, 2004 |
5:30 PM–7:00 PM |
Exhibit Hall D (Hynes) |
|
38. Behavioral Effects of OxyContin in the Rat: Acute and Short-Term Chronic Exposure |
Area: BPH; Domain: Applied Research |
RACHEL GREY (Allegheny College), Rodney D. Clark (Allegheny College) |
Abstract: Rats were trained to lever-press under an FR5 schedule of water presentation. Dose-response determinations were made for OxyContin (0.3, 1.0, 1.7, and 3.0 mg/kg). The rats were then exposed to interperitonial injections (1.0 mg/kg) of OxyContin four times daily at evenly space intervals for four consecutive days. Data were recorded and analyzed. OxyContin produced dose-related decreases in responding under acute conditions. Responding initially decreased for the first and second days under the chronic treatment. On the final two days of chronic treatment, responding was nearly equal to prechronic control levels. Withdrawal from chronic exposure lasted five consecutive days and produced decreases in responding for the first three days. |
|
|
39. Stereo Selective Behavioral Effects of NMDA and NMLA in the Rat |
Area: BPH; Domain: Applied Research |
SARAH ELIZABETH PACKOSKY (Allegneny College), Rodney D. Clark (Allegheny College) |
Abstract: Rats were trained under a VI 10 sec. schedule of water presentation. Dose response determinations for NMDA (1.0, 10.0, 17.0, and 30.0 mg/kg) and NMLA (1.0, 10.0, 17.0 and 30.0 mg/kg) were obtained. Response rates decreased in a dose-dependant manner for the NMDA treatment. However, for the NMLA there were only slight decreases across the doses studied. Selected doses of the non-competative NMDA receptor antagonists MK-801 and Ketamine were concurrently administered with doses of NMDA or NMLA. |
|
|
40. The Effect of Chronic MDMA on Delayed Matching-to-Sample Performance in Rats |
Area: BPH; Domain: Applied Research |
DAVID N. HARPER (Victoria University of Wellington, New Zealand), Lincoln S. Hely (Victoria University of Wellington, New Zealand), Maree J. Hunt (Victoria University of Wellington, New Zealand), Susan Schenk (Victoria University of Wellington, New Zealand), Regan Wisnewski (Victoria University of Wellington, New Zealand) |
Abstract: There is some debate as to whether MDMA ("ecstasy") produces lasting memory-task impairments in non-human animals. The present study examined the effects of chronic MDMA exposure (at a level that produces notable neurological & behavioral changes) on pre-trained delayed matching-to-sample performance in rats. MDMA produced no effect on delayed matching-to-sample performance compared to saline controls. However, further testing demonstrated that MDMA-treated rats were considerably slower at acquiring a novel untrained delayed nonmatching-to-sample task. Therefore, MDMA produced a deficit with respect to acquisition of a new conditional discrimination rule rather than an impairment with respect to ongoing performance in an existing conditional discrimination task. |
|
|
41. Failure to Observe Contingent Tolerance to Effects of Cocaine in Pigeons |
Area: BPH; Domain: Applied Research |
JULIE A. MARUSICH (University of Florida), Marc N. Branch (University of Florida) |
Abstract: The purpose of the present experiment was to investigate the development of tolerance to effects of cocaine administered before or after the experimental session. Pigeons' keypecking was reinforced under fixed ratio 20 (FR 20) schedule. Acute effects of cocaine were assessed. Subjects were divided into two matched groups, based on each subject's initial dose-response curve, and a dose of cocaine that produced a moderate rate decreasing effect on responding was administered daily either before the experimental session (Presession Group) or immediately after (Postsession Group) the experimental session. Tolerance to the effects of cocaine was observed in all subjects in the Presession Group, and in two of three subjects in the Postsession Group. Subjects in both groups were then switched to the opposite drug regimen. Only one subject developed further tolerance after being changed from postsession to presession administration. Subjects on postsession administration showed a loss of tolerance compared to that displayed after presession administration. |
|
|
42. Effects of Chronic Nicotine and its Removal on Impulsive Choice |
Area: BPH; Domain: Applied Research |
MATTHEW L. LOCEY (University of Florida), Bethany R. Raiff (University of Florida), Julie A. Marusich (University of Florida), Jesse Dallery (University of Florida) |
Abstract: Recent research suggests that cigarette smokers are more impulsive than non-smokers. However, the extent to which nicotine affects impulsive choice remains unclear. The present study examined the effects of chronic nicotine on impulsive choice by using an adjusting delay procedure. Five rats chose between a delayed 3-pellet reinforcer and an immediate single pellet reinforcer. The delay to the 3-pellet reinforcer was adjusted until choice reflected indifference between the alternatives. After stable baseline responding, subjects were exposed to acute and then chronic nicotine administration. Dose-dependent increases in impulsivity under acute dosing were replaced by global, dose-independent, increases in impulsive choice following chronic administration. Nicotine administration was then terminated which resulted in an eventual return towards baseline levels of impulsivity. These findings suggest important implications for the effects of nicotine and its removal on impulsive choice. |
|
|
43. Ethanol Effects on Experiential and Hypothetical Delay Discounting Procedures |
Area: BPH; Domain: Applied Research |
BRADY A. REYNOLDS (University of Chicago), Jerry B Richards (University of Buffalo, State University of New York), Harriet DeWitt (University of Chicago) |
Abstract: The Experiential Discounting Task (EDT) is a newly developed procedure for assessing state changes in delay discounting behavior. Unlike typical question-based delay discounting procedures, which involve delays and reinforcers beyond the experimental context, the EDT requires participants to experience choice-relevant consequences (delays and monetary reinforcers) during the measurement procedure. This procedural difference is expected to make the EDT more sensitive to state changes in discounting. In a preliminary study, participants (N=11) completed the EDT as well as a question-based delay discounting procedure and a drug-effects questionnaire following placebo or ethanol consumption (0.4 and 0.8 g/kg). Based on non-human research and anecdotal accounts it was hypothesized that ethanol would increase discounting. Alcohol dose-dependently increased ratings of feeling high and feeling drug. The doses of alcohol increased discounting on the EDT but not on the question-based procedure. These findings suggest that the EDT may be more sensitive to state changes in discounting, such as those induced by ethanol. |
|
|
44. Human Methadone Self-administration: The Generalized Matiching Law and the Response-strength Equation |
Area: BPH; Domain: Applied Research |
R. STOCKTON MAXWELL (Temple University), Ralph Spiga (Temple University), Richard A. Meisch (University of Texas), John Grabowski (University of Texas) |
Abstract: Background: Herrnstein’s matching law, a quantitative model of choice, recently has been applied to drug self-administration in nonhumans. In humans the matching law has been applied only to choices for monetary but not drug reinforcers. In these studies estimates of important parameters of the Matching Law have not been robust. The present study examined whether in humans the generalized matching law describes the relation between relative responding and relative drug intake on concurrent variable interval variable interval schedules of drug reinforcement. Also examined was whether Herrnstein’s response-strength equation describes the relation between rate of response and rate of drug reinforcement.
Methods: Methadone-maintained patients stabilized on 80 mg per day of methadone were recruited and trained to button press for repeated deliveries of small volumes (10 ml) of 0.08 mg/ml methadone solution. In one phase deliveries of methadone or vehicle solution were arranged under concurrent variable interval variable interval (conc VIx VIx) schedules of reinforcement. The mean interval for the methadone and for the vehicle options was 60, 90, 120, 180, and 240s. During another phase responding on either of two buttons produced methadone solution. For the concurrently available standard option the mean interval was 60, 90, 120, 180 or 240s. For the concurrently available standard option the mean interval was a constant 120s.
Results: When methadone and vehicle were available methadone was preferred to vehicle. The response-strength equation described the relation between rate of response and rate of methadone delivery. When methadone was available at either option the generalized matching law described the relation between relative response allocation and methadone intake. The results extend the generality of the matching law to human drug self-administration. The study demonstrated the importance of reinforcement context as a determinant of human behavioral allocation. |
|
|
45. Effects of THC on human free operant cooperative responding |
Area: BPH; Domain: Applied Research |
DEBORAH ANNE HAAS (Temple University), Ralph Spiga (Temple University) |
Abstract: Background: Marijuana (Delta-9 THC) effects conversational and aggressive behavior. This study examined effects of Delta-9 THC on human free-operant responding in two groups of marijuana smokers: regular and occasional users.Methods: The effects of THC (4, 8, &12 puffs of a 2.64% content cigarette) on human cooperative behavior were examined. THC or placebo was administered 30 minutes before the second of five trials. The four trials occurred at 30, 60, 90, & 120 minutes after drug or placebo administration. During the first of two alternating schedule components, the Alone component, button presses were maintained by a random interval (RI) 60-s schedule of point additions to a counter marked “Your Earnings”. During the second, Choice, component a concurrent RI 60-s RI 60-s schedule maintained button presses on two manipulanda. Participants were instructed that they were paired with another person and could earn points working with or independently of this person. Working together, the cooperative response, simultaneously produced points on counters marked “Your Earnings” and “Other’s Earnings.” Working independently on the concurrently available alternatives added points to the counter marked “Your Earnings.” The other person was computer simulated Results: The data shows that regular users were more likely to have a history of childhood conduct disorder, respond less cooperatively during baseline, and have smaller dose related increases in heart rate. Peak behavior effects occurred 30 min. after Delta-9 THC administration.
This research was supported by NIDA Grant # DA-06633 |
|
|
46. Developing a Behavioral Procedure for Measuring CFF in Rats Exposed to Methylmercury on a Low and High DHA Diet |
Area: BPH; Domain: Applied Research |
JOHN C. HEATH (Auburn University), M. Christopher Newland (Auburn University) |
Abstract: Methylmercury has a detrimental effect on vision while DHA, an omega-3 fatty acid, has an advantageous effect. Critical Fusion Frequency (CFF) is a standard method of testing for visual defects. Current methods of obtaining CFF in rats has been either a conditioned suppression technique, using startle response, surgical techniques to test specific areas of the visual cortex or methods to measure flash evoked potentials .A procedure was developed to measure CFF using positive reinforcement (food) and mild punishment (tone and blackout). This method enables developmental and age related testing without subjecting the rats to aversive stimuli that may have an effect on the results. Subjects, exposed to 0.0ppm, 0.5ppm, and 5.0ppm of methylmercury on either a high or low DHA diet, were tested on ascending and descending frequencies. Psychophysical curves were produced demonstrating the viability of this procedure. |
|
|
47. Modulating Effects of Environmental Enrichment and Fatty Acids on Mercury-Induced Behavioral Alterations |
Area: BPH; Domain: Applied Research |
ASHLEY FURR (College of Charleston), Alyssa Millard (College of Charleston), Lorie Sturtevant (College of Charleston), Erin B. Rasmussen (College of Charleston) |
Abstract: The modulating roles of fatty acid diets and enriched environments were examined in animals prenatally exposed to the toxicant methlymercury. Female rats were exposed prenatally to 0 or 5 ppm methylmercury and low or high fatty acid diets. When the offspring were born, they were placed in either enriched environments or impoverished environments. In the enriched environment, pups were pair-housed for four months in transparent cages and interactive “toys” were added to the environment. In the impoverished environment, pups were housed individually in opaque cages with no interactive “toys”. The behavior of the offspring was examined at four months of age and has continued as they have aged. No differences attributable to mercury, diet, or enrichment were found in growth or in performance of differential reinforcement of high rate (DRH) 9:4 schedule, in which pressing a lever 9 times within four seconds produced sweetened water, at six to nine months. At a year and half, a significant main effect of diet and environment exists, but no mercury effects have been demonstrated. |
|
|
48. Preliminary Affects of Abilify on Severe Problem Behavior Exhibited by Individuals with Emotional Disorders |
Area: BPH; Domain: Applied Research |
CHRISTINE STRICKLAND (AdvoServ), Cori Morneau (AdvoServ), Tara Lieblein (AdvoServ), Cheryl L. Ecott (AdvoServ) |
Abstract: Abilify is a relatively new anti-psychotic medication typically prescribed for the treatment of schizophrenia (Center for Drug Evaluation and Research, 2002). It has been prescribed occasionally for the treatment of severe problem behavior. At a private-residential school Abilify was prescribed for six individuals, four adolescents and two adults, who engaged in severe problem behaviors. An AB design was used to preliminarily identify the effects of Abilify on problem behavior. Severe problem behavior decreased for four of the six individuals. Overall, staff reported the use of more appropriate social skills for the individuals with whom the results suggested improved behavior.
Despite confounds in the current study because of other pharmacological and behavioral changes, an inability to utilize a reversal design due to the decrease in problem behavior for four individuals, potential ethical concerns, and limited research on the use of Abilify to treat severe problem behavior in adults and children (Center for Drug Evaluation and Research, 2002) the current study should prompt more research on the use of Abilify when treating individuals with emotional disorders. |
|
|
49. Minimization of the Use of Psychotropic Medications in a Large Residential Facility |
Area: BPH; Domain: Applied Research |
ROBERT VON HEYN (Judge Rotenberg Educational Center), Matthew L. Israel (Judge Rotenberg Educational Center), Timothy J. H. Paisey (Judge Rotenberg Educational Center), Patricia Rivera (Judge Rotenberg Educational Center), MaryEllen Kelley (Judge Rotenberg Educational Center) |
Abstract: The Judge Rotenberg Educational Center, a residential treatment program, serves over 150 behaviorally disordered clients ranging in age from 7 to 45. Some residents had diagnoses of Mental Retardation or Autism and others had various DSM-IV-R diagnoses ranging from Conduct Disorder to Schizophrenia. The majority of the clients were admitted to the facility on one or more psychotropic medications. In nearly every case the clients were weaned off all of their psychotropic medications without any negative effect. On the contrary, most students exhibited positive effects such as a deceleration of their negative behaviors, weight loss and an increased ability to concentrate on academics. Treatment consisted of highly structured consistent behavioral programming across all settings, precision teaching, behavioral counseling and, in some cases, supplemented with court approved contingent skin shock. Frequency data were collected 24 hours a day on all behaviors targeted for deceleration. Data will be presented summarizing diagnoses, medications and the behavioral improvement seen across all clients. |
|
|
50. Effects of Ritalin on the Disruptive Behavior of an Autistic Adolescent: A Structured Medication Evaluation |
Area: BPH; Domain: Applied Research |
LAURA L. GROW (Marcus Autism Center), Robert LaRue (Marcus Autism Center), Joanna Lomas (Marcus Autism Center), Henry S. Roane (Marcus Autism Center) |
Abstract: Children with diagnoses such as Pervasive Developmental Disorder (PDD) frequently display problem behaviors such as aggression, self-stimulatory behavior and disruption. Stimulant medications, such as Ritalin, are often prescribed to children who exhibit these behaviors as part of a behavior management plan. However, systematic medication assessments involving direct observation of behavior, rather than anecdotal information or rating scales are typically not conducted. In the current investigation, we conducted a formal medication evaluation to determine the effects of Ritalin on a child’s inappropriate behavior. Functional analysis conditions were conducted on and off Ritalin in a multielement within a reversal design. Results indicated that higher levels of aggression were observed in the demand condition while the child was on medication. However, higher rates of disruptive and spitting behaviors were observed while the child was off medication. Results also showed that engagement with toys during the toy play condition was lower when the child was on medication. These data may suggest that Ritalin may have served as an establishing operation for escape in the demand condition. This study suggests that formal medication assessments may assist in determining whether or not medication is necessary in the treatment of maladaptive behavior. |
|
|
51. Using Precision Teaching to Increase Medication Knowledge in Adults Diagnosed with a Mental Illness |
Area: BPH; Domain: Applied Research |
STACI L. SAYLORS (University of the Pacific), Xeres Delmendo (University of the Pacific), Tina Hopson (University of the Pacific) |
Abstract: The participants for this study will include independent adults diagnosed with a mental illness, as well as students and staff from a four year university who are not diagnosed with a mental illness. Precision teaching will be used to increase fluency of medication knowledge. The average length of time for 5 diagnosed and 5 undiagnosed participants to answer all medication knowledge questions will be collected to set initial time intervals for training. Once a participant has reached fluency, time intervals will be reduced by 5 seconds, until the participant is no longer reducing the number of errors. Results from the two populations will be compared. |
|
|
|
|
#91 Poster Session – CBM |
Saturday, May 29, 2004 |
5:30 PM–7:00 PM |
Exhibit Hall D (Hynes) |
|
52. The Effectiveness of Parents in Treating Thumb and Finger-sucking using the Habit Reversal Treatment Combined with Basic Child Development and Behaviorally-oriented Parenting Information |
Area: CBM; Domain: Applied Research |
BLAKE NUNN (San Jose State University, Department of Psychology), R. Gregory Nunn (National University and San Diego City Schools) |
Abstract: Thumb and fingersucking (thumbsucking hereafter) are probably the first habits identified by parents of young children. These problems have been shown to cause and aggravate dental and speech problems in addition to being aesthetically unappealing. Because approximately 4o% of children have these problems, a variety of interventions have been developed to treat them. The present study of 8 children evaluated the effectiveness of parents in treating their child’s thumbsucking, at home and school, using the Habit Reversal Treatment combined with basic child development and behaviorally-oriented parenting information. Using a multiple baseline, across subjects design, parents learned to record their child’s frequency of thumbsucking, to identify their beliefs regarding their child’s “need” for thumbsucking, and then learned how to independently treat their child's thumbsucking using the Habit Reversal Procedures. The Habit Reversal Treatment reduced thumbsucking by 80% and 90% at school and home, respectively, at the end of one week, 100% at school and home at one-month, and by 100% in both environments at the 8 and 12-month follow-up periods. Reliability of data recording between parents and teachers was assessed at pretreatment and at 1-week and one month after treatment began. In all cases, agreement was above 80% of the intervals observed. |
|
|
53. Behavioral Healthcare Services in Primary Care: Increasing Medical Staff Knowledge of Common Behavioral Interventions |
Area: CBM; Domain: Applied Research |
RACHEL J. VALLELEY (University of Nebraska Medical Center), Jodi A. Polaha (University of Nebraska Medical Center), Joseph H. Evans (University of Nebraska Medical Center) |
Abstract: Healthcare professionals have increasingly realized the benefits of integrating behavioral healthcare services into primary care settings where most parents first raise concerns regarding their child’s behavior. One primary benefit appears to be increased consultation and collaboration regarding patient care. This study explored a further advantage of having behavioral healthcare services provided in primary care settings. Specifically, a psychologist providing services within a rural primary care setting presented on common interventions (i.e., time out, job card grounding, intensive toilet training, and habit reversal) for managing childhood behavior problems to the primary care staff. The variable of interest was whether staff knowledge of these interventions could be increased through brief presentations during staff meetings. Pre and post quizzes were given for each topic area with correct responses increasing from on average 49% to 86%. Social validity data was also collected to determine whether staff felt the intervention information was helpful for performing their job duties. Implications for the importance of increasing staff knowledge, particularly in rural communities, will be discussed. Finally, a discussion of the next step for supporting this model of healthcare will be presented. |
|
|
54. Expanding the Mission of Applied Behavior Analysis: Challenges and Opportunities within Medical Settings |
Area: CBM; Domain: Applied Research |
JONATHAN A. WORCESTER (University of South Florida) |
Abstract: The medical setting and its expert-driven model of consultation has long been deemed incompatible with the more collaborative and ecological framework inherent to applied behavior analysis. Likewise, difficulties with third-party reimbursement have made it less practical to provide comprehensive behavioral support to children and families within most medical settings. However, some community-based programs, such as Florida’s Infants and Toddlers Early Intervention Program (EIP), offer the unique opportunity for behavior analysts to make several important contributions that would appear to coincide with the present mission of the Association of Applied Behavior Analysis to promote growth through excellence in research, education, and practice.
The purpose of this poster is to provide an illustration of the challenges and opportunities inherent to conducting applied behavior analysis (ABA) within a community-based medical setting. Specific opportunities will include providing introductions and training to medical professionals and parents in ABA (including dispelling misconceptions as parents select intervention approaches), using multiple measures to identify patterns of challenging behavior, and coaching parents in the use of specific procedures designed to extinguish challenging behavior and/or teach prosocial behavior. Practical limitations will also be addressed relative to conducting systematic behavioral observations and functional assessments, as well as generalization to naturalistic environments. |
|
|
55. Using Behavior Analysis to Assist Pediatric Rehabilitation Staff in Assessment and Treatment for Pain Behavior |
Area: CBM; Domain: Applied Research |
ADRIANNA M. AMARI (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Kristin T. Avis (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Jessica Gibson (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Heather Tencer (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Rachel Piszczor (Kennedy Krieger Institute) |
Abstract: Pediatric rehabilitation patients may exhibit high levels of discomfort associated with medical procedures, post-operative status, therapy demands, and positioning. Overt pain behavior may also be associated with enviromnental contingencies, such as escape from demands or increased social attention. Assessment of pmn behavior may be fwther complicated by a patient's mental health or cognitive status (e.g., is non-verbal, has profound mental retardation).
Behavior analysis methods can assist pediatric rehabilitation staff in operationally defining pain behavior and in differentiating between medically treatable pain behavior and pain behavior maintained by environmental ontingencies. In this study, data are presented on 3 patients diagnosed with cerebral palsy admitted to a rehabilitation hospital. Two of the patients were admitted post-orthopedic surgery, and two of the patients were diagnosed with profound mental retardation.
In one case, an ABAB multiple baseline across settings design was utilized to demonstrate that negative vocalizations were related to specific positioning and medication times. In the two other cases, systematic data collection and analysis across conditions (e.g., medication, no medication by time) assisted the medical team in making discrete medical decisions. In all three cases, subsequent changes in medical management resulted in decreased pain behavior and increased tolerance for rehabilitation demands. |
|
|
56. Consistencies of Time Estimations and Productions of Children With and Without ADHD |
Area: CBM; Domain: Applied Research |
AMANDA G. PHILYAW (University of Arkansas, Little Rock), John J. Chelonis (University of Arkansas, Little Rock), Julie Meaux (University of Central Arkansas, Conway) |
Abstract: Inconsistent behavior is thought to be one of the hallmark characteristics of children with ADHD. This research examined the consistency of performance on a time reproduction task between children with ADHD (n=31) and control children (n=29). Children viewed a stimulus light that was illuminated for one of four durations (3, 6, 12, or 24s), verbally estimated the length of time the light was on, and then depressed a response lever for the same duration. Each stimulus was presented 16 times and a nickel reinforcer was dispensed for correct hold durations. Results indicated that children with ADHD were more variable in their productions at most intervals, and more variable in their estimations only at the 24s interval. These findings demonstrate that children with ADHD exhibit more inconsistent behavior than control children, and that these inconsistencies are task dependant. |
|
|
57. Using Functional Communication as an Antidepressant with Qatari Children with Special Needs |
Area: CBM; Domain: Applied Research |
HAKAM KAIR (Shafallah Center for Children with Special Needs), Samir Hamdash (Shafallah Center for Children with Special Needs), Eman El - Hajj (Shafallah Center for Children with Special Needs), Ida El Sherawi (Shafallah Center for Children with Special Needs) |
Abstract: Some children with Special needs like others will suffer from emotional distress and in some instances depression as a result of their inability to express their needs and connect with their environment. Qatari kids have another element to add to this problem represented in none Arabic speaking house mades who are the primary care taker and their main outlet for communication into their environment.
This poster session will show the different aspects of this problem and will attempt to propose and evaluate some interventions to teach communication by Arabic speaking individuals and will show the depressing effects of the absence of functional communication skills. It will also show the improvement in the depressed mood status of these children marked with positive behavioral symptoms which are driven by successful learning and using functional communication. |
|
|
58. Operant Control of Peripheral Blood Flow in Children |
Area: CBM; Domain: Applied Research |
KEITH D. ALLEN (Munroe-Meyer Institute) |
Abstract: Thermal biofeedback is well established as an effective treatment of recurrent headaches in children. What is not well understood is the mechanism of change. One thought is that in biofeedback, the electronic amplification of peripheral blood flow permits an individual to gain operant control of that blood flow, resulting in vasomotor stability and reduction in pain.
While previous treatment studies have suggested that children can produce changes in peripheral blood flow across sessions, there has never been a well-controlled experimental demonstration of this effect. This study was designed to evaluate whether children can acquire differential control of peripheral blood flow using thermal biofeedback training. Children referred for thermal biofeedback training to assist with recurrent pain management were provided with thermal biofeedback training for hand warming. In an ABABAC reversal design, the children were exposed to baseline (A), thermal biofeedback (B), and no-feedback "self-control"(C) conditions. Results indicate that even within session, children can rapidly acquire differential control of peripheral blood flow with biofeedback. Discussion centers on the implications of children gaining clear voluntary control of responses mediated by the autonomic nervous system as well as implications regarding potential mechanisms of action in pain control. |
|
|
59. Killing Two Birds with One Stone: Integrating Behavioral Interventions for Substance Abuse and Child Maltreatment |
Area: CBM; Domain: Applied Research |
TANYA CHRISTOFFEL (University of Pennsylvania School of Medicine), Mary Louise E. Kerwin (University of Pennsylvania School of Medicine), Lois A. Benishek (Treatment Research Institute), Kimberly C. Kirby (Treatment Research Institute) |
Abstract: Approximately 11 percent (8.3 million) of children in the United States live with at least one substance-abusing parent. Substance abuse is known to have both direct and indirect negative effects on parenting skills, and can therefore increase the potential risk for child maltreatment. Despite the association between substance abuse and child maltreatment, there is yet to be developed an empirically supported behavioral treatment that thoroughly addresses both substance abuse and parenting problems. This paper will present a review of empirically supported behavioral interventions for substance abuse, as well as the separate empirically supported behavioral interventions aimed at parenting skills. Based on the results of this review, the possible methods of integrating two empirically supported interventions to produce a single, potentially more effective method of treating substance abuse and parenting problems will be explored. Potential obstacles to this integration and future directions for research will also be discussed. |
|
|
60. Resistance to Appropriate Toileting in a 5-year old Female |
Area: CBM; Domain: Applied Research |
SHERYL A. ROZEMA (Monroe-Meyer Institute), Jodi A. Polaha (Monroe-Meyer Institute) |
Abstract: A 5-year old female, presenting to a Behavioral Health Clinic within her primary care physician’s practice, was reported to have a history of constipation, bowel movements outside the toilet 2-3 times per week and daily stool marks on her underwear. She was reported to demonstrate frequent holding behavior involving leg-crossing. In addition, previous attempts to conduct scheduled toilet sits had resulted in resistance involving crying and whining. A program involving data recording, pants checks and scheduled toilet sits was implemented using a star chart and access to preferred activities. In addition, planned ignoring was implemented in response to her demonstration of holding behavior. After 10 weeks, noncompliant sits and holding behavior were less frequent, stool marks on her underwear were less frequent, and bowel movements in the toilet were more frequent.
Data regarding number of daily toilet sits, compliance and independence with toilet sits, bowel movements in toilet or pants, and frequency of holding behavior were recorded primarily by the client’s mother who, in addition, provided anecdotal information suggesting significant improvement in the client’s toileting behavior and compliance |
|
|
61. Project 12-Ways: An Overview of the Population, Services and Outcomes |
Area: CBM; Domain: Applied Research |
BRANDON F. GREENE (Project 12-Ways, Southern Illinois University), Rosalia M. Fulia (Project 12-Ways, Southern Illinois University), Iris Z. Siegel (Project 12-Ways, Southern Illinois University), Mohd Pisal (Project 12-Ways, Southern Illinois University) |
Abstract: For 25 years, Project 12-Ways has provided in-home behavioral intervention to families with a history of child abuse and neglect. This and accompanying posters will describe: the Project’s mission, target population, strategies and tactics involved in assessment and intervention, and its clinical and long term outcomes. The latter include a measured reduction in child abuse/neglect among families served. The accompanying posters will describe the particulars of assessment and intervention involved in specific cases. They are illustrative of the range of families that are served and the variety of assessment and intervention tactics that are deployed. |
|
|
62. Successful In-Home Treatment of Encopresis in a Girl with Developmental Delays |
Area: CBM; Domain: Applied Research |
SHERYL A. WALKER (Project 12-Ways, Southern Illinois University), Brandon F. Greene (Project 12-Ways, Southern Illinois University) |
Abstract: This study describes the results of the in-home treatment of primary encopresis of an 8 year old girl with developmental delays. The child’s mother, who also cared for a younger son diagnosed with PDD, gathered data reflecting the frequency, time and amount of soiling accidents. Treatment was coordinated with a pediatric gastroenterologist and involved: a series of enemas initially and whenever the child went more than three days without a substantial bowel movement; suppositories for several weeks in the morning to stimulate defecation; dietary changes; frequent toilet sits, particularly at times when accidents were probable. During baseline the child never defecated in the toilet and typically had five soiling accidents each day at home and school. During the initial phases of treatment, the child required frequent prompts to sit on the toilet but began to have substantial bowel movements there with very few accidents. By the end of the study, which spanned over two years, the child was independently having substantial eliminations in the toilet approximately every three days and was accident free. |
|
|
63. Establishing a Leisure Exercise Routine at Home with Two Children with Mental Retardation |
Area: CBM; Domain: Applied Research |
LEIGH KAROLE GRANNAN (Project 12-Ways, Southern Illinois University), Brandon F. Greene (Project 12-Ways, Southern Illinois University) |
Abstract: Exercise has been used for purposes of leisure, reinforcement and punishment among persons with mental retardation in several settings. In this studyexercise was established as a leisure routine for two sisters (ages living at home with their mother. All family members were mentally retarded. The children, who had a history of child abuse and neglect, were particularly likely to engage in behavior problems during idle hours at home. Exercise invovled pedalling on a stationary bike. During baseline both girls were encouraged to pedal, but one pedaled at a variable rate often requiring more than a half hour to pedal two miles. During intervention a board was constructed that displayed two columns of twelve Christmas lights. Each light in one column represented a fractional proprotion of the distance that child was required to pedal; the other represented a fractional proportion of the time limit in which to pedal that distance. Small trinkets, prizes and activities were offered to both children contingent upon meeting the time and distance criteria. Using a changing criterion design the time limit for one girl was gradually lowered and, in a multiple baseline fashion, the distance criterion for both girls was gradually increased. |
|
|
64. The Use of Virtual Self-Modeling to Train Self-Protection Skills Among Children and Adolescents at Risk for Exploitation |
Area: CBM; Domain: Applied Research |
BENJAMIN J. WEEKS (Project 12-Ways, Southern Illinois University), Brandon F. Greene (Project 12-Ways, Southern Illinois University) |
Abstract: This study investigated the use of virtual self-modeling (VSM) to train self-protection skills to four children at risk for exploitation. VSM involves the creation of a digital video of an individual attempting to perform a skill that is not in his/her repertoire. Digital filming is undertaken over several sessions during which the individual is assisted with whatever degree of prompting is necessary to enable him to complete the skill. The film is subsequently edited (digitally “cut and spliced”) into one composite video so that it appears the individual is performing the skill independently. That composite video is then presented to the individual as a “self model” for training purposes. The present study targeted children who often were left unsupervised by adults. The skills involved in VSM included dealing with: strangers on the phone; strangers appearing at the child’s home; and lures by potential abductors. During baseline probes, these children were unskilled at managing such situations. By the technique of VSM, each child was able to observe him/herself manage these situations appropriately. On subsequent probes, the children were observed to be successful at managing these high-risk situations. |
|
|
65. Effects of a Parenting Program on the Interaction between Parents and their Young Children with Behavior Problems |
Area: CBM; Domain: Applied Research |
PABLO COVARRUBIAS (Laboratory of Behavioral Sciences, Mexican Institute of Social Security), Pedro Solis-Camara (Laboratory of Behavioral Sciences, Mexican Institute of Social Security), Marysela Diaz (Laboratory of Behavioral Sciences, Mexican Institute of Social Security), Blanca Iris Rivera (Laboratory of Behavioral Sciences, Mexican Institute of Social Security) |
Abstract: The purpose of this study was to evaluate whether a research-based standardized parenting program could successfully improve the reciprocal interaction between parents and their young children. The program was implemented and evaluated with a 2-group (experimental and control) repeated measures design. It included a pretest, a post-test, follow-up conditions, and a multi-measure assessment protocol. A cognitive-behavioral strategy focusing on child development and topics such as positive reinforcement, extinction and time out, was taught to the parents. Thirty mothers and ten fathers of children with behavior problems (ages = 3-5 years) participated in the parenting program. Results indicated a decrease of parental use of verbal and corporal punishment and an increase of positive nurturing strategies, reduce parental stress, and improve parent perceptions of their child’s behavior. The children’s global pattern of behaviors and their psychosocial adaptation as well as the observed parent-child interactions also improved. |
|
|
66. Teaching Language-Promoting Strategies to Parents at Risk for Child Maltreatment |
Area: CBM; Domain: Applied Research |
KATHRYN M. BIGELOW (Juniper Gardens Children's Project, University of Kansas), Dale Walker (Juniper Gardens Children's Project, University of Kansas) |
Abstract: Parents at risk for maltreatment and who experience risk factors such as poverty and limited education often fail to provide a language-rich environment for their young children. Children’s exposure to language is crucial in the development of communication skills, literacy, school achievement, and social interactions. The effectiveness of an intervention aimed at enhancing the communication promoting strategies of seven parents was evaluated. Identified risk factors among the participating mothers included poverty, limited education, single parenthood, limited social support, or developmental delay. Incidental teaching and milieu language teaching strategies were taught in the context of everyday activities with their toddlers. Target skills included following children’s lead, commenting and labeling, expanding on children’s communication, increasing responsivity, and environmental arrangement. Planned Activities Training, a method of engaging children and structuring daily routines, was also taught. Two multiple-baseline designs across parents demonstrated the effectiveness of the intervention in increasing language promoting strategies and use of Planned Activities Training. Parents also decreased their use of instructions, prohibitions, and negative comments. Further, growth in children’s communication was observed. Interobserver reliability was assessed for 25% of all observations. Reliability percentages were 83% for parent behaviors, 97% for environmental factors, and 85% for child communication. Overall reliability was 84% across all categories. |
|
|
|
|
#92 Poster Session – DDA |
Saturday, May 29, 2004 |
5:30 PM–7:00 PM |
Exhibit Hall D (Hynes) |
|
67. Enhancing the Quality of Vocational Services by Training Individuals with Developmental Disabilities to Become Peer-Mentors |
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research |
STEWART M. SHEAR (Devereux Foundation), Elizabeth DelPizzo-Cheng (Devereux Foundation) |
Abstract: Individuals with developmental disabilities were taught a peer mentoring procedure for instructing other individuals with developmental disabilities at a vocational work site. Six individuals with developmental disabilities were trained on a staff-based teaching curriculum that included: descriptive praise, prompt hierarchy, error correction and task analysis. Successful demonstration of these skills qualified the individuals to become Peer-Mentors. The Peer-Mentors were then randomly assigned to instruct other individuals with disabilities on specific work tasks. Peer-Mentoring data were collected on the correct application of the instructional skills. For the recipients receiving mentoring, data were collected on active engaged time during pre-mentoring, mentoring, and post-mentoring sessions and also for the number of unprompted task responses. In addition, a consumer satisfaction survey was administered to the Peer-Mentors following the completion of the study. The results indicated that the Peer-Mentors could apply the instructional skills with a high degree of accuracy. The recipients increased their active engaged times when compared to baseline but demonstrated few independent steps on the vocational tasks. Reliability data ranged from 80 to 100%. Consumer satisfaction ratings ranged from satisfied to very satisfied. Implications for increasing the quality of current vocational services by using Peer-Mentoring will be discussed. |
|
|
68. Use of Naturalistic Discriminative Stimuli to Facilitate Reinforcement Schedule Thinning |
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research |
CARRIE ELLSWORTH (University of Nevada, Reno), Michele D. Wallace (University of Nevada, Reno), Adel C. Najdowski (University of Nevada, Reno), Nathan Lund (University of Nevada, Reno), Alicia Grauvogel (University of Nevada, Reno) |
Abstract: The utility of naturalistic discriminative stimuli during thinning of reinforcement for alternative behavior was evaluated. Two experiments were conducted with children who demonstrated aggression towards peers. Experiment 1 evaluated a functional analysis procedure in which a peer was present. Results demonstrated that one participant's aggression and the other participant's precursor behaviors to aggression were maintained by access to tangible items. During experiment 2, functional communication training (FCT) was implemented. Periods in which reinforcement was signaled by discriminative stimuli alternated with periods of extinction. Discriminative stimuli were a part of the natural environment. Results demonstrated that problem behavior decreased and FCT responses increased. Results further demonstrated that a procedure utilizing discriminative stimuli during reinforcement schedule thinning for alternative behavior can be effective in decreasing problem behavior and maintaining an alternative response. |
|
|
69. Effectiveness of Care Provider Training in Residential Facilities |
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research |
ERICA JESS (Applied Behavior Consultants, Inc.), Cheri Lynn Beaubiah (Applied Behavior Consultants, Inc.), De'Nise Moseley (Applied Behavior Consultants, Inc.), Marisa Schwartz (Applied Behavior Consultants, Inc.), Caitlin Conklin (Applied Behavior Consultants, Inc.), Kristen Stedfeldt (Applied Behavior Consultants, Inc.), Tara Cummings (Applied Behavior Consultants, Inc.) |
Abstract: The effectiveness of Care Provider Training methods was evaluated within residential facilities using a direct assessment of consumer skill level and the effect on consumer behavior, as well as an indirect assessment of care provider data collection methods. In addition, this study evaluated how knowledge correlated with observed skills and consumer behavior. Consumers were probed before and after the training protocol using a multiple baseline design. Differences between facilities and consumers will be discussed. |
|
|
70. Using Within-Stimulus Prompt-Fading to Teach Auditory-Auditory Non-Identity Matching to Persons with Developmental Disabilities |
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research |
RENE HIEBERT (University of Manitoba, St. Amant Research Centre), Garry L. Martin (University of Manitoba, St. Amant Research Centre), Dickie C. T. Yu (University of Manitoba, St. Amant Research Centre), Sara M. Spevack (University of Manitoba, St. Amant Research Centre), Tricia Corinne Vause (University of Manitoba, St. Amant Research Centre), Duong Nguyen (University of Manitoba, St. Amant Research Centre), Jennifer R. Thorsteinsson (University of Manitoba, St. Amant Research Centre) |
Abstract: Auditory discriminations are necessary for receptive language, but little research has been conducted to teach persons with developmental disabilities auditory-auditory non-identity matching that requires relating sounds that are different. This discrimination may be a bridging task for learning more complex language skills. We evaluated the effectiveness of a within-stimulus prompt-fading procedure to teach persons with developmental disabilities to match different spoken words that go together (e.g., "ice" to "rink" and "ball" to "field"). In a multiple baseline design across three participants, Participant 1 met learning criteria after 1023 training trials (35 sessions) and Participant 2 met learning criteria after 252 training trials (9 sessions). Training for Participant 3 is ongoing. Inter-observer and procedural agreement checks were conducted on 52% and 89% of training trials and averaged 100% and 98%, respectively. The within-stimulus prompt-fading procedure appears to be effective in teaching auditory-auditory non-identity matching. |
|
|
71. Contingent and Background Attention for Child Compliance to Parent Instructions: A Descriptive Analysis |
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research |
LYSIANNE D. KOLT (University of Manitoba), Dickie C. T. Yu (University of Manitoba), Kerri L. Walters (University of Manitoba), Kirsten M. Wirth (University of Manitoba), Garry L. Martin (University of Manitoba), Kristin Campbell (University of Manitoba) |
Abstract: We examined the rates of parental instructions, child compliance, parental attention contingent on compliance, and parental attention for any behaviors (background attention) with five 2-year old children with developmental delays. Each parent-child dyad was videotaped for 10 minutes at home during which the parent was asked to teach the child to play with age-appropriate toys. Data from the videotapes showed a high rate of instructions and requests (mean = 5.2/min) and a low mean rate of compliance per instruction/request (.35). Contrary to anticipated results, a higher mean percentage of compliance to requests (.44) than instructions (.31) was found. Contingent attention for compliance was provided for every instance of compliance, but parents also provided a high rate of attention (mean = .96) regardless of their children’s behavior. The use of descriptive analysis of background contingencies in treatment design will be discussed. Interobserver agreement on parental instructions, requests, compliance, and parental attention averaged .94, ranging from .79-1.00. |
|
|
72. Activity Based Discrete Trial: A More Natural Approach |
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research |
JENNIFER A. BOGIN (James Levine & Associates) |
Abstract: Discrete trial teaching is a method commonly used with young children with developmental delays and pervasive delays such as autism spectrum disorders. While DTT can be a highly effective method for teaching skills to children it is often difficult to generalize the skills taught in a discrete context. It is also difficult to constantly find rewards reinforcing enough for a child to stay at a worktable and attend to an adult chosen activity. This study looks at a method where children are presented with options of different play-based activities with discrete trials embedded in the tasks. The children are allowed to play with the toy or activity for a small amount of time before they are "interrupted" in their play and given a discriminative stimulus pertaining to the activity. The child's answer is then prompted or independently elicited and the child directed playtime continues on. This study demonstrates how an activity-based approach to discrete trial teaching can be an effective and helpful strategy for teaching young children. |
|
|
73. The Use of a Treatment Package to Increase Food Acceptance and Eating Rate |
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research |
NICOLE L. BANK (University of North Texas), Duy Dang Le (The Child Study Center) |
Abstract: This study investigated the effects of a treatment package, which included positive reinforcement, planned ignoring, escape extinction and the “Beat the Clock” game, on the food selectivity of a child diagnosed with Cerebral Palsy. Contingent Attention, delivered on a continuous schedule (FR1), temporarily increased percentage of food acceptance to higher than 90% for two consecutive sessions, but it decreased to approximately 50% during the last session of this condition. Percentage of food acceptance increased to near 100% when escape extinction was added to the FR1 Contingent Attention condition and the mean eating rate was approximately 1.4 bites/minute. A visual feedback system (checked boxes) was added as an attempt to facilitate the thinning of the reinforcement schedule. Both eating rate and percentage of acceptance increased slightly in this condition. The percentage of food acceptance remained at 100% during the Parent Training condition; however, eating rate decreased to under 1.0 bite per minute during the last two sessions of this condition. The implementation of the “Beat the Clock” game resulted in an increase of eating rate to higher than 1.2 bites per minute during the last three sessions of this condition. Moreover, percentage of food acceptance remained at 100% during the last five sessions of this condition. Implications for a need to develop strategies to specifically address eating rate are discussed. Finally, inter-observer agreement data were collected during 45% of sessions. |
|
|
74. Free Play Analysis during Functional Communication Training |
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research |
JOHN F. LEE (University of Iowa), David P. Wacker (University of Iowa), Jay W. Harding (University of Iowa), Wendy K. Berg (University of Iowa), Lisa C. Winborn-Kemmerer (University of Iowa), Muska Ibrahimovic (University of Iowa) |
Abstract: A reported concern of functional analysis methodology is that repeated exposure to contingent reinforcement conditions may result in the “new learning” of problem behavior. The objectives of this study were to evaluate if previously reported topographies of problem behavior would occur under analogue experimental conditions, and generalize to a control condition during treatment. The participant was a 4-year-old boy diagnosed with mental retardation who engaged in severe problem behavior (aggression). All procedures were conducted in his home by his mother. Inter-observer agreement was assessed across 30% of all sessions and averaged 98%. An A-B-C assessment showed that aggression was associated with demands and access to tangibles. Results of a functional analysis conducted within a multielement design showed that aggression occurred consistently during demand and tangible conditions. We next compared a functional communication training (FCT) program for escape-maintained behavior with a control (free play) condition within a reversal design. Results showed that problem behavior (a) occurred only initially during the FCT treatment program, (b) did not generalize to the free play condition, and (c) eventually decreased to zero, or near zero levels. |
|
|
75. Utilization of Computerized Activity Schedules to Decrease Aberrant Behavior and Increase Engagement in Leisure Activities Among Individuals with Traumatic Brain Injury |
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research |
JAMES L. SOLDNER (Southern Illinois University), Ruth Anne Rehfeldt (Southern Illinois University), John M. Guercio (Center for Comprehensive Services) |
Abstract: Activity schedules have been utilized in a variety of habilitation settings to teach individuals with disabilities improved independent functioning, activities of daily living and leisure, as well as a reduction in aberrant behavior. While most studies have used traditional notebook activity schedules, the present study incorporated computerized activity schedules using Microsoft Power Point software. Subjects included four adults with traumatic brain injury who showed a history of aberrant behavior during idle time. All sessions took place in the subject’s living environment to increase on-task and on-schedule behavior while concurrently reducing aberrant behavior. A multiple-baseline across subjects design was used during baseline, training, maintenance, resequencing, and generalization. The training package consisted of a teacher delivering verbal contacts and gestural prompts necessary to maintain engagement. Sessions were 30-minutes in length and enabled subjects to perform a range of successive functional activities independently followed by a reinforcer being delivered for meeting performance criterion. Preliminary results indicate that the teaching techniques produce sustained schedule following with reduced supervision. Reductions in aberrant behavior are expected for all participants. |
|
|
76. Choice Assessment to Evaluate Relative Preference between Parent Attention and Tangibles |
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research |
JAY W. HARDING (University of Iowa), David P. Wacker (University of Iowa), Wendy K. Berg (University of Iowa), Lisa C. Winborn-Kemmerer (University of Iowa), John F. Lee (University of Iowa), Muska Ibrahimovic (University of Iowa) |
Abstract: We conducted a choice assessment to evaluate a child’s relative preference across a selection of tangible items (e.g., television, books) and parent attention. The participant was a 6-year old boy diagnosed with Down syndrome who engaged in aggression and self-injury. All procedures were conducted in the child’s home with his mother serving as therapist. Reversal and concurrent schedules designs were used to evaluate choice assessment results. Inter-observer agreement was assessed across 30% of sessions and averaged 93%. A functional analysis showed that severe problem behavior was maintained by escape from demands and access to tangible items. We next conducted a series of concurrent operant conditions in which the child could choose between items identified as highly preferred, moderately preferred, low preferred, with or without parent attention. Results indicated that the child consistently allocated his time to both highly preferred and moderately preferred items. Parent attention appeared to control the child’s allocation only when highly and moderately preferred items were not available. Results will be discussed with respect to the assessment and treatment of problem behavior. |
|
|
77. Research Review of Toilet Training Literature from 1940 to the Present |
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research |
FRANK R. CICERO (Eden II Programs) |
Abstract: Ellis (1963) published the first article describing a behavioral model of toilet training, an area of research dominated by psychoanalysis up until that point. In the 1970’s there was an abundance of research being conducted in the field of toilet training. Since then, toilet training research has been on a decline. Unfortunately, there continues to be a need for empirically validated toilet training procedures, especially in the field of developmental disabilities (Cicero & Pfadt, 2002).
The current literature review analyzed peer reviewed journal articles on toilet training from 1940 to the present. The articles were analyzed in a variety of ways in order to investigate publishing patterns over time. Analyses were conducted on a) publishing totals by year, b) differing theoretical perspectives with a focus on behavioral theory, c) patterns of behavioral research with regard to daytime enuresis, nighttime enuresis and encopresis, d) the influence of key studies such as Azrin and Foxx (1971) on subsequent research, and e) patterns over time with regard to reinforcement and punishment based procedures. Findings from several additional analyses will also be reported. Results will be presented through graphical displays of objective data. Discussion will focus on the interpretation and impact of the data. |
|
|
78. Using Brief Functional Analysis Methodology as one Method of Monitoring Pica during Medication Manipulations |
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research |
REBECA GRINSTEAD (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Andrew W. Gardner (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Julia T. O'Connor (Kennedy Krieger Institute) |
Abstract: Pica, or the ingestion of inedible objects, is a common problem with people who have an intellectual disability (Ali, 2001). Pica can lead to a variety of health complications that may require surgical interventions. While the etiology of pica remains unclear, hypotheses of nutrition, culture and pharmacology have been advanced (Feldman, 1986). There is little research on the assessment and treatment of medication induced pica with Risperdal. The present study provides an example of medication, pica, and aberrant behavior monitoring using brief functional analysis methodology, parent data collection, and the Conners’ Rating Form - Revised for a 13 year-old Hispanic female diagnosed with Autism. Risperdal had been originally prescribed for hyperactive and aggressive behaviors. In collaboration with her psychiatrist, the dosages of Risperdal were tapered down from .50 mg given twice a day to no medication while data were collected on pica, aggression, and appropriate play behaviors. Results are discussed in relation to linking pica behavior and medication levels. Reliability data were collected for 75% of the sessions averaging 81%. |
|
|
79. Clarifying a Differentiated Functional Analysis when a Type II Error is Suspected |
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research |
KATHARINE GUTSHALL (Kennedy Krieger Institute), David E. Kuhn (Kennedy Krieger Institute) |
Abstract: The clarification of ambiguous or unclear functional analysis results is a growing area of interest among researchers. The current case study, however, represents a situation where differential responding was observed during a pairwise functional analysis (Iwata, Duncan, Zarcone, Lerman, & Shore, 1994) of destructive behavior, but the results were hypothesized to indicate a false positive. The participant was a 17-yr-old female diagnosed with mental retardation and autism. Results of her functional analysis indicated that destructive behavior appeared to be maintained by negative reinforcement in the form of escape. Destructive behaviors were observed at an average rate of 0.34 responses per minute during the demand condition and no target behaviors were observed during the control condition (toy play). Post-hoc analysis of the demand condition revealed that the participant consistently destroyed only certain demand materials. It was suspected that the presence of these materials occasioned destructive behavior, possibly maintained by automatic reinforcement. During a follow-up assessment, similar levels of the target behaviors were observed when those materials were either presented noncontingently (M=0.18) or within a demand context (M=0.21). Furthermore, following a preference assessment of destructible materials, the pairwise functional analysis was repeated using the new materials and a nonsocial function was evident. |
|
|
80. Pairing Modified Signs With Verbal Stimuli to Teach Receptive Identification of Objects to a Young Girl with Rett Syndrome |
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research |
KIMBERLY S. HALTER (Bright Futures, Inc.), Laurance A. Raio (Bright Futures, Inc.) |
Abstract: Individuals with Rett Syndrome often have difficulty acquiring receptive language. A case study is presented in which modified signs are paired with verbal instruction to teach receptive object identification. A process of intervention is outlined including sign and object selection, presentation of stimuli and instructional procedures. Improvement in the comprehension of spoken language was observed when visual supports were utilized. The researchers defined sign language as a visual support therefore prompt-fading is not recommended. Results are discussed along with the need for increased research on the use of sign language to teach receptive language to individuals with Rett Syndrome. |
|
|
81. Evaluation of Computer-assisted Techniques for Measuring Injury Severity |
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research |
DAVID M. WILSON (University of Florida), Brian A. Iwata (University of Florida) |
Abstract: We evaluated the utility of an inexpensive, efficient, and noninvasive technique for measuring the severity of tissue damage produced by self-injurious behavior (SIB). The technique used digital photographs of wounds and computer software to obtain surface- area measurements of wounds. In Study 1, the digital photograph/computer assisted technique was compared to a transparency-based technique in estimating the size of several models of wounds that varied in shape and size. In Study 2, the digital photograph/computer assisted technique was used to document changes over time in the SIB exhibited by a woman diagnosed with Prader-Willi Syndrome, as evidenced by changes in wound size. |
|
|
82. The Effects of Treatment Integrity on Student Performance |
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research |
BRETT J. DINOVI (Devereux New Jersey Center for Autism), Amy Spence (Devereux New Jersey Center for Autism), Karen Woods (Devereux New Jersey Center for Autism), Sarah Sarita DeMarco (Devereux New Jersey Center for Autism) |
Abstract: This study used a multiple baseline across participants to examine the effects of improved treatment integrity on the adaptive behaviors of students with developmental disabilities. A training method using feedback and participatory management strategies demonstrated improvement in the accuracy of treatment plan implementation, as well improvement of the vocal responses from teachers articulating the treatment procedures. Subsequently, this increased the adaptive behaviors of students. Increases in treatment integrity, however, did not result in changes in adaptive behavior for all students, suggesting inefficacious treatments for some. Inter-observer agreement data were gathered indicating reliable results. The implications of these findings for the maintenance of accurate treatment implementation in classrooms and residential settings are discussed. |
|
|
83. Skills of Mentally Retarded Children in Determining and Drawing Emotional Facional Expression |
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research |
S. SUNAY YILDIRIM-DOGRU (Anadolu University, Turkey) |
Abstract: In this study, the skills of Mentally Retarded Childeren in determinig and drawing Emotional Facial Expressions (happiness, sadness and anger) have been evaluated. Research’s study group was made up of 38 mentally retarded students, including 12 girls and 26 boys (7-14 age), who were educated at a special lower class, with entegrated education and who were attending a special training schools. This research was conducted according to the relational scanning model. The data of the research were gathered in three phases. As the first step, the scale of Determination of Facial Expressions was used in order to determine the children’s state of being happy, sad and angry. At the second step, the aim was to have information about their facial expressions by using story-cards, used to tell stories, and by showing them pictures, which may trigger these facial expressions. After representation of story cards, the children were asked to draw these emotional facial expressions in the form of mouth, eyes and eyebrows. As the third and last level of study, picture-word matching method was used. In this level, the children were required to match the appropriate adjective for the facial expressions presented in the story with pictorial facial expression cards represented to them before.
In conclusion, it was found that there was not significant difference between boys and girls in the skills of determining and drawing the emotional facial expressions P<0.05. It was also seen that the childeren in integrated education were more successful in determining and drawing the emotional facial expressions than the other two groups. It was determined that happiness and sadness were the two emotions that the children were most successful in drawing. |
|
|
84. PICA Exchange Program to Decrease PICA Behavior |
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research |
MOHAMMAD I. AL-ATTRASH (Howe Center) |
Abstract: PICA behavior may pose serious health risks and decreasing or eliminating this behavior is crucial for individuals who engage in this type of behaivor. The participant is a 60 year old male with mental retardation who lives in a state institution. After identifying PICA items and the competing reinforcers he was taught to exchange PICA with the competing reinforcers. As a result PICA was eliminated. |
|
|
85. Analogue Functional Analysis of Movements Associated with Tardive Dyskinesia |
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research |
MARIA G. VALDOVINOS (Vanderbilt University), Ada Celeste Roberts (Vanderbilt University), Craig H. Kennedy (Vanderbilt University) |
Abstract: People with developmental disabilities have a history of psychotropic medication use, in particular antipsychotics. Included with other side effects, the most noted effect is tardive dyskinesia, a disorder characterized by uncontrollable movements of the face, trunk, and extremities. We studied whether movements associated with tardive dyskinesia (TD) served operant functions in two men with developmental disabilities. In Study 1, we found that TD-related movements occurred in the Alone and Attention conditions, but not Control or Demand conditions. In Study 2, we contrasted motor tasks with varying types of social reinforcement. Our findings suggest that the TD-related movements were a function of motor activation tasks associated with the conditions in the first study and did not serve an operant function. |
|
|
86. A Reversal Design to Indicate the Effects of Physical Contact on the Problem Behavior of an Adult with Mental Retardation |
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research |
DIANA POLES (Vinfen Corporation), Sharon Prescott (Vinfen Corporation) |
Abstract: AT is a 39-year-old male diagnosed with Mental Retardation, Mental Illness/Schizo-affective Disorder, Autism Spectrum Disorder with Impulse Control Disorder, perseverative and obsessive behavior problems secondary to the ASD diagnosis. AT engages in frequent tantrums with aggression and dangerous elopements/bolting requiring frequent physical intervention from staff. A variety of functional assessment tools and direct observation provided contradictory results and showed no reliable information from which to test a hypothesis. Subsequent to functional assessment, a medical consultation was conducted. The medical consultant suggested that AT might be exhibiting high rates of problem behavior, specifically tantrums and bolts, as a means to acquire and maintain physical restraint for the purposes of sexual stimulation. In order to test the hypothesis of sexual stimulation as a reinforcer for tantrums and bolts a simple reversal design was implemented using an approximation of restraint. A firm, brisk bear hug was applied and lifted throughout treatment. Analysis revealed an increase in target responses during treatment with a decrease during reversal and an overall trend toward reduction. |
|
|
87. Using Video Modeling to Teach Domestic Skills with an Embedded Social Skill to Adults with Moderate and Severe Mental Retardation |
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research |
MELISSA A. BIDWELL (Southern Illinois University), Ruth Anne Rehfeldt (Southern Illinois University) |
Abstract: In this study we assessed whether individuals with moderate to severe mental retardation would acquire a domestic skill, making coffee, along with an embedded social skill, serving and communicating with a peer. Three adults were trained via video modeling. Training took place in a room held for faculty meetings at the individuals work facility. Concurrent generalization probes were taken in a kitchen that was also located at the individual’s work setting. A multiple baseline across subjects design was implemented. During intervention, on a laptop computer the participants viewed a peer making coffee and serving another peer. After viewing the video the participants then made coffee and received verbal praise for each correct step. Preliminary results show that individuals can acquire skills via video modeling. One participant took seven intervention trials to reach criterion. In addition, the skill generalized across settings, people, and stimuli. The other two participants are slowly improving their skills. |
|
|
88. Functional Analysis of Problem Behavior: An Extended Review |
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research |
JESSIEANNA P. BIRRER (Gonzaga University), Katrina Fuher (Gonzaga University), Anne M. Robinson (Gonzaga University), K. Mark Derby (Gonzaga University), Anjali Barretto (Gonzaga University) |
Abstract: Functional analysis has become a commonly used methodology for identifying environmental variables that maintain problem behavior. Given the mandate established by IDEA 1997), its application to more natural environments such as. Extending the review compiled by Hanley, Iwata, and McCord (2003), we completed a descriptive analysis of functional analysis articles published between 1995-2000 to identify differences across a) settings; b) diagnostic groups; c) age groups; d) developmental level. Results are discussed in relation to the generalizability of functional analysis procedures. |
|
|
89. A Model for Conducting Brief Functional Analyses and Brief FCT Probes in Residence Home for Children with Disabilities |
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research |
DANA C. JEFFERY (May South), Michael M. Mueller (May South), James W. Moore (May South), Dana Trahant (May South) |
Abstract: Behavior analysts working in residence homes with young children often are responsible for several children in multiple group homes at any one time. When referrals for behavior assessments are recived, time is often a factor. This poster submission details the use of a brief functional analysis and FCT probes into an assessment for 3 children. For all 3 children, this model was proven time efficient, easy to implement, and produced results that 1) identified the behaivoral function maintaining severe behavior for each child, and 2) demonstrated a functionally based treatment for the behavior that was assessed for each child. All Analyses used 5 minute conditions followed by 2 minute FCT probes. Data from each analysis will be presented. |
|
|
|
|
#93 Poster Session – EAB |
Saturday, May 29, 2004 |
5:30 PM–7:00 PM |
Exhibit Hall D (Hynes) |
|
90. Brief Delays of Reinforcement and an Established Operant Discrimination |
Area: EAB; Domain: Applied Research |
MATTHEW E. ANDRZEJEWSKI (University of Wisconsin-Madison), Elizabeth N. DiFrancisco (Temple University), Uyen Hoang (Temple University), Ifeoma Morrison (Temple University), Philip J. Bersh (Temple University) |
Abstract: In previous research, we found that brief delays of reinforcement retarded the development of stimulus control, and a delay as brief as 3s reliably reduced the final level of stimulus control. The current research was designed to determine whether a delay of 5s would reliably reduce stimulus control after it had been established with immediate reinforcement. After preliminary training, rats were exposed to mult FR1 extinction, with alternating fixed 1m periods of Sd and Sdelta. After the discrimination ratio (DR) had reached its final level, the schedule was changed to a mult tandem FR1 DRO 5s extinction. This resulted in considerable loss of stimulus control for most rats. However, several rats maintained a DR well above .50. Two additional groups (n=4) were exposed to mult RI 15s extinction, with either 1m or 5m alternating fixed components for the same number of sessions as the FR1 group. A delay of 5s was subsequently added and stimulus control assessed. Preliminary data indicate that the discrimination is better maintained in the RI15s groups, presumably because they often responded without reinforcement previously. |
|
|
91. The Effects of Different Instructions on Learning and Transfer with Verbal Analogy Problems |
Area: EAB; Domain: Applied Research |
KARI SASADA (Teachers College, Columbia University), Stephanie J. Stolarz-Fantino (University of California, San Diego), Edmund J. Fantino (University of California, San Diego) |
Abstract: Eighty fourth-grade students solved verbal analogy problems in two different phases: a practice phase with feedback, followed by a test phase. There were three conditions in the practice phase: the instructed-rule condition (students were given a rule by which to solve all of the problems), the discovery condition (students were given the same set of analogies as in the rule-instructed condition, without being instructed to the rule), and the control condition (students were given problems that did not have a single rule for solving all the analogies). All students were then given a set of analogies in which one novel rule solved all of the problems (test phase). Results showed that students in the discovery group performed significantly better than students in the other two groups during the test phase, demonstrating superior transfer by the discovery group. |
|
|
92. Progressive-Ratio Performance in Baboons Maintained by Tang or Intravenous Drug Reinforcement |
Area: EAB; Domain: Applied Research |
BARBARA J. KAMINSKI (Johns Hopkins University School of Medicine), Nancy A. Ator (Johns Hopkins University School of Medicine) |
Abstract: In the progressive-ratio (PR) schedule, the response requirement is systematically increased until the requirement is not completed within a specified period of time (the breaking-point criterion). The value of the ratio at which this criterion is met is called the “breaking point” (BP). Experiment 1 investigated the effects of PR value (e.g., step size) and length of breaking-point criterion on PR performance in 4 baboons. Under the baseline schedule, drinks of Tang® were available 24-h/day for lever responding according to a fixed-ratio 5 schedule. PR values of 5 to 40 responses were investigated with two breaking-point criteria (6-h and 20-h). Higher mean BPs occurred with larger PR values but, across all PR values, higher mean BPs and more drinks occurred with the 20-h criterion. In Experiment 2, two benzodiazepine-naïve baboons responded to produce intravenous injections of triazolam, flunitrazepam, or vehicle. BPs were determined under a PR 5 schedule with a 20-h breaking-point criterion. When responding produced triazolam or flunitrazepam, BPs tended to increase with successive determinations until, when stable, there was a clear differentiation in BPs between drug and vehicle. |
|
|
93. The Spatial Distribution of Behavior Under Non-Contingent Random-Time Schedules |
Area: EAB; Domain: Applied Research |
CARLOS TORRES (University of Guadalajara, Mexico), Emilio Ribes Iñesta (University of Guadalajara, Mexico), Laura Correa Patiño (University of Guadalajara, Mexico) |
Abstract: One study was conducted to evaluate the effects of response-independent water deliveries on the spatial distribution of behavior in rats. Two random time schedules were used for delivery water in two dispensers located at opposite ends of the chamber. The schedules provided complementary frequencies of water deliveries while the overall number of deliveries stayed constant across the experiment. Results were analyzed in terms of time spent in different locations and the numbers of entries to water dispensers and their adjacent areas. Data show that all rats stayed more time in adjacent and neutral areas than in water dispensers, and showed a preference for the adjacent area where initially water was delivered. Results are discussed in terms of different behavior functions. |
|
|
94. Effects of a Non-Verbal Model in Kindergarten Children Categorization |
Area: EAB; Domain: Applied Research |
MARIA ANTONIA PADILLA VARGAS (University of Guadalajara, Mexico), Emilio Ribes Iñesta (University of Guadalajara, Mexico), Rubio Sandra Ontiveros (University of Guadalajara, Mexico), Ivette Rosa Vargas (University of Guadalajara, Mexico) |
Abstract: Twenty-four 4 year-old children participated in a study designed to assess the effects of exposure to a human model performing in accordance with various criteria on a non-verbal object-categorization task. The children were randomly assigned to one of three groups: 1) observation of the model’s performance, 2) observation of the results of the model’s performance and 3) a control group where the participants did not have any contact with the model. The task consisted of making a non-verbal object categorization according to a criterion based on the material of which the objects were made (e.g. plastic, wood, metal, and mixed objects). The design comprised a pretest and two observation sessions; after each session a transfer test and a post-test were presented. The children performed well during training but failed in the post-test. The results suggest that category boundaries cannot be learned merely by observing the performance of a human model. |
|
|
95. Timeouts Following Incorrect Responses Enhances Visual Discrimination in Children |
Area: EAB; Domain: Applied Research |
EUNICE G.S. GARDNER (University of Arkansas, Little Rock), John J. Chelonis (University of Arkansas, Little Rock), Amanda Beal (University of Arkansas, Little Rock), Bruce Moore (University of Arkansas, Little Rock) |
Abstract: Timeouts following incorrect responses are often used to enhance task acquisition; however, their use in humans has yielded inconsistent results. This study examined how magnitude of timeout duration following incorrect responses affected the ability of children to learn simple visual discriminations. Children, eight to twelve years of age, were randomly assigned to one of three groups differing in timeout duration, 0 s (n=15), 10 s (n=16), or 20 s (n=16). Children performed a simple learning task that required them to determine and remember the correct response (pushing a left or right button) for eight different color-shape combinations (each presented 24 times). The results indicated that children in the 20 s group learned the discriminations more rapidly than either of the other groups. Children in the 10 s group also learned the discriminations, but later in the session. The results demonstrate that timeouts following incorrect responses enhance learning in children. |
|
|
96. The Effects of Self-Verbalizations and Reinforcement History on the Generalization of Say-Do Correspondence |
Area: EAB; Domain: Applied Research |
JOSELE ABREU-RODRIGUES (University of Brazil), Edhen Laura Lima (University of Brazil) |
Abstract: The present research investigated the effects of reinforcement history and self-verbalizations upon generalization of say-do correspondence. Twenty-nine 3 to 5 year-old children were divided into four groups. For the 100% group, reinforcers were delivered contingent on correspondence; for the 50% group, half the reinforcers was contingent on correspondence and the other half was contingent on non-correspondence. For the 0% group, reinforcers were contingent on non-correspondence. The control group was not exposed to correspondence training. Each group then was divided into two subgroups: between the “say” and the “do” responses, one subgroup was asked to repeat the “say” response and the other to repeat a sequence of “random numbers”. A third 100% subgroup was not required to emit self-verbalizations. After correspondence training with one behavior, two different behaviors were tested for generalization. For the 100% groups, only participants exposed to repetition of the “say” response showed generalization of correspondence. The participants of 0% groups did not demonstrate evidence of generalization, especially those exposed to repetition of random numbers. Data from the 50% groups were unsystematic. These findings suggest that (a) generalization of correspondence is affected by reinforcement history. and (b) self-verbalizations related to the task can facilitate the generalization of correspondence. |
|
|
97. Within-Session Changes in Responding with Bounded Deprivation Weights and Variable Days Between Sessions |
Area: EAB; Domain: Applied Research |
BENJAMIN P. KOWAL (Washington State University), Frances K. McSweeney (Washington State University), Eric S. Murphy (University of Alaska Anchorage), Roberta S. Varao (Washington State University), Travis M. Williams (Washington State University) |
Abstract: Previous investigators have suggested that within-session changes may only occur when sessions are run daily and weight deprivation is not held constant. The present study asks if animals that are run only on days in which they are within 5 g of their targeted 85% deprivation weights exhibit within-session changes in responding. This study also allows us to investigate the effects of having 1, 2-4, or more than 4 days between sessions. Four experimentally experienced pigeons responded on a simple variable interval (VI) 15-s schedule of reinforcement during 60 min sessions. Average response rates for the group were similar even when subjects had not been run for several days. For 3 of 4 pigeons, responding usually decreased after the first 10-15 min. For one bird (pigeon #40) responding usually began to decrease after a full 40 min of responding. Pigeon 40 also had the greatest number of days in which the weight deprivation criteria was not met. An ANOVA applied to rates of responding revealed a significant effect of time, F (11,33) =5.07, p <.01. The present results suggest that animals held to a strict weight deprivation criterion exhibit within-session changes in responding even if they are not run daily. |
|
|
98. Reinforcer Accumulation in a Token Reinforcement Context |
Area: EAB; Domain: Applied Research |
RACHELLE L. YANKELEVITZ (University of Florida), Christopher E. Bullock (University of Florida), Timothy D. Hackenberg (University of Florida) |
Abstract: Four pigeons were exposed to a token reinforcement procedure with stimulus lights serving as tokens. Tokens were produced according to a ratio schedule on one key (token production key), and exchanged for food during an exchange period. Exchange periods could be produced by satisfying a ratio requirement on another key (exchange production key). The exchange production key was available any time after one token had been produced, permitting up to 12 tokens to accumulate prior to exchange. Token accumulation was measured in terms of both magnitude and frequency. When the token production ratio was held constant, and the exchange production ratio was increased from 1 to 250 (although not all birds experienced maximum values), higher exchange production ratios resulted in more accumulation. When the exchange production ratio was held constant, and the token production ratio was varied across values of 1, 2, 5, 10, and 25, lower token production ratios resulted in more accumulation. The removal of tokens from the token production phase resulted in a marked decrease in accumulation compared to conditions with the same exchange schedule. These data show that token accumulation is an orderly function of exchange-schedule variables, and are consistent with previous studies of reinforcer accumulation. |
|
|
99. Effects of Competition on Matching in an Open Foraging Paradigm |
Area: EAB; Domain: Applied Research |
VALERI FARMER-DOUGAN (Illinois State University), Erin Lynch (Illinois State University), Akilah Morris (Illinois State University), John M. Martin (Illinois State University) |
Abstract: The matching law and ideal free distribution theories predict that the ratio of time spent at two patches will equal the ratio of food resources obtained at the two patches. Many studies using an open field foraging paradigm have shown overall group matching. Interestingly, individual members of the group do not necessarily match. Rather, some match, others overmatch and still others undermatch, suggesting competition affects individual matching. Few investigations, however, have directly assessed the role of competition on matching. One approach may be to compare matching when the animal forages alone and then with a competitor. It can be predicted that pairing an animal with a higher status competitor will result in undermatching. The animal should show more frequent and/or longer visits to the poorer patch. Alternatively, if the animal is paired with a lower status individual, matching should remain either unchanged or produce overmatching. The present experiment examined matching in pairs of rats foraging at two patches for food resources. Animals were initially exposed to solitary foraging conditions, and then were introduced to a competitor. Data suggest that individual rats matched, and that competition disrupted the initial matching values. The effects of competition on matching are then discussed. |
|
|
100. Matching to Sample with Horses |
Area: EAB; Domain: Applied Research |
AMY J. ATTIVISSIMO (Illinois Wesleyan University), James D. Dougan (Illinois Wesleyan University), Erin Dougan (Normal Community West High School), Valeri Farmer-Dougan (Illinois State University) |
Abstract: Matching-to-sample has been well-investigated across a variety of species, including pigeons, primates and humans. However, little is known about the learning ability for larger animals such as horses. Further, little is known about how large hoofed animals such as horses see. There is little evidence that establishes whether these animals can discriminate between 2-dimensional and 3-dimensional stimuli. This is the focus of the present project. Five horses were exposed to matching-to-sample task using first three-dimensional and then 2-dimensional objects. The task was then combined, such that the animals were required to match a 2-dimensional object with a 3-dimensional object. The results are discussed in terms of the matching-to-sample literature and the depth-perception literature. |
|
|
101. Variations in the Acoustic Startle Response as a Function of the Schedule of Reinforcement |
Area: EAB; Domain: Applied Research |
JOSEPH RICHARDSON (University of Wisconsin-Milwaukee), Alan Baron (University of Wisconsin-Milwaukee) |
Abstract: The acoustic startle response has been used in the field of behavioral neuroscience to study what has been termed "fear-potentiated startle," that is, enhancement of the startle response in the presence of a pre-shock stimulus. The present experiment was a first step toward employing measures of startle to clarify emotional processes that may accompany operant conditioning. Following procedures described by Cassella and Davis (1986), we constructed an apparatus that measures the activity of rats through an accelerometer mounted below the floor of an operant chamber. This allowed measurement of the unique pattern of activity that is elicited by an intense auditory stimulus. Preliminary results have indicated that the startle response is enhanced when it is evoked prior to the opportunity to earn food. Ongoing research is examining the startle response with stimuli signifying non-reinforcement (i.e., timeout from food). Results thus far suggest that the startle response may be a sensitive indicant of emotional responses that accompany responses to reinforcement schedules. |
|
|
102. The Role of Extended Observing and Choice-response Requirements in the Development of Generalized Identity Matching |
Area: EAB; Domain: Applied Research |
YUSUKE HAYASHI (University of North Texas), Manish Vaidya (University of North Texas) |
Abstract: Wright (1997) suggested that programming extended sample observing-response requirements (e.g., FR20) in conditional discrimination trials led to performances that can be described as generalized identity matching. His procedure consisted of several unconventional features, however, including: horizontal display of stimuli and placement of pecking keys; and the presentation of food reinforcers on top of correct comparison stimuli which stayed on for 8 seconds. Under these conditions, Wright found that the pigeons’ accuracy on trials with novel stimuli was a direct, increasing function of observing response requirements. The current study was an attempt to systematically replicate Wright’s procedure and to isolate the variables responsible for the accurate performance observed. In Experiment 1, five pigeons learned three conditional relations in a standard Skinner box with an FR20 programmed on the sample key. Tests with novel stimuli showed chance levels of accuracy. A response-initiated FI 8-s schedule requirement was then added for selection of comparison stimuli. Under these conditions, three of the five birds showed much higher accuracy with novel stimuli. Experiment II replicated these procedures with four naïve birds. The data suggest that time spent in the presence of comparison stimuli may also be important in producing generalized identity matching performance. |
|
|
103. Analysis of Behaviors During Instructional Situations with Different Modalities of Information Presentation |
Area: EAB; Domain: Applied Research |
MARY LUISA AVALOS LATORRE (University of Guadalajara, Mexico), Carlos Martinez Munquia (University of Guadalajara, Mexico), Sucel Moran (University of Guadalajara, Mexico), Maria Antonia Padilla Vargas (University of Guadalajara, Mexico), Julio Varela (University of Guadalajara, Mexico), Idania Zepeda (University of Guadalajara, Mexico) |
Abstract: The use of tests, after an instructional period has been considered the best, and sometimes, the only form of evaluating learning results, leaving aside the analysis of the individual's activities during instruction. The present studies aim at analyzing students' activities during instruction. Two groups of forty students (from 9 to 11 years old, and from 18 to 21 years old) participated. Five experiments were designed, each with a pretest, a period of self-training and a post-test. Five subjects from each population were assigned to one of five experiments that varied the modality of information presentation. Each experiment implied one of the following linguistic modalities: reading; listening; observing; reading and observing; observing and listening. Three subject from each population (as control groups) were exposed to a different content in the self-training session. This session was videotaped and the subjects' behavior was analyzed in terms of the duration and frequency of necessary, incompatible, and complementary responses. The results are discussed in terms of the students' adjusting their behavior to the morphological and functional requirements of information presentation. |
|
|
104. Do Shared S-minus Functions Among Stimuli Lead to Equivalence? |
Area: EAB; Domain: Applied Research |
SIVAN O. KASSIF-WEISS (University of North Texas), Manish Vaidya (University of North Texas) |
Abstract: The goal of this line of research was to shed light on the relation between functional and equivalent classes of stimuli. Specifically, we asked whether the sharing of stimulus functions in one context would produce equivalence-consistent responding in a conditional discrimination procedure without training. The subjects were 4 graduate and undergraduate students. In Phase 1, subjects learned six conditional relations: A1B1(X1), A1C1(Y1), A1D1(Z1), A2B2(X2), A2C2(Y2), and A2D2(Z2). The stimuli designated with B, C, and D served as positive- and the stimuli designated with X, Y, and Z served as negative- comparison stimuli, respectively. In Phase 2, the subjects were presented with probe trials that assessed whether the samples and positive comparison stimuli from Phase 1 (A1-B1-C1-D1, A2-B2-C2-D2) had become equivalent in the context of a conditional discrimination procedure. In Phase 3, the subjects were presented with probe trials that assessed whether the negative comparison stimuli from Phase 1 (X1-Y1-Z1 and X2-Y2-Z2) had become equivalent. The presentation of Phases 2 and 3 was counterbalanced across subjects. Two out of four subjects responded in ways that indicate equivalence class formation with the negative comparison stimuli. These data suggest that common stimulus functions may be sufficient to organize disparate stimuli into equivalence classes. |
|
|
105. Effects of Vibration Intensity, Repetitions, and Force on Behavioral Persistence |
Area: EAB; Domain: Applied Research |
OLIVER WIRTH (CDC/NIOSH), Tammy Wade (CDC/NIOSH), Sherrilyn Robertson (CDC/NIOSH), Todd W. Knealing (CDC/NIOSH), William G. Lindsley (CDC/NIOSH) |
Abstract: Effects of a vibration stimulus were studied on behavioral persistence using a schedule similar to progressive-ratio schedules. Four rats responded on a force-sensing, vibrating pull-bar assembly under a progressive-vibration schedule of reinforcement within sessions. Under this schedule, the intensity of vibration was increased by increments of 4.9 m/s2 after every reinforcer following the completion of a fixed-ratio until, eventually, responding ceased (i.e., breaking point) or the maximum intensity of vibration (147 m/s2) was reached. Different fixed-ratio values (10, 20, 40, and 80) and different peak-force requirements (0.1 N to 3.0 N) were studied on stable performances across conditions to assess their impact on patterns of responding both within and across sessions. Results show that breaking points were a function of ratio value and response force, but only at high ratio and peak-force requirements. Analyses of within-session patterns of run rates and postreinforcement pauses show that the rats were sensitive to the increasing intensity of vibration at high ratio and peak-force requirements. The present study extends the analysis of response persistence to conditions of gradually increasing vibration intensity and reveals some unique properties of vibrational stimuli. In addition, when adjustments in effort requirements are not desired, the present procedures may be an alternative to progressive-ratio schedules for assessing reinforcer efficacy. |
|
|
106. Alcohol Consumption at University Parties: Who Needs a Designated Driver? |
Area: EAB; Domain: Applied Research |
KENDRA BROOKS (Virginia Polytechnic Institute & State University), Kristin Murphy (Virginia Polytechnic Institute & State University), Michele Burtner (Virginia Polytechnic Institute & State University), Elizabeth Jarrels (Virginia Polytechnic Institute & State University), Kristen Groves (Virginia Polytechnic Institute & State University) |
Abstract: The college experience has been associated with increased alcohol experimentation and usage. Within this population, some students are more prone to at-risk drinking and are thus at higher risk for negative outcomes, such as driving under the influence (DUI). Identifying those students most at-risk for DUI would allow for targeted intervention efforts, such as implementation of a designated driver (DD) campaign. This study involved an epidemiological analysis of college student drinking behaviors and associated negative outcomes at four fraternity parties. Party behaviors were assessed through use of a questionnaire by research assistants during the parties. Before students left the parties their levels of intoxication were assessed with alcohol breathalyzers. Alcohol-related negative outcomes were assessed via questionnaire through an anonymous web-based survey. Analyses were conducted using descriptive statistics and ANOVAs. The following independent variables were examined: a) Gender, b) Year in school, c) Greek status, and d) Age status (under 21 vs. 21 and older). Dependent variables included: a) Exit BAC, b) Self-reported drinking behaviors, and c) Self-reported alcohol-related negative outcomes. Data will be presented with a focus on which segments of the student population are most at-risk for DUI, and thus in need of interventions promoting the use of DDs. |
|
|
107. A Shaping Program for Halter Training Llamas |
Area: EAB; Domain: Applied Research |
DARLENE HOUDE BAYER (University of North Texas), Nicole R. Dorey (University of North Texas), Jesus Rosales-Ruiz (University of North Texas) |
Abstract: The purpose of this study was to test the effectiveness of a shaping program for halter training. The participant was a two-year-old llama housed at the Frank Kent Zoo in Gainesville, Texas. The subject had undergone previous training by zoo personnel that consisted of enticing the subject with food, restraining her, then forcing a halter over her head. In contrast, the program used in this research was based on positive reinforcement, shaping, and fading. Carrots and sweet potatoes were used as reinforcers and were delivered after the sound of a clicker. The shaping program consisted of 17 steps. Ninety percent accuracy was required before moving on to the next level of training. The results show that the program was successful in haltering the llama with minimal errors at nearly all the steps. Also, it decreased head shaking when presented with the halter. The exception, along with shaping techniques and steps, will be discussed. |
|
|
108. Intervention Across the Zoo Day: Environmental Enrichment in Malaysian Sun Bears |
Area: EAB; Domain: Applied Research |
ERIN E. MILLIGAN (Illinois Wesleyan University), Krystle Balhan (Illinois Wesleyan University), Anthony Franklin (Illinois Wesleyan University), Cassandra Twaddle (Illinois Wesleyan University), James D. Dougan (Illinois Wesleyan University) |
Abstract: It has become increasingly important to provide enriched environments for captive wild animals. Research suggests that enriched environments may reduce unwanted behavior (i.e., repetitive pacing). The present experiment reports on an ongoing program of environmental enrichment for Malaysian Sun Bears. During baseline sessions, data were collected across the 8-hour “zoo day” using a set of twelve behavioral categories. Included in the twelve categories were several types of repetitive, stereotypical behavior identified in earlier studies. During intervention sessions, aset of “puzzle tubes” were hidden in the bears’ enclosure, each containing a variable amount of a food item. The task required the bears to locate and open the tubes before consuming the contents. Previous studies in our laboratory have shown the puzzle tubes to be an effective means of reducing inappropriate behavior. In the present study, tubes were introduced at various times of the day, allowing assessment of the optimal time for tube placement within the zoo day. The results have implications for the study of captive Sun Bears, as well as for zoo animals in general. |
|
|
109. Effects of a Discrete-Trial Procedure on Probe Preference |
Area: EAB; Domain: Applied Research |
MARGARET A. MCDEVITT (McDaniel College), Matthew C. Bell (Santa Clara University) |
Abstract: Pigeons were trained on a discrete-trial procedure that mimicked the contingencies provided by concurrent variable-interval variable-interval reinforcement schedules. Responding to either alternative resulted in the darkening of both key lights for 6 s. In one component, the probability of food was .05 for one alternative and .10 for the other. In the other component, the probability of food was .10 for one alternative and .20 for the other. Following 25 sessions of training, probe test trials involving the two .10 stimuli were interspersed among regular training trials. During training, pigeons preferred the alternatives that provided a higher probability of reinforcement. Pigeons showed no preference between the two .10 alternatives during probe tests. These results suggest that elimination of changeover responses during training may affect differential responding during probe trials involving stimuli correlated with identical schedules of reinforcement. |
|
|
110. Variable Ratio, Interval, and Time Concurrent-chain Schedules and Constant-difference Invariance: Does Type Matter? |
Area: EAB; Domain: Applied Research |
SHAWN R. CHARLTON (University of California, San Diego), Edmund J. Fantino (University of California, San Diego) |
Abstract: When Savaston & Fantino (1996) first presented data supporting the constant-difference invariance prediction, they did so through a group of studies using concurrent-chain schedules with variable-interval initial- and terminal-links. However, when Mazur (2002) presented evidence against this prediction, he did so using oncurrent-chains with variable-interval initial-links and fixed- or variable-time schedules in the terminal-link. In order to explore the variables responsible for these different findings between these two studies, the current project uses the procedure from the second experiment of the original Savastano & Fantino paper. Three groups of four pigeons are used. Each group has the same schedule values and variable-interval initial-links, but for one group the terminal-links are variable-interval schedules, for the second they are variable-ratio schedules, and for the third they are variable-time schedules. This allows for a replication of the original Savastano & Fantino paper, the Mazur paper, and a novel test of the constant-difference invariance result using variable-ratio terminal- links. Additionally, each group is tested with both the arithmetic difference between the terminal-link schedules held constant and with the ratio between the terminal-link schedules held constant. |
|
|
111. The Transfer of Equivalence Functions to Stimuli via Functional Classes |
Area: EAB; Domain: Applied Research |
AMANDA MCALLISTER (University of North Texas), Manish Vaidya (University of North Texas) |
Abstract: The literature on stimulus equivalence and extension of function shows that a variety of stimulus functions (e.g., discriminative stimulus, reinforcement, and respondent elicitation functions) can extend to other stimuli related via equivalence without direct training. This experiment sought to investigate whether novel stimuli, placed into a functional class with stimuli already participating in an equivalence relation, would themselves become equivalent. Specifically, in Phase I, subjects were trained and tested for the formation of three, three-member equivalence classes (A-B-C). In Phase IIa, a stimulus from each equivalence class (C) and a completely novel stimulus (D) were made discriminative for a particular response. In Phases IIb and IIc, the discriminative functions of the C stimuli were changed via reinforcement while probe trials assessed whether the functions of the D stimuli changed accordingly without any direct training. Once the C and D stimuli were shown to be functionally equivalent, the D stimuli replaced the C stimuli in Phase III (which was otherwise identical to the testing part of Phase I). The results show that the novel D stimuli served as complete substitutes for the C stimuli. These data suggest that functional class organization may suffice to produce or extend stimulus equivalence classes. |
|
|
112. Can Empirically Derived K-values Predict Preference Reversals in Typical Self-control Preparations? |
Area: EAB; Domain: Applied Research |
KIMBERLY SMITH (University of North Texas), Manish Vaidya (University of North Texas) |
Abstract: The discounting of reinforcer value when a delay is added is a robust phenomenon and has been used to explain a variety of choice patterns in typical self-control tasks. For example, delay discounting provides an account for preferences for small immediate or large delayed reinforcers. It also helps account for the oft-observed reversal in preference as constant delays are added prior to the choice period. Although discount functions have been generated for rats and pigeons, there has been very little research looking at the rates of discounting in disabled populations. The purpose of this experiment was twofold: 1) to generate delay-discounting functions for adults with developmental disabilities using an adjusting-amount procedure; and 2) to use the empirically-derived k-values to predict preference reversals in a typical, discrete-trials, self-control task. Adults with developmental delays chose repeatedly between a standard choice delivering 15 ml of preferred liquid after a fixed delay (0, 2, 4, 8, 16, and 32 seconds) or an adjusting choice delivering varying amounts of the preferred liquid immediately following the choice. Results suggest that discount functions can be generated with this population once care has been taken to ensure reinforcer effectiveness. The next phase of the study will use the empirically-derived k-values to make predictions about preference reversals. |
|
|
113. Designing Intervention Based the Replication of Functional Analysis Outcomes in the Clinical Setting to the Natural Environment |
Area: EAB; Domain: Applied Research |
AMY BRIGGS (Spectrum Center), Shawn E. Kenyon (Spectrum Center), Ronnie Detrich (Spectrum Center) |
Abstract: Based on information gathered in clinical meetings and observations, it was hypothesized that the behavior of glass breaking was automatically reinforcing to a student. We created a video of, glass breaking in an effort to replicate the reinforcing properties of the in-vivo behavior in order to determine function. A functional analysis was completed using student access to the video of glass breaking. Data recorded shows the number of times the student initiated watching the video of the glass breaking. The outcome of the analysis provided information to determine function replicated in the clinical context, which guided treatment decisions that we hoped to carry over to the natural environment. |
|
|
114. Shaping Two Response Sequences with a Vertical Lever in Rats |
Area: EAB; Domain: Applied Research |
LIVIA SANCHEZ CARRASCO (National Autonomous University of Mexico), Javier Nieto Gutierrez (National Autonomous University of Mexico), Alfonso Eduardo Benitez Martinez (National Autonomous University of Mexico) |
Abstract: The present experiment assessed if subjects’ performance in subsequent conditions is a function of the shaping procedure used. During the first condition each of three groups was trained to emit either of two responses with a different shaping procedure. Subjects in first group were required to push or pull a vertical lever in either left (or right) direction . A second group, was shaped to alternate their response between left and right direction. A third group, was first trained to move the lever in a single direction while the alternate lever direction was blocked, then they were trained to move the lever in the opposite ditection.. In the two subsequent conditions all groups were trained to emit a two-direction response sequence. During the second condition, both response directions were reinforcerd, and reinforcement was available following every two response sequence. In the third condition, reinforcement was delivered following the completion of two lever responses distributed on two lever directions. Results showed that shaping has an effect on the number of sessions necessary to train two response sequences. |
|
|
115. The Impact of Class-Specific Reinforcement on the Acquisition and Modification of Conditional Discrimination Performance |
Area: EAB; Domain: Applied Research |
NATALIE B. JACOME (University of North Carolina at Wilmington), Carol Pilgrim (University of North Carolina at Wilmington), Mark Galizio (University of North Carolina at Wilmington), Maureen Theresa Aro (University of North Carolina at Wilmington) |
Abstract: Previous studies have demonstrated that class-specific reinforcement procedures facilitate acquisition of conditional discriminations and equivalence relations in both humans and animals. The present study was designed to provide additional support for such findings and to examine the effects of reversing stimulus-reinforcer relations on previously established conditional discriminations and subsequent equivalence performances in children. Using a three-choice match-to-sample procedure, children ages 3-6 years were taught two arbitrary conditional discriminations (AB and AC). Children trained with class-specific reinforcers (e.g., selecting comparison B1 given sample A1 produces Reinforcer 1, while selecting comparison B2 given sample A2 produces Reinforcer 2) readily acquired baseline conditional discriminations. In contrast, children trained with a single reinforcer showed no signs of acquisition. Data will also be reported from subsequent conditions in which stimulus-reinforcer relations were reversed such that conditional discriminations were reinforced incongruently (e.g., selecting B1, B2, or B3 given sample A1, A2, or A3 produced R2, R3, or R1, respectively, while selecting C1, C2, or C3 given sample A1, A2, or A3 produced R3, R1, or R2). |
|
|
116. Observing Behavior and Eye Movements |
Area: EAB; Domain: Applied Research |
ATLI F. MAGNUSSON (New England Center for Children), Nicolau Kucartz Pergher (University of Sao Paulo, Brazil), Gerson Yukio Tomanari (University of Sao Paulo, Brazil), William V. Dube (E.K. Shriver Center, University of Massachusetts Medical School) |
Abstract: Experimental analysis of observing behavior often use a procedure in which an instrumental response convert a mixed schedule (no discriminative stimuli visible) to a multiple schedule (stimuli visible; Wyckoff, 1969). Because the instrumental response makes discriminative stimuli available to be observed, it is termed an “experimental observing response.” This experiment reports a within-subject comparison of experimental observing responses and eye movements recorded with an eye-tracking apparatus. An adult human pressed a key to earn points under a multiple to mixed (stimuli not visible). By pressing a button, the subject could display the current stimulus for the duration of the button press, a Wyckoff-type experimental observing response. Experimental observing response results showed equal production of the positive (VI 5) and negative (extinction) stimuli. Eye-movement results showed a preference for the positive stimulus. The data are relevant to current questions about the roles of positive and negative discriminative stimulus functions in the maintenance of observing behavior (e.g., Case, Fantino, & Wixted, 1985). Inter-observer agreement data on eye movements will be taken for at least 10% of sessions. |
|
|
|
|
#94 Poster Session – EDC |
Saturday, May 29, 2004 |
5:30 PM–7:00 PM |
Exhibit Hall D (Hynes) |
|
117. Using Stimulus Equivalence Procedures to Teach Geographic Relations |
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Research |
GLEN L. MCCULLER (Stephen F. Austin State University), Carol Harrison (Stephen F. Austin State University), Chris Ninness (Stephen F. Austin State University), Robin Rumph (Stephen F. Austin State University), Christen Creel (Stephen F. Austin State University) |
Abstract: While much of the research on stimulus equivalence procedures focuses on relating arbitrary stimuli, these procedures are proving effective in establishing functional relations. Examples of established functional relations include coin equivalences (McDonagh, McIlvane, & Stoddard, 1984), fraction-decimal relations (Lynch & Cuvo, 1995), English-Spanish word equivalences (Joyce & Joyce, 1993) and picture orientation skills (McCuller, Lignugaris/Kraft, & Exum, 1989). The effectiveness and efficiency of stimulus equivalence procedures have implications for curriculum development and classroom use in many areas. This poster presents data on the use of stimulus equivalence procedures to teach geographic relations to five preschool children. In response to state names, children were taught to select cutouts of states (A->B), and in response to cutouts, children were taught to select the correct printed state name (B->C). Subsequently, children were assessed for the symmetrical (B->A, C->B) and transitive (A->C, C->A) relations. Additionally, an assessment was conducted on the child's generalization of learning states in isolation to state identification from a map including all states. Discussion will focus on the implications of this and other stimulus equivalence research on educational methodology and curriculum development. |
|
|
118. Practicing School Consultants can Empirically Validate Interventions: A Description and Demonstration of the Non-Concurrent Multiple-Baseline Design |
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Research |
JANET BETH WINN (University of Tennessee, Knoxville), Jessica D. Allin (University of Tennessee, Knoxville), James Hawkins (University of Tennessee, Knoxville), Christopher Skinner (University of Tennessee, Knoxville) |
Abstract: Behavioral consultants are working in schools to assist with the development and implementation of interventions designed to prevent and remedy problems. These consultants collect baseline and intervention phase data, which limits a practitioner’s ability to control for threats to internal validity. The current paper describes and demonstrates how behavioral consultants use the non-concurrent multiple-baseline design to synthesize their BC data and control for internal validity threats. Three teachers, from different elementary schools, each referred a student for behavioral consultation. In each case, the target problem was insufficient journal writing and the teacher and consultant developed interventions consisting of goal setting, self-monitoring, self-graphing, and reinforcement. Data from the three behavioral consultation cases were combined to form a non-concurrent multiple baseline design. Inter-rater reliability averaged 92%. Results showed immediate and sustained increases in each student’s journal writing after the intervention was implemented. Discussion focuses on the strengths and limitations associated with practicing school consultants’ use of non-concurrent multiple baseline designs to empirically validate interventions. |
|
|
119. Effects of a Hand-Held Computer Response System on Student Responding and Achievement in a Sixth-Grade Science Class |
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Research |
GREGORY F. HARPER (State University of New York at Fredonia), Barbara Mallette (State University of New York at Fredonia), Michael Jabot (State University of New York at Fredonia), Lawrence J. Maheady (State University of New York at Fredonia) |
Abstract: Students achieve better when they are actively involved during teacher-led instruction, but posing questions to the entire class and calling on student volunteers is ineffective; only 8-12% of children respond, and higher-performing students respond most often.
An alternative to traditional methods is a computer-based response system. This study compares the effects of such a system to traditional whole-group question and answer methods on: a) students’ performance on a pre- and post-test measure of science knowledge; b) the students’ scores on daily science quizzes; c) the number and accuracy of students' responses to teacher questions. Treatment conditions are alternated randomly. Subjects are 25 sixth graders, are from diverse cultural backgrounds, and include students with disabilities.
The Computer Response System contains individual remote response pads. All students will respond to teacher questions simultaneously. The teacher can identify students who respond correctly or incorrectly and provide correction and/or re-teaching. The System automatically summarizes class and individual responses. During whole group question and answer periods, an observer will record the number of students responding to each question, and the correctness of each response. Inter-rater reliability will be assessed using a second observer.
Data and results from this ongoing study will be presented. |
|
|
120. Using Establishing Operations to Increase Math Work Completion |
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Research |
SCOTT P. ARDOIN (University of South Carolina), Brian K. Martens (Syracuse University), Michael McCall (University of South Carolina), Robin Codding (Syracuse University) |
Abstract: Research has shown that reinforcement of appropriate behavior in children with severe disabilities is more effective when the reinforcers are unavailable preceding a target activity. This study examined whether similar evocative effects of establishing operations would occur with nondisabled children. The answer to this question could help inform teachers about how best to sequence work and fun activities in the classroom and when to allow students a choice of rewards. During baseline, students were allowed to complete math problems in the absence of reinforcement. In the second condition, peer/adult attention, time alone, and tangibles were evaluated as reinforcers for problem completion using a multielement design. During the final condition, those students who preferred peer/adult attention were either satiated or deprived of attention before being given the opportunity to earn tokens for completing math problems. In half of these sessions, students exchanged tokens for peer/adult attention. In the other half of these sessions, students had the choice of exchanging tokens for either peer/adult attention or tangibles. |
|
|
121. Increasing Division Fact Fluency Using the Taped-Problems Intervention |
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Research |
ELIZABETH MCCALLUM (University of Tennessee), Christopher Skinner (University of Tennessee), Holly M. Hutchins (University of Tennessee) |
Abstract: A multiple-probe across-tasks design was used to determine if the taped-problems intervention, a variation of the taped-words interventions (Freeman & McLaughlin, 1984), could be used to enhance division fact fluency in a fourth-grade student. During the taped-problems intervention, the student was given a list of problems on a sheet of paper and instructed to attempt to complete each problem before the answer was provided by an audiotape player. On the tapes, problems were read followed by their answers. Progressive time delay procedures were used as intervals between the problem and answer were adjusted. Initially, the interval between the problem being read and the answer was 1 second. During each session, this interval was gradually increased and then reduced. Results showed clear increases in division fact fluency after the intervention was implemented. This enhanced performance appeared to be maintained. Discussion focuses on future research related to the taped-problems intervention. |
|
|
122. Does Learning to Answer Basic Math Facts Through the See/Type Channel Generalize to the See/Write Channel |
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Research |
MICHELLE HARRINGTON (Judge Rotenberg Educational Center), Ed Langford (Judge Rotenberg Educational Center), Matthew L. Israel (Judge Rotenberg Educational Center), Erin Holland (Judge Rotenberg Educational Center) |
Abstract: The Judge Rotenberg Educational Center (www.judgerc.org) operates day and residential programs for children and adults with behavior problems, including conduct disorders, emotional problems, brain injury or psychosis, autism, and developmental disabilities. The basic approach taken at JRC is the use of behavioral psychology and its various technological applications, such as behavioral education, programmed instruction, precision teaching, behavior modification, behavior therapy, behavioral counseling, self-management of behavior, and chart-sharing.
This study will investigate whether computer-based learning generalizes to paper-based learning and if high rates of fluency on a computer program, using the See/Type channel, have an effect on the See/Write level of fluency. This will be examined using JRC’s proprietary computer program MathFacts. This program is designed to teach basic addition, subtraction, multiplication and division facts. It utilizes the principles of both Precision Teaching and Direct Instruction.
Students will be pre-tested on the final chapters of all four operations, using the computer program and worksheets that include the same information. They will then work through the curriculum on the computer. When they have mastered all operations at a rate of 60 problems per minute, they will complete post-testing. We hope to determine whether or not learning information using the See/Type channel generalizes to the See/Write channel. |
|
|
123. Increasing Fluency in Basic Skills: Materials, Programs, and Approaches |
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Research |
JANE MANGUM (Nicholls State University), Natalie J. Boudreaux (Nicholls State University) |
Abstract: With increased pressure to insure that No Child is Left Behind, research is validating the importance of building fluency in basic language arts and math skills. Most educators have limited knowledge regarding how to measure fluency, what level of performance should be considered fluent, or how to help students develop fluency. The poster will display rate data for specific skills from precision teaching literature and for general outcomes measures from curriculum-based monitoring literature. In addition, the chart will also contain a display of instructional procedures, software programs, and commercial manuals and materials that are useful in increasing and monitoring fluency. All information presented on the poster will be reproduced and an annotated bibliography describing each procedure/program/ material will be given to participants. The bibliography will also provide web addresses for each listed item. |
|
|
124. Application, Generalization, and Experimental Control: Evaluating the Cover Copy Compare Intervention Using the Non-Concurrent Multiple Baseline Design |
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Research |
JESSICA D. ALLIN (University of Tennessee), Renee Oliver (University of Tennessee), Andrea D. Hale (University of Tennessee), Christopher Skinner (University of Tennessee) |
Abstract: The non-concurrent multiple-baseline across-subjects (Non-Con M-B A-S) design may allow practicing behavioral consultants to contribute to intervention science. Three students from different classrooms were referred for behavioral consultation for their low academic performance. In two of the cases, the target problem was insufficient spelling and in the third case, the target problem was insufficient completion of math assignments. In each case, the teacher and consultant developed an intervention utilizing Cover Copy Compare (CCC). For one of the spelling cases and the math case, CCC was implemented individually. With the second spelling case, CCC was implemented class-wide. CCC procedures consisted of three basic steps: 1) the student looked at the academic stimulus, 2) the student covered the stimulus and made a response from memory, and 3) the student uncovered the original stimulus and checked to see if his or her response was accurate. Data from the three behavioral consultation cases were combined to form a Non-Con M-B A-S design. Results showed improvement in academic performance after the CCC procedures were implemented. Discussion focuses on generalizability of the CCC procedure, as well as applied and experimental strengths and limitations associated with practicing school consultants’ use of the Non-Con M-B A-S. |
|
|
125. The Effects of Self-evaluation and Response Restriction on Letter and Number Reversal in Young Children |
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Research |
M. KATHLEEN STRICKLAND-COHEN (University of North Texas), Jesus Rosales-Ruiz (University of North Texas) |
Abstract: This study evaluated the effects of a training package consisting of self-evaluation and response restriction on letter reversal errors. Participants were three typically developing boys, between the age of 5 and 7. The results indicated that the training package was successful in correcting reversals in the absence of a model, the improvements maintained during subsequent follow-up sessions, and fading was effective in correcting reversals that persisted after implementation of overlay training procedures. Interobserver agreement was assessed by having a second observer independently score the percentage of correctly oriented letters or numbers written in 50% of all baseline, overlay training, fading and follow-up sessions. |
|
|
126. The Effects on Phonological Awareness and Reading Ability of Children with Reading Disability through Phonological Awareness Training |
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Research |
WON R. LEE (Daegu University, South Korea), Chun Hee Kim (Daegu University, South Korea), Jungbae Kang (Daegu University, South Korea), Mihyang Choi (Daegu University, South Korea) |
Abstract: The study examined the effects of phonological awareness training for children with reading disabilities. Three boys with reading disabilities participated in the study. Child A is in the third grade with IQ 84. Child B is in the first grade with IQ 88. Child C is in the first grade with IQ 95. The study used a multiple probe design across subjects. Each phonological awareness test is performed every three interventions and data were analyzed by visual analysis. Phonological awareness training consists of 3 components, constructed according to the intrinsic property of Korean structure.
he results showed as follows: First, each child showed different phenomenon in baseline. Second, all the children showed less improvement on phoneme substitution than addition and deletion. Third, all the children showed improvement on phoneme blending and distinction.. Fourth, performance level of reading letters was improved much more than performance level of reading words and non-words. |
|
|
127. The Read-A-Buck After School Reading Program: Generalization Outcomes from a Fluency-based Reading Intervention |
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Research |
JOHN C. BEGENY (Syracuse University), Florence D. DiGennaro Reed (Syracuse University), Lauren Arbolino (Syracuse University), Staci Montarello (Syracuse University), Brian K. Martens (Syracuse University), Tanya L. Eckert (Syracuse University), Lawrence Lewandowsi (Syracuse University), Barbara Fiese (Syracuse University) |
Abstract: Approximately one third of America’s students cannot read at a basic level by the fourth grade. Although there are several important components involved in learning to read (e.g., phonemic awareness, comprehension strategies), creating structured opportunities for students to build reading fluency is an equally important element.
As part of the Psychology of Children at Home and School (PCHS) after-school reading intervention (i.e., the Read-A-Buck program), second and third grade students from an urban school district in central New York were exposed to an individualized and group-based reading intervention that allowed students to: (a) earn rewards for reading improvements (e.g., reading more than 100 words correct per minute); (b) chart, observe, and receive feedback about their reading progress over time; (c) be exposed to a treatment package of empirically-based reading fluency interventions (e.g., repeated reading, listening passage preview); and (d) progressively move through sequenced reading material arranged by difficulty level. Although there were numerous findings from this study, the primary purpose of the proposed poster will be to highlight (in time-series display) the reading gains participants made across time and difficulty level of material, as well as how these gains generalized over time. |
|
|
128. Read-a-Buck: Endurance Effects of a Fluency-Based After School Reading Program |
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Research |
STACI MONTARELLO (Syracuse University), Florence D. DiGennaro Reed (Syracuse University), Lauren Arbolino (Syracuse University), John C. Begeny (Syracuse University), Brian K. Martens (Syracuse University), Tanya L. Eckert (Syracuse University), Lawrence Lewandowsi (Syracuse University), Barbara Fiese (Syracuse University) |
Abstract: Listening passage preview, repeated readings and phrase-drill error correction were examined as a treatment package aimed at increasing reading fluency for elementary students in an urban school in Central New York. The package also included reinforcement for reading improvement, performance feedback and training at the students’ instructional level. This poster reports the effects of the intervention package on reading endurance (sustained rate over time) for third grade students.
Upon initial assessment, participants showed a marked decline in reading fluency and accuracy from the first to second minute of a three-minute probe. From the second to third minute, mean fluency increased by 17 words correct per minute (WCPM), however accuracy did not show the same increase. Although the students read at a faster rate, they committed more errors. Following six weeks of training, assessment results revealed that mean fluency from minute one to minute two increased by 19 WCPM, and stabilized from minute two to minute three. Mean accuracy remained approximately 93% across the three-minute probe. Examination of level and trend of individually graphed performance lends further support to the effectiveness of the intervention on reading endurance. |
|
|
129. Using Direct Instruction Reading Programs with Students who are Visually Impaired |
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Research |
LAURA D. FREDRICK (Georgia State University), JoAnn Dankel (Northside Middle School) |
Abstract: Direct Instruction (DI) reading programs have a long history of effectiveness for students in both general and special education. To date, however, there are no studies of the effectiveness of DI reading programs for students who are visually impaired. In this poster we will report the effects of DI reading programs on students’ gains in independent reading levels and instructional reading levels as measured by the Basic Literacy Test that was already in place in this school. Students with two years of DI reading made average gains of 4 years, 6 months in their independent reading levels and 4 years, 8 months in their instructional reading levels. Students with one year of DI reading made average gains of 1 year, 5 months in their independent reading levels and 2 years, 3 months in their instructional reading levels. These preliminary findings of the effectiveness of DI reading programs for students who are visually impaired warrant further research. |
|
|
130. What Do Repeated Readings Add to Fluency When Using Reading Mastery? |
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Research |
ALICE NANDA (Georgia State University), Laura D. Fredrick (Georgia State University), Leah Cauley (Georgia State University) |
Abstract: Oral reading fluency in grades one and two predicts fifth grade reading accuracy and comprehension (Breznitz, 1997), yet oral reading fluency training is often missing from reading programs (Allington, 1983). An exception occurs in the Direct Instruction Reading Mastery programs that include fluency as a criterion for reading success (Engelmann & Bruner, 1985). Frankhauser, Tso, and Martella (2001) added repeated reading to the Reading Mastery I and II programs and found repeated reading did not boost student fluency on reading checkouts. They concluded that Reading Mastery was sufficient for teaching oral reading fluency. The present study is a systematic replication of Frankhauser et al. using six students in a multiple baseline design across participants. In addition, we used three repeated readings rather than one as was used by Frankhauser et al. Despite the increased repeated reading requirement, repeated readings did not improve oral reading fluency beyond that attained during Reading Mastery instruction. Word by word IOR was calculated for 20% of data points across each phase with reliability sessions randomly distributed across stories and students. Average IOR for all sessions was 99.03% ranging from 91.38% to 100%. |
|
|
131. Short Pauses Are Better I - Effects of Two Inter-trial Interval Durations During DI Reading Lessons with Urban First-graders: A Systematic Replication |
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Research |
TERRI HESSLER (The Ohio State University), Charles L. Wood (The Ohio State University), Michelle A. Anderson (The Ohio State University), Natalie Allen-Williams (The Ohio State University), Shobana Musti-Rao (The Ohio State University), Summer Ferreri (The Ohio State University), William L. Heward (The Ohio State University) |
Abstract: We investigated the effects of two inter-trial interval (ITI) durations on response opportunities, student, participation, and off-task behavior during Reading Mastery lessons with group of 6-8 first-grade students attending a summer school program. ITI is the elapsed time between the completion of teacher feedback/error correction for student response(s) to one question and when the teacher begins presenting the next question. The first author used either a short-ITI (mean = less than 1 sec) or long-ITI (mean = 5-sec) when teaching each of several 5-min “chunks” of a Reading Mastery lesson. The sequence of ITI conditions within each lesson was determined by a coin flip. Results of this recently completed experiment show that teaching with the short-ITI produced more response opportunities and higher rates of student participation than did the long-ITI. Data on off-task behavior of two target students will be obtained from videotaped records and reported as part of the poster. IOA on measures on the dependent variables will be calculated for at least one-third of the study’s sessions, and treatment integrity data were collected for one-half of all sessions. |
|
|
132. Short Pauses Are Better, II: A Systematic Replication of the Effects of Two Inter-trial Interval Durations During DI Language Lessons with Urban K-1 Students |
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Research |
SHOBANA MUSTI-RAO (The Ohio State University), Summer Ferreri (The Ohio State University), Charles L. Wood (The Ohio State University), Michelle A. Anderson (The Ohio State University), Terri Hessler (The Ohio State University), Natalie Allen-Williams (The Ohio State University), William L. Heward (The Ohio State University) |
Abstract: We investigated the effects of two inter-trial interval (ITI) durations on response opportunities and student participation during DI language lessons with a group of 8-10 kindergarten and first-grade students attending a summer school program. ITI is the elapsed time between the completion of teacher feedback/error correction for student response(s) to one question and when the teacher begins presenting the next question. The first author used either a short-ITI (mean = less than 1 sec) or long-ITI (mean = 5-sec) when teaching three consecutive 5-min sessions within each of the study’s 17 daily lessons. The sequence of short- and long-ITI sessions within each lesson was determined by a flipping a coin. Results show that two target students responded more often and with greater accuracy when instruction was presented with the short-ITI. Both students maintained high rates of academic responding and accuracy during a final “best treatment” phase in which short-ITI was used throughout each lesson. IOA on student participation and accuracy were obtained for 30% of the sessions, and treatment integrity data were collected for 50% of the sessions. Based on data from this study and others, implications for practice and suggestions for additional research on teacher pacing will be presented. |
|
|
133. The Effects of Oral Repeated Readings on Fluency and Comprehension |
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Research |
AMANDA L. YURICK (The Ohio State University), Gwendolyn Cartledge (The Ohio State University) |
Abstract: This study examined the effects of repeated reading practice on oral reading fluency and comprehension skills of elementary-aged students. Eight fifth-grade students, who read below grade level, and were recognized by the classroom teacher as needing additional reading instruction participated in the study. A multiple baseline across subjects design was used, with an initial baseline period of ten sessions. Participants entered the intervention in pairs according to similar reading levels. During each repeated reading session student pairs orally read, alternating paragraphs, to one another for a practice period of ten minutes. Students used a specified correction procedure when miscues occurred during practice. Following practice, each student participated in a one-minute timed trial, which was scored by the researcher for number of words read per minute and number of miscues. A cloze procedure comprehension assessment was done when the student reached the fluency criterion (180 words per minute). The dependent variables in this study were number of words read in one minute, number of miscues committed, and number of comprehension questions answered correctly. Results indicate that students’ oral reading fluency improved with practice, miscues decreased with practice, and comprehension skills significantly improved overall. No word recognition skill gains were observed. |
|
|
134. The Effects of Multisensory Instruction on the Reading Acquisition of Treatment Resisters |
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Research |
MONICA MILLER (University of North Carolina at Charlotte), Nancy L. Cooke (University of North Carolina at Charlotte), Shawnna Shalvis Helf (University of North Carolina at Charlotte), Susan Gibbs (University of North Carolina at Charlotte) |
Abstract: Although some students receive intense, systematic, explicit instruction in phonemic awareness and decoding skills, 2%-6% remain poor readers and fail to acquire word reading skills within the "normal" range. Torgesen (2000) has identified this population as "treatment resisters." The purpose of this study was to determine the effects of adding multisensory components to a 10-min supplemental reading intervention on the acquisition of reading skills of second-grade students identified as "treatment resisters." Multisensory elements included tapping, forming letters on a textured surface, and manipulating words with magnetic letters. A multiple-baseline-across-participants design was used to analyze the effects of the multisensory reading intervention on the number of correct nonsense words read per min. Additional data were collected in the form of scores on a standardized, norm-referenced test and on the Dynamic Indicators of Basic Early Literacy Skills. Procedural reliability was collected to ensure high integrity of implementation across all phases. Independent scoring of audiotapes was used to establish reliability of the dependent variable. Results will be reported and implications for future research will be discussed. |
|
|
135. An Investigation of the Effects of Oral Versus Silent Reading on Reading Rate of Comprehension |
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Research |
JENNIFER T. FREELAND (Indiana State University), Mark D. Shriver (Munroe-Meyer Institute), Richard Anthony Doggett (Munroe-Meyer Institute) |
Abstract: If reading fluency and reading comprehension are increased, students may read quicker and answer more comprehension questions with less effort and time thereby reinforcing their functional reading skills. An alternating treatment design was used to examine the effects of silent and oral reading on reading rate of comprehension of four students who had been referred by their classroom teacher for reading problems. Each student was instructed to read a 400 word reading passage and to answer ten comprehension questions. Students were timed while reading and were graded on the accuracy of their responses to the comprehension questions. During the silent reading condition students read silently to themselves and then indicated to the experimenter when they were finished. During the oral reading condition, students read aloud to the experimenter as they were timed. Rate of reading comprehension was measured by multipling the number of questions answered accurately by 60 s and then dividing this number by the number of s necessary to complete the reading passage. This number yielded a rate of words correct per minute. Treatment integrity and interobserver agreement on timing and comprehension questions were above 90%. The results demonstrate that silent reading yeilded a higher reading rate of comprehension than oral reading. Discussion focuses on the applicability and treatment utility of reading rate of comprehension. |
|
|
136. The Effects of Fluency Training of Letter Components on the Alphabet Letter Composite |
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Research |
TAMMY LYNN CLINE (University of North Texas), Jesus Rosales-Ruiz (University of North Texas) |
Abstract: This study will assess the effects of training six letter components to fluency on the speed and accuracy of writing the composite letters (upper and lowercase) of the alphabet. Subjects are students enrolled in an after school program and range in age from 5-11. Twelve students will participate and will be divided into 3 groups of 4 subjects. A multiple baseline design will be used to train letter components to fluency. Two components will be trained simultaneously, resulting in 3 groups of components. The components will be counterbalanced across the 3 groups of subjects to control for order effects. Baseline will consist of administering letter assessments (upper and lowercase) and an assessment of the letter components. Fluency training will begin and will require the student to complete 4 minutes of timings per day (2 minutes of timings per component). Fluency criteria is 90-100 responses per minute for straight and diagonal lines and 80-90 per minute for curved lines. Once accuracy is consistent and a fluent rate per minute is reached for this set of components, a letter assessment and component assessment will be readministered. The student will then move to fluency training for the next set of components and continue through each set until fluency is achieved on all components. Results are discussed in terms of the relationship between the letter components and the composite as well as in terms of efficient teaching procedures. |
|
|
137. Comparison of Teaching Methods to Improve Reading Fluency and Comprehension in Children with Reading Difficulties |
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Research |
AUBRIE E. SWAN (State University of New York at Binghamton), Sara White (State University of New York at Binghamton), Nicole Parisi (State University of New York at Binghamton), Raymond G. Romanczyk (State University of New York at Binghamton) |
Abstract: Within the field of reading instruction there is debate over the appropriate criteria for mastery of sight vocabulary words. The present study focused on the differential efficacy of the accuracy versus fluency training criteria in improving speed and accuracy of reading as well as comprehension. The first component of the study involved developing an accurate and objective measure of reading comprehension. Pools of comprehension items of varying levels of were created and tested with typically developing children. The second component of the study involved instructing children with reading difficulties using the two different mastery criteria (i.e., accuracy and fluency), and measuring the effects of these methods of instruction on reading comprehension scores. Preliminary data on both phases will be presented. |
|
|
138. Teaching Fluent Letter Sound Discriminations with Errorless and Errorfull learning |
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Research |
KATHRYNE BALCH (University of North Texas), Vanessa Lucero (University of North Texas), Jesus Rosales-Ruiz (University of North Texas) |
Abstract: This study assesses the effects of an errorless hear/point procedure versus an errorfull hear/see/say teaching procedure on the rate of correct responding, generalization and retention of letter-sound discriminations. Subjects are kindergarten and pre-kindergarten students who attend an after-school program. A multi-element design is used to compare the effects of errorless versus errorfull teaching procedures. 6 letter-sounds discriminations are taught using an errorless teaching procedure and 6 letter-sounds discriminations are taught using an errorfull teaching procedure. During baseline all the 12 target letters are tested in the see-say task using one-minute timings, and in the hear-point task without one-minute timings. After, baseline, the errorfull teaching procedure will continue until the fluency criterion is met and the errorless teaching procedure will be continue until 100% accuracy is achieved for three consecutive sessions. After training is completed, all the 12 stimuli will be tested under baseline conditions to evaluate the generalization across tasks. A month later, the baseline test will be repeated to test for the retention of letter-sound discriminations. Data are in progress. |
|
|
139. Teaching Children to Read over the Internet Using Headsprout Reading Basics™ in Preschool Classrooms |
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Research |
PAMELA M. KIMBLE (Northern Michigan University), Paul Thomas Andronis (Northern Michigan University) |
Abstract: This study examined the effectiveness of Headsprout Reading Basics™ (HRB), an Internet-based beginning reading program, when delivered to young children in typical preschool classrooms. Children enrolled in two preschools in a small rural community served. The children were assigned to two groups at each site, and administered criterion-referenced pretests to assess entering reading skills. Children in one group at each site, called the Headsprout First groups, then completed all forty lessons over the Internet. The other groups, called Control First, simply participated in routine reading-readiness activities until all children in the Headsprout First groups were done with the program. A posttest was then administered to both groups, for comparison of improvement in the children’s reading skills with and without HRB instruction. The Control First children were then treated to HRB, and their skills assessed afterward with third form of the criterion-referenced test. The results were examined for improvement in the targeted reading skills after HRB and compared to participation only in existing reading readiness activities. Consumer-satisfaction questionnaires completed by teachers and parents assessed whether the HRB program had beneficial effects on the children’s skills and attitudes toward reading, and whether its implementation posed logistical problems that might compromise its usefulness. |
|
|
|
|
#95 Poster Session – TPC |
Saturday, May 29, 2004 |
5:30 PM–7:00 PM |
Exhibit Hall D (Hynes) |
|
140. Enhancing Accuracy on Moderately Challenging Tasks by Interspersing Additional Easier Tasks |
Area: TPC; Domain: Applied Research |
HOLLY M. HUTCHINS (University of Tennessee, Knoxville), Sara J. McCane (University of Tennessee, Knoxville), Elizabeth McCallum (University of Tennessee, Knoxville), Christopher Skinner (University of Tennessee, Knoxville), Steve McCallum (University of Tennessee, Knoxville) |
Abstract: When engaged in activities comprised of multiple discrete tasks, some researchers found that interspersing additional brief, easy tasks enhanced accuracy on the more difficult tasks, while others found no difference. Robinson and Skinner (2002) found evidence suggesting that the interspersal procedure may enhance performance on tasks that require higher levels of attention. We used a within-subjects design to extend research on the interspersal procedure. Students were read numerals and repeated then backwards (higher attention tasks) and forwards (moderate attention tasks). Results showed no change in accuracy on numbers backward when the interspersal procedure was implemented. On the numbers forward assignment, 52% did better on the interspersal condition, 33% did better on the control, and 15% showed no difference. Interactions were not significant. These results failed to support the hypothesis that the interspersal procedure would enhance performance on tasks requiring more attention. These results, coupled with previous research suggest the interspersal procedure may enhance accuracy on moderately challenging tasks, as opposed to easy or difficult tasks. Because this finding has implication for educators who often assign students moderately difficult tasks, future research is needed to identify conditions when the interspersal procedure enhances performance and when it has no effect. |
|
|
141. Are Applied Behavior Analysis and Organizational Behavior Analysis adhering to their roots? A reference analysis of JABA and JOBM |
Area: TPC; Domain: Applied Research |
BECKY A. JOHNSON (University of Nevada, Reno), Horacio Ricardo Roman (University of Nevada, Reno), Ramona Houmanfar (University of Nevada, Reno) |
Abstract: As an adaptive science, the experimental analysis of behavior (TEAB) has continuously evolved over the years. Along the way, applications of the principles derived from TEAB to address “real” life problems appeared in the literature and became lone-standing sub-disciplines, namely applied behavior analysis and organizational behavior analysis. The Journal of Applied Behavior Analysis (JABA) is the flagship journal for applied behavior analysis and the Journal of Organizational Behavior Management (JOBM) is the flagship journal for Organizational Behavior Analysis (also referred to as Organizational Behavior Management, Performance Management, and Behavioral Systems Analysis). Arguably, the most salient and important feature that characterizes these sub-disciplines is their scientific roots in TEAB. Accordingly, one would expect some adherence to these roots over time. To examine the extent to which these journals adhere to the experimental analysis of behavior a reference analysis of a random sample of articles published in JABA and JOBM since their inception year was conducted. Results and interpretations of these analyses are provided. |
|
|
142. Trends in Presentations at the Annual Conventions of the Association for Behavior Analysis |
Area: TPC; Domain: Applied Research |
BRIAN D. KANGAS (University of North Texas), Manish Vaidya (University of North Texas) |
Abstract: The annual convention of the Association for Behavior Analysis has grown at a tremendous rate. This study sought to examine presentation trends at the annual conventions. Existing convention programs and major descriptors were used to count and categorize the programmed events (defined as paper sessions, symposia, and panel discussions). A widely distributed sample of 10 years shows that 1) the overall number of presentations has almost doubled; and 2) that the proportion of basic, applied and theoretical talks has remained constant. These data argue against observations that the conventions have become more and more applied in focus. The study also attempts to track more content specific changes in presentation trends (OBM, EAB, Autism, Education, etc.). The implications of using these kinds of analyses to gauge how the field has developed will be discussed. |
|
|
143. A Survey of Treatment Integrity in the Journal of Applied Behavior Analysis 1991-2003 |
Area: TPC; Domain: Applied Research |
JEREMY M. HOF (Jacksonville State University), Michael C. Clayton (Jacksonville State University) |
Abstract: Establishing a functional relationship between the independent and the dependent variable is the primary focus of applied behavior analysis. Accurate and reliable description and observation of both the independent and dependent variables are necessary to achieve this goal. Considerable attention has focused on ensuring the integrity of the dependent variable in the behavior analytic literature but similar effort has not be directed at ensuring the integrity of the independent variable. Incomplete descriptions of the application of the independent variable may threaten the reliability and validity of operant research data. A survey of articles in the Journal of Applied Behavior Analysis between 1991 and 2003 demonstrated that the majority of articles published do not use any assessment of the actual occurrence of the independent variable and a significant number do not provide operational definitions of the independent variable. The importance of ensuring the integrity of the independent variable is described. |
|
|
|
|
ABA Membership Recruitment & Retention Committee |
Saturday, May 29, 2004 |
7:00 PM–7:50 PM |
Clarendon |
Chair: Pamela Roberts (World Airways) |
Presenting Authors: |
Discuss strategies to recruit and retain members |
|
|
|
|
Behaviorists for Social Responsibility and Editorial Board, Behavior and Social Issues (Joint Meeting) |
Saturday, May 29, 2004 |
7:00 PM–7:50 PM |
Hampton |
Chair: Mark A. Mattaini (Jane Addams College of Social Work-UIC) |
Presenting Authors: |
We will review this year's progress on goals for Behaviorists for Social Responsibility and the ournal managed by BFSR, Behavior and Social Issues, and make plans for the coming year. Everyone interested in the potential of the science of behavior tocontribute to social justice, uman rights, and addressing important social issues is encouraged to attend! |
|
|
|
|
Experimental Analysis of Human Behavior SIG |
Saturday, May 29, 2004 |
7:00 PM–7:50 PM |
Beacon H |
Chair: Cynthia J. Pietras (Western Michigan University), Gregory J. Madden (University of Wisconsin-Eau Claire), John R. Kraft (Armstrong Atlantic State University), Jennifer M. O'Donnell (Allegheny College) |
Presenting Authors: |
The primary aim of the Experimental Analysis of Human Behavior SIG is to promote the empirical study of human behavior both to evaluate the generality of functional relationships shown in non-humans and to analyze behavioral processes that may be unique to humans under controlled laboratory conditions. The EAHB SIG sponsors an annual student paper competition for outstanding papers in the experimental analysis of human behavior, maintains a website for SIG activities and an online journal for the publication of human research and presents a distinguished career award at the annual ABA convention to an individual who has made significant contributions to the experimental analysis of human behavior. |
|
|
|
|
Instructional Design SIG |
Saturday, May 29, 2004 |
7:00 PM–7:50 PM |
Conference Room 2 |
Chair: Guy S. Bruce (St. Cloud State University) |
Presenting Authors: |
For individuals interested in instructional design to meet, discuss their work, and learn about the special interest group. |
|
|
|
|
Interbehaviorists in ABA Special Interest Group |
Saturday, May 29, 2004 |
7:00 PM–7:50 PM |
Dalton |
Chair: Jennifer L. Thomas (University of Nevada, Reno) |
Presenting Authors: |
To reviews the past year's activities and discuss plans for the future including scientific issues of interest and interdisciplinary collaboration. |
|
|
|
|
Journal of the Experimental Analysis of Behavior: Meeting with Members of the Editorial Board, Authors, and Prospective Authors |
Saturday, May 29, 2004 |
7:00 PM–7:50 PM |
Fairfax B |
Chair: Leonard Green (Washington University) |
Presenting Authors: |
At this meeting, the annual report of the Journal of the Experimental Analysis of Behavior is presented, issues by members of the Editorial Board and authors may be raised, and editorial policies and journal operations are discussed. We encourage authors and prospective authors to attend. |
|
|
|
|
Mid-American Association for Behavior Analysis (MABA) |
Saturday, May 29, 2004 |
7:00 PM–7:50 PM |
Berkeley |
Chair: Kevin P. Klatt (University of Wisconsin-Eau Claire) |
Presenting Authors: |
To discuss recent activities and plans for the 2004 MABA conference in Indianapolis, IN. |
|
|
|
|
Pilates/Yoga Session |
Saturday, May 29, 2004 |
7:00 PM–7:50 PM |
Fairfax A |
Chair: Kim D. Lucker Greene (Behavior Mgmt. Consultants) |
Participants will be led through 30 minutes of Mat Pilates exercises followed by 30 minutes of yoga. Instructors are certified and experienced. Beginners welcome. Wear comfortable clothing and bring a towel. |
|
|
|
|
Standard Celeration Society Meeting |
Saturday, May 29, 2004 |
7:00 PM–7:50 PM |
Back Bay D |
Chair: Michael Fabrizio (Fabrizio/Moors Consulting) |
Presenting Authors: |
This meeting will conduct the business of the Standard Celeration Society, including the review of the past year, projection of the next year and the installation of new officers. |
|
|
|
|
The Organizational Behavior Management (OBM) Network Business Meeting |
Saturday, May 29, 2004 |
7:00 PM–7:50 PM |
Gardner |
Chair: Kelly Greene (Western Michigan University) |
Presenting Authors: |
The meeting will consist of officers updating members on the activities of the Network. In addition, members will have the opportunity to make suggestions and comments about the future of the Network. Some annual issues may be voted on during the meeting. |
|
|
|
|
Autism Special Interest Group |
Saturday, May 29, 2004 |
7:00 PM–7:50 PM |
Back Bay B |
Chair: David A. Celiberti (Private Practice) |
Presenting Authors: |
A Business Meeting will be held to address administrative matters relevant to the SIG and to award a certificate to Lisa Tully of the UCSD Autism Research Program, winner of the sixth annual Autism SIG student research award. Following the business portion of the meeting, a panel of SIG members will discuss the scope and content of the BACB Guidelines for Responsible Conduct and their implications for autism service delivery. All interested parties are welcome to attend. |
|
|
|
|
New England Center for Children Welcome Reception |
Saturday, May 29, 2004 |
7:00 PM–9:00 PM |
Commonwealth |
Chair: Vincent Strully (New England Center for Children) |
New England Center for Children (NECC), an applied program serving children with autism welcomes all ABA convention attendees to Boston.
Join NECC staff along with colleagues and friends from around the world for this informal reception. Mingle with the ABA community including NECC’s visiting research scientists; Murray Sidman, Richard M. Foxx and Brian Iwatta. Also, pick up NECC’s exclusive Guide to Boston written for you by local behavior analysts.
Appetizers will be provided along with a cash bar. |
|
|
|
|
Health, Sport, and Fitness Self-Monitored Performance Data Share |
Saturday, May 29, 2004 |
8:00 PM–10:00 PM |
Beacon B |
Chair: Michael A. Kirkpatrick (Wesley College) |
For individuals using self-monitoring as a component of behavioral self-management in pursuing performance goals in health, sport, or fitness domains. |
|
|
|
|
Return to the Valley: University of Massachusetts, Amherst |
Saturday, May 29, 2004 |
8:00 PM–10:00 PM |
Beacon D |
Chair: Beth Sulzer-Azaroff (Browns Group of Naples) |
With ABA's initial foray into the New England area, many of our classmates, professors and colleagues from U Mass and elsewhere will be attending the convention. Come to our reunion. Join us for a group dinner afterward (Contact Bazaroff@comcast.net by |
|
|
|
|
Standard Celeration Chart Data-Share |
Saturday, May 29, 2004 |
8:00 PM–10:00 PM |
Back Bay D |
Chair: Malcolm D. Neely (Learning Courses) |
This Chart Share (since 1980) provides ALL to see, hear, and share data across the spectrum of behavior using daily, weekly, monthly, and yearly Standard Celeration Charts presented rapidly on overhead transparencies in friendly and spirited comradery. |
|
|
|
|
University of Florida |
Saturday, May 29, 2004 |
8:00 PM–10:00 PM |
Independence East |
Chair: Julie A. Marusich (University of Florida) |
We hope to provide an environment for bringing together past and present University of Florida students and faculty. This is an opportunity to meet up with old friends and reminisce about your times at University of Florida. |
|
|
|
|
UNT Reunion and Hospitality Suite |
Saturday, May 29, 2004 |
8:00 PM–10:00 PM |
Beacon A |
Chair: Richard G. Smith (University of North Texas) |
. |
|
|
|
|
Western Michigan University Reunion for Students, Alumni and Friends |
Saturday, May 29, 2004 |
8:00 PM–10:00 PM |
Independence West |
Chair: R. Wayne Fuqua (Western Michigan University) |
This is a social gathering for students, alumni and friends of the Department of Psychology at Western Michigan University. |
|
|
|
|
#114 ABA Expo – ABA Accredited Graduate Programs |
Saturday, May 29, 2004 |
10:00 PM–12:00 AM |
Exhibit Hall D (Hynes) |
1. Applied Behavior Analysis Program at St. Cloud State University |
KIMBERLY A. SCHULZE (St. Cloud State University), Eric Rudrud (St. Cloud State University), Guy S. Bruce (St. Cloud State University) |
Abstract: Program information regarding M.S. Program in Behavior Analysis at St. Cloud State University will be described. |
|
3. Behavior Analysis Graduate Programs at Western Michigan University |
R. WAYNE FUQUA (Western Michigan University), James E. Carr (Western Michigan University), Richard W. Malott (Western Michigan University), Cynthia J. Pietras (Western Michigan University) |
Abstract: This poster describes the masters and doctoral degree program in Behavior Analysis at Western Michigan University. |
|
4. Behavior Analysis and Therapy Program at Southern Illinois University |
PAULA K. DAVIS (Southern Illinois University), Ruth Anne Rehfeldt (Southern Illinois University), Anthony J. Cuvo (Southern Illinois University), Brandon F. Greene (Southern Illinois University), Mark R. Dixon (Southern Illinois University) |
Abstract: This poster will present an overview of the Behavior Analysis and Therapy Program at Southern Illinois University. We will provide interested students with information regarding admissions procedures, funding opportunities, current research, and graduate job placements. This poster will also contain a description of our graduate curriculum, distance learning opportunities, and information on the southern Illinois region. |
|
5. Behavior Analysis at Queens College and the Graduate School, CUNY |
CAROLYN S. RYAN (The Graduate School and University Center, City University of New York), Jennifer Juska (The Graduate School and University Center, City University of New York) |
Abstract: An overview of graduate studies in behavior analysis at Queens College and the Graduate Center of CUNY is presented. Opportunities are described for doctoral study in the Learning Processes Program, Masters studies at Queens College in Clinical Behavioral Applications in Mental Health Settings and in the General Psychology MA program, as well as for the Advanced Certificate Program in Applied Behavior Analysis, a post-baccalaureate non-degree program offering in-depth training in applied behavior analysis and preparation for New York state or national certification exams. Faculty interests at the doctoral level in applied behavior analysis research, learning theory, stimulus control, equivalence class formation, language development, contingencies of reinforcement, developmental disabilities, and infant learning offer the student intensive training in a broad range of areas in basic and applied behavior analysis. The doctoral program offers a specialization in Developmental Disabilities. For students with applied interests, practicum experiences in applied behavior analysis are available at a wide range of public and private institutions. |
|
7. Department of Human Development and Family Life |
JENNIFER R. ZARCONE (Life Span Institute), Edward K. Morris (University of Kansas), Gregory P. Hanley (University of Kansas), Rachel H. Thompson (University of Kansas), David G. Born (University of Kansas) |
Abstract: A description of the graduate training programs (MA, PhD, PhD-MPH) in the Department of Human Development and Family Life at the University of Kansas. Includes lists of faculty members, research opportunities, and programs (e.g., ABA accredited). |
|
9. Graduate and Undergraduate Training at the University of North Texas |
MANISH VAIDYA (University of North Texas) |
Abstract: The poster describes graduate and undergraduate training in Behavior Analysis at the University of North Texas. Detailed descriptions of the coursework is provided as well as a description of each of the faculty members' areas of research activity and applied interests. Interested students are also referred to several web resources to find out more information about the program. |
|
10. Graduate Programs in Special Education at The Ohio State University |
WILLIAM L. HEWARD (The Ohio State University), Ralph Gardner III (The Ohio State University), Timothy E. Heron (The Ohio State University), Nancy A. Neef (The Ohio State University), Pamela G. Osnes (The Ohio State University), Lloyd D. Peterson (The Ohio State University), Stephanie M. Peterson (The Ohio State University), Diane M. Sainato (The Ohio State University) |
Abstract: The Ohio State University (OSU) PhD program in special education prepares full-time students for leadership positions whose research and teaching are guided by the philosophical, scientific, and technological principles of applied behavior analysis. The curriculum develops each student’s knowledge and skills in six competency areas: (a) conceptual analysis, (b) research and scholarship, (c) design and application of educational interventions, (d) professional communication, (e) administration and collegial relations, and (f) teaching and advising. OSU's M.A. program in ABA emphasizes the development and implementation of behavioral interventions for improving socially significant behavior. Full- and part-time M.A. students meet the practicum and research thesis program requirements in a wide variety of school, residential, employment, and other settings. The PhD and M.A. programs are accredited by the Association for Behavior Analysis. Each program includes a course sequence pre-approved by the Behavior Analysis Certification Board as meeting the coursework requirements to sit for the BCBA exam. OSU's M.Ed. program is a full-time behaviorally oriented masters program that leads to Ohio licensure as a special education teacher in Early Childhood Special Education, Mild/Moderate Educational Needs, or Moderate/Intensive Educational Needs. |
|
11. MA Degree in Applied Behavior Analysis at University of Maryland Baltimore County (UMBC) |
A. CHARLES CATANIA (University of Maryland, Baltimore County), Iser Guillermo DeLeon (Kennedy Krieger Institute), SungWoo Kahng (Kennedy Krieger Institute), David M. Richman (University of Maryland, Baltimore County) |
Abstract: The ABA-accredited and BACB-approved MA program at UMBC is a collaboration between the UMBC Department of Psychology and the Kennedy Krieger Institute of the Johns Hopkins University. Students get state-of-the-art course work and hands-on experience via practica. An intervention in which students are assigned a client and must develop, conduct and assess a treatment program is a capstone requirement for the degree. |
|
12. The Behavior Analysis Program at WVU |
ELIZABETHANN M. O'SHIELDS (West Virginia University), Carie L. English (West Virginia University), Karen G. Anderson (West Virginia University) |
Abstract: The behavior analysis program at West Virginia University exists to train students in basic research, theory, and applications of behavior principles. Through research, course work, and practica, students develop skills in the experimental analysis of animal and human behavior, as well as a strong methodological and conceptual background for developing and applying behavioral technologies. The basic, conceptual, and applied areas are integrated in the curriculum; however a student may emphasize either basic or applied research. The goal of the program is to produce a psychologist who can function effectively in either an academic or an applied setting and who can use the principles and findings of the science of behavior in solving significant problems of human behavior. |
|
|
|
#115 ABA Expo – Graduate Training Programs |
Saturday, May 29, 2004 |
10:00 PM–12:00 AM |
Exhibit Hall D (Hynes) |
1. ABA Education on the East End of Long Island |
JOHN C. NEILL (Southampton College of Long Island University), Emily A. Jones (Southampton College of Long Island University), Kathleen Feeley (Southampton College of Long Island University), Julio Gonzolaz (Southampton College of Long Island University), Paul Forestell (Southampton College of Long Island University), Lois Tepper (Southampton College of Long Island University), William DiScipio (Southampton College of Long Island University) |
Abstract: The goal of the Southampton College of Long Island University ABA program is to train graduate students to become competent in ABA, and to help them to obtain Board Certification in Behavior Analysis. Our undergraduate concentration in ABA directs students from a variety of majors into the graduate courses on ABA at Long Island University. We offer a Masters in Special Education with a concentration in Applied Behavior Analysis. Our Continuing Education Program recruits new students, and educates the areas professionals, improving placements for trainees and improving education for children with disabilities. Teachers and professionals are recruited to graduate courses on ABA by offering free/discounted Continuing Education courses, with support from grants. The University recently hired four new faculty with expertise in ABA, bringing the total number of behaviorists to seven. In the past 1.5 years our Continuing Education Outreach Program has trained over 400 local teachers, professionals and parents about ABA. This has led to a major change in the teaching of children with developmental disabilities in at least seven East End schools, an increase in opportunities for trainees, and extensive hiring of graduates of our programs. Graduates now work toward Board Certification in ABA. A new Childrens Intervention Center has opened on our campus, providing a centrally located facility (with an inclusive school on campus as well), for early intervention, community workshops, training and research. |
|
2. Advanced Training at the Kennedy Krieger Institute and the Johns Hopkins University School of Medicine |
BARBARA J. SHAO (Kennedy Krieger Institute), SungWoo Kahng (Johns Hopkins University School of Medicine), Michael F. Cataldo (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Louis P. Hagopian (Johns Hopkins University School of Medicine) |
Abstract: The Department of Behavioral Psychology at the Kennedy Krieger Institute and the Johns Hopkins University School of Medicine offers training in applied behavior analysis, pediatric psychology, behavioral medicine, developmental disabilities, and pediatric neuropsychology. The training program consists of an APA-accredited predoctoral internship program and a postdoctoral fellowship program. |
|
3. Applied Behavior Analysis for Special Populations. Graduate Certification Program: BACB-Approved Course Sequence |
MARY E. BRADY (University of Massachusetts, Boston), Frank L. Bird (Melmark New England) |
Abstract: Applied Behavior Analysis for Special Populations. Graduate Certification Program: BACB-Approved Course Sequence |
|
4. Applied Behavior Analysis in Special Education at the University of Utah |
ROBERT E. O'NEILL (University of Utah) |
Abstract: This poster will present information on ABA-related graduate training programs in the Department of Special Education at the University of Utah. Details will be provided on coursework and other program requirements, faculty research interests and activities, and student funding opportunities. |
|
5. Behavior Analysis and Therapy On-Line at Southern Illinois University |
STACEY L. SMALL (Southern Illinois University Carbondale), Mark R. Dixon (Southern Illinois University Carbondale), Ruth Anne Rehfeldt (Southern Illinois University Carbondale) |
Abstract: The continuing growth in computer technology has made possible for nontraditional and unconventional means of delivering behavior analysis course material to interested students. One such method of course delivery is via the Internet. Web-based courses however, are often criticized for not being as rigorous or challenging as traditional on-campus courses delivered by traditional means. Furthermore, it is a common belief that web-based courses fail to provide students with effective learning experiences because of the lack of personal interaction with a faculty member. This poster will discuss the emerging trend of web-based training in behavior analysis, present a program description of such training at Southern Illinois University, and show comparative data between on-campus and off-campus students suggesting that quality control is possible in cyberspace. Strategies for developing web-based training beyond the traditional college course will be presented and include topics such as in-services, job training, and brief staff enhancement lectures. |
|
6. Behavior Analysis at Temple University |
MICHELLE D. ENNIS (Temple University), Philip N. Hineline (Temple University), Saul Axelrod (Temple University), Donald A. Hantula (Temple University), Ralph Spiga (Temple University) |
Abstract: Behavior analysts at Temple University work within several programs in the College of Arts and Sciences and in the College of Education. Programs where students can acquire Behavior-analytic training include the Program in Brain, Behavior, & Cognition, Special Education, School Psychology, Social & Organizational Psychology, and Counseling Psychology. |
|
7. Behavior Analysis at the Florida Institute of Technology |
JOSE A. MARTINEZ-DIAZ (Florida Institute of Technology), David A. Wilder (Florida Institute of Technology), Matthew P. Normand (Florida Institute of Technology) |
Abstract: The courses, practica, research, and faculty of the Master of Science program in Applied Behavior Analysis at the Florida Institute of Technology in Melbourne, Florida are discussed. |
|
8. Behavior Analysis at the University of the Pacific |
HOLLY AYN WHITE (University of the Pacific), Cris T. Clay (University of the Pacific) |
Abstract: Behavior Analysis at the University of the Pacific |
|
9. Chicago School of Professional Psychology - Applied Behavior Analysis M.A. Program |
CHRISTOPH LEONHARD (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology), David A. Pyles (Behavior Intervention Systems, Inc.) |
Abstract: In Fall 04, the Chicago School of Professional Psychology is starting a new M.A. program in clinical psychology with a specialization in Applied Behavior Analysis. The Behavior Analyst Certification Board has approved the program's course sequence as meeting the course requirements for Board Certification as a Behavior Analyst. The Program takes 2 Years, and requires the completion of 48 Credit Hours. There is a 720-hour practicum in the second year. Students complete a required M.A. research thesis based on their practicum work. Behavior Analysis students take courses in basic and advanced areas of Applied Behavior Analysis, as well as multidisciplinary courses in organizational consulting, psychopharmacology, psychopathology, intelligence testing, multicultural diversity, basic interviewing skills, and one other optional area (such as forensics or industrial / organizational). As part of their degree requirements, students attend 2 annual conventions of the Association for Behavior Analysis. Practicum opportunities exist in a variety of applied settings, including but not limited to - working with adults and children with Autism and other developmental disabilities. For more information: Visit us at www.csopp.edu |
|
10. Clinical Psychology Doctoral Program at Western Michigan University |
LINDA A. LEBLANC (Western Michigan University), Scott T. Gaynor (Western Michigan University), Amy E. Naugle (Western Michigan University), C. Richard Spates (Western Michigan University) |
Abstract: This poster describes the behaviorally oriented clinical psychology doctoral program at Western Michigan University. |
|
11. Doctorate Program at the University of Oviedo, Spain |
LUIS ANTONIO PEREZ-GONZALEZ (University of Oviedo, Spain) |
Abstract: The Department of Psychology of the University of Oviedo offers a Doctorate Program. The Program has an open curriculum with a variety of subjects to the students. One offer includes learning theoretical and applied skills in Behavior Analysis, under the supervision of Dr. L. A. Prez-Gonzlez. The program is linked to a program of basic and applied research with children with autism, which is co-directed by Dr. Gladys Williams. The topics of our research trend include stimulus equivalence, the emergence of verbal relations, concept formation, teaching conditional discriminations and teaching verbal skills to children with autism. The Department of Psychology opens an indefinite number of positions for European and American students. |
|
12. Eastern Michigan University Programs in Clinical Behavioral Psychology |
JAMES T. TODD (Eastern Michigan University) |
Abstract: This poster will describe the M.S. and PhD programs in clinical behavioral psychology in the Psychology Department at Eastern Michigan University. Program features and admissions requirements will be summarized. |
|
13. Florida State University at Panama City, Master's Program |
COLIN PEELER (Florida State University, Panama City), Jon S. Bailey (Florida State University, Panama City), H. Allen Murphy (Florida State University, Panama City) |
Abstract: The Master's Program in ABA at Florida State University in Panama City has been in existence for 4 years now and has graduated over 60 students who all have gone on to successful careers in ABA. The poster will display the program requirements and faculty will be available to answer questions. |
|
14. Gonzaga University's Master of Education in Special Education Programs |
RANDY LEE WILLIAMS (Gonzaga University), K. Mark Derby (Gonzaga University), Kimberly P. Weber (Gonzaga University), Anjali Barretto (Gonzaga University), Thomas Ford McLaughlin (Gonzaga University) |
Abstract: Gonzaga Universitys Master of Education in Special Education has three specialty tracks-Functional Analysis, Early Childhood Special Education, and General Special Education. Each of the three tracks requires a total of 32 semester credits for the M.Ed. in Special Education and each has an extensive applied behavior analysis foundation. The Functional Analysis track is Behavior Analysis Board Association approved and has a core of four courses focusing on Functional Analysis. These courses overview Functional Analysis and require students to work in clinic and home settings, and eventually to mentor newer students in the program. The Early Childhood Special Education program has four courses that focus on content, issues, and procedures in early childhood special education. Each of these courses is tied into a required practica in the integrated preschool which is a lab school for the program. The General Special Education track is primarily for those students who wish to become special education teachers or to become competent as a generalist in special education. Students may concurrently be working on Washington State teacher certification and endorsements to teach special education and early childhood special education. |
|
15. Graduate Internet Coursework in Behavior Analysis at the University of North Texas |
SIGRID S. GLENN (University of North Texas) |
Abstract: The Department of Behavior Analysis at the University of North Texas offers two distant programs in behavior analysis. 1) The internet program is a sequence of four self-paced courses, designed by full-time faculty, to meet the needs of individuals who cannot obtain coursework in behavior analysis locally. The courses are multimedia, highly interactive, and cover the academic content required by the Behavior Analysis Certification Board (BACB). Students may also earn a 12-SCH academic Certificate in Applied Behavior Analysis for completing the 4-course internet sequence. 2) The department's 42-SCH master's degree program in behavior analysis (accredited by the Association for Behavior Analysis) is also offered to students at a distance by contract with agencies who agree to suppport their employees' participation in a master's degree program. Distant cohorts include 20 or fewer students, have the same degree requirements as on-campus students, and a faculty composed of UNT full-time faculty and adjunct faculty located near or at the participating agencies. Courses include teleconferencing, in-person classes by local/distant faculty, and web-based activities. |
|
16. Graduate Training (in Behavior Analysis) at the University of North Dakota |
JEFFREY N. WEATHERLY (University of North Dakota), Adam Derenne (University of North Dakota) |
Abstract: The Univerisity of North Dakota offers PhD programs in both clinical and experimental psychology. The department has been fully accredited by APA since the late 1960's and can be considered a behaviorally oriented department. Students in the clinical program can pursue behavior-analytic theses and dissertations. Students in the experimental program have the opportunity to involve themselves in the experimental analysis of behavior. Several faculty will be on hand to answer questions about the program. |
|
17. Graduate Training in Behavior Analysis at George Mason University |
THEODORE A. HOCH (Northern Virginia Training Center), Michael M. Behrmann (George Mason University), Susan Yamamoto (George Mason University), Johannes Rojahn (George Mason University) |
Abstract: Graduate training in applied behavior analysis at George Mason University is described. Training options include a graduate certificate in applied behavior analysis, a masters degree in special education with a concentration in applied behavior analysis, and psychology training programs, as well. Course content, practicum experience, and preparation for Certification and service as a Behavior Analyst is discussed. |
|
18. Graduate Training in School Psychology at Louisiana State University |
NICOLE M. TROSCLAIR-LASSERRE (Louisiana State University), Dorothea C. Lerman (Louisiana State University), Laura R. Addison (Louisiana State University), Tiffany Kodak (Louisiana State University), Mandy Parten (Louisiana State University), Valerie M. Volkert (Louisiana State University) |
Abstract: This poster will describe the APA-Accredited School Psychology Program at Louisiana State University and introduce the faculty to prospective doctoral students. The conceptual philosophy of the LSU School Psychology program is broadly empirical with an emphasis in behavior analysis. The program focuses on children as they function within family, school, and community systems. Using a close mentorship approach, the program prepares students to develop interventions for behavior and academic problems. Each student has intensive and frequent contact with faculty members, particularly his or her major professor. Current research projects focus on functional assessment, intervention, and parent/teacher training. Hands-on training in schools, clinics, hospitals, and institutions is emphasized. The program offers a sequence of courses that has been approved by the Behavior Analysis Certification Board. Faculty and students will be available to answer questions. |
|
19. Graduate Training Opportunities at New England Center for Children |
DANIEL GOULD (New England Center for Children) |
Abstract: This Expo poster will present the graduate training programs, post-masters degree program in behavior analysis, graduate assistantships, internships, field placements, and research opportunities available at the New England Center for Children (NECC). Three on-site master's degree programs, one in applied behavior analysis (affiliated with Northeastern University), one in special education: severe special needs (affiliated with Simmons College) and one in counseling psychology (affiliated with Framingham State College) are offered at NECC. A two-year post-masters degree training program in behavior analysis is also offered through Northeastern University. An innovative semester-long undergraduate training program is also available. The undergraduate program, modeled after "semester abroad" programs, provides full academic credit plus extensive practical experience. NECC serves as an internship site for numerous other Boston-area graduate training programs in school and counseling psychology, speech and language pathology, social work, occupational therapy, and nursing. An active research program includes nationally and internationally recognized experts in the field of autism and applied behavior analysis. In collaboration with senior program staff, the research department provides opportunities for research experience and supervision of theses and dissertations. Financial support for students is provided through employee tuition reimbursement and graduate assistantship programs. |
|
20. Industrial Organizational Psychology Masters Program at Western Michigan University |
ALYCE M. DICKINSON (Western Michigan University), John Austin (Western Michigan University), Mark P. Alavosius (Western Michigan University) |
Abstract: This poster describes the behaviorally oriented industrial organizational masters degree program at Western Michigan University. |
|
21. Masters Program in Clinical Psychology/Applied Behavior Analysis at East Carolina University |
JEANNIE A. GOLDEN (East Carolina University), Adam A. Spencer (East Carolina University) |
Abstract: East Carolina University has a clinical psychology program of study that leads to a Master of Arts degree in psychology and eligibility for licensure in North Carolina as a Licensed Psychological Associate. Students are admitted to one of two tracks within the program: Child Clinical Psychology or Adult Clinical Psychology. Students can elect to specialize in Applied Behavior Analysis and take a series of courses that will make them eligible for certification as a nationally Board Certified Behavior Analyst. The program requires a minimum of 51 hours of instruction and is generally completed in two years. The program provides classroom training in ethics, behavioral assessment and psychological diagnosis, applied behavior analysis, behavioral research, and behavior therapy. In addition to classroom learning, students will engage in a supervised practicum experience in a behaviorally-oriented setting in their first year. During their second year, students will spend 1000 hours in on-site internship placements under the supervision of a Licensed Psychologist and Board Certified Behavior Analyst. Finally, students will gain research experience through the completion of a behaviorally-oriented masters thesis project. |
|
22. Predoctoral Internship at the Kennedy Krieger Institute and the Johns Hopkins University School of Medicine |
BARBARA J. SHAO (Kennedy Krieger Institute), SungWoo Kahng (Johns Hopkins University School of Medicine), Michael F. Cataldo (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Louis P. Hagopian (Johns Hopkins University School of Medicine) |
Abstract: The Department of Behavioral Psychology at the Kennedy Krieger Institute in conjunction with the Johns Hopkins University School of Medicine offer an APA-accredited predoctoral internship program in the areas of applied behavior analysis, developmental disabilities, and behavioral pediatrics. This is a one year internship that typically consists of 2 "rotations" in an inpatient unit, outpatient programs, and hospital consultation. |
|
23. The Special Education Program at Penn State |
DAVID L. LEE (Pennsylvania State University), Richard M. Kubina Jr. (Pennsylvania State University), Sean D. Casey (Pennsylvania State University) |
Abstract: The purpose of this poster is to present information about the special education program at Penn State. Several PSU faculty will be available to speak with potential students. |
|
24. University of Minnesota Graduate Program |
TRACY BRADFIELD MORGAN (University of Minnesota), Jennifer J. McComas (University of Minnesota), Frank J. Symons (University of Minnesota), John D Hoch (University of Minnesota), Anna-Lind Petursdottir (University of Minnesota), Dana Wagner (University of Minnesota) |
Abstract: Poster describes the graduate program at the University of Minnesota including specific program descriptions, research opportunities, and funding. |
|
25. Utah State University Doctoral Program in Disability Disciplines |
THOMAS S. HIGBEE (Utah State University), Timothy A. Slocum (Utah State University), Charles L. Salzberg (Utah State University), Benjamin Lignugaris/Kraft (Utah State University), Robert L. Morgan (Utah State University) |
Abstract: The poster will describe graduate training opportunities within the department of Special Education and Rehabilitiation at Utah State University. Research and training projects in the department will be highlighted as well as funding opportunities that are available for graduate students. |
|
26. Utah State University: Behavior Analysis Training in the Department of Psychology |
TIMOTHY A. SHAHAN (Utah State University), Amy Odum (Utah State University), Carl D. Cheney (Utah State University) |
Abstract: This poster provides an overview of training in behavior analysis in the department of psychology at Utah State University. Laboratory facilities and the current research interests of faculty will be described. In addition, opportunities for applied experiences will be discussed. An overview of graduate admissions and funding opportunities will be provided. |
|
|
|
#116 ABA Expo – ABA Boards |
Saturday, May 29, 2004 |
10:00 PM–12:00 AM |
Exhibit Hall D (Hynes) |
37. ABA's Education Board: Its Purpose, Committees, Subcommittees, and Activities |
PAMELA G. OSNES (The Ohio State University), Janet Ellis (University of North Texas), Veronica Delgado (University of North Texas) |
Abstract: This poster will present information about ABA's Education Board. Included will be the purpose of the Board, its committee and subcommittee, the Council of Directors of Graduate Training Programs in Behavior Analysis, the Board's goals for 2003-2004, and activities toward the accomplishment of those goals. |
|
|
|
#117 ABA Expo – ABA Committees |
Saturday, May 29, 2004 |
10:00 PM–12:00 AM |
Exhibit Hall D (Hynes) |
38. ABA Student Committee |
RACHEL S. F. TARBOX (University of Nevada, Reno), Matthew Tincani (University of Nevada, Las Vegas), Shawn R. Charlton (University of California, San Diego) |
Abstract: The ABA student committee continues to remain active in assisting students in their professional development by offering a variety of activities and events at the annual convention. This poster summarizes their accomplishments in the last year and goals for the future. |
|
|
|
#118 ABA Expo – Affiliated Chapters |
Saturday, May 29, 2004 |
10:00 PM–12:00 AM |
Exhibit Hall D (Hynes) |
1. Behavior Analysis Association of Michigan |
JAMES T. TODD (Eastern Michigan University), Janet L. Pietrowski (Eastern Michigan University) |
Abstract: Describes the activities and goals of the Behavior Analysis Association of Michigan. Includes an announcement of 19th annual convention to be held in March 2005. |
|
2. Behavior Analysis Society of Illinois/Chicago Association for Behavior Analysis |
DOREEN E. VIEITEZ (Joliet Junior College) |
Abstract: BASIL's presentation at the ABA Expo will report the year's activities and achievements and facilitate recruitment. Also, find out about new research projects and applied endeavors in the Chicago area. |
|
3. HABA: The Hawai'ian Association for Behavior Analysis |
KIMBERLY A. SMALLEY (Behavior Counseling Research Center), Flavia M. Ploog (Behavior Counseling Research Center), Patricia Wright |
Abstract: HABA: The Hawai'ian Association for Behavior Analysis |
|
4. Japanese Association for Behavior Analysis |
NAOKO SUGIYAMA (Yamawaki Gakuen College, Japan) |
Abstract: We will show the activities and the future plans of Japanese-ABA at the poster. |
|
5. Kansas Association for Behavior Analysis |
JENNIFER A. WOSMEK (University of Kansas), David G. Born (University of Kansas), Linda S. Heitzman-Powell (University of Kansas), Edward K. Morris (University of Kansas), Pete Peterson (Johnson County Community College) |
Abstract: Description of KansABA's purpose, current activities, and conferences. |
|
6. Mid-American Association for Behavior Analysis (MABA) |
KEVIN P. KLATT (University of Wisconsin-Eau Claire), Gregory J. Madden (University of Wisconsin-Eau Claire), Larry Alferink (Illinois State University), Ruth Anne Rehfeldt (Southern Illinois University), Elizabeth C. Nulty (Southern Illinois University) |
Abstract: The Mid-American Association for Behavior Analysis will present information regarding the purpose of the organization and the annual conference. ABA attendees will have an opportunity to ask questions and register as members. |
|
7. Swedish Association for Behavior Analysis |
KENNETH NILSSON (Beteendeanalysgruppen, Uppsala, Sweden), Ned Carter (Uppsala University, Sweden), Anders Friberg (N/a) |
Abstract: A presentation of the Swedish Association for Behavior Analysis, an affiliate chapter of ABA |
|
|
|
#119 ABA Expo – Special Interest Groups |
Saturday, May 29, 2004 |
10:00 PM–12:00 AM |
Exhibit Hall D (Hynes) |
1. Animal Trainer's Forum: Research of Behavior Analysis in Animal Behavior |
JENNIFER L. SOBIE (Western Michigan University) |
Abstract: The Animal Trainers' Forum SIG of the Association for Behavior Analysis was created to promote research and application of behavior analytic principles to the field of animal training. Members of the SIG are interested in or involved in animal training with a wide range of animals, both domestic (e.g. dogs, horses) and exotic (e.g. zoo animals). Each year at the ABA convention, members of the Animal Trainers' Forum SIG present research-based and theoretical papers and posters. To support such endeavors, the SIG makes available to its member research tools to aid in the design, implementation and dissemination of results of studies assessing the efficacy and/or contribution of behavior analysis in animal behavior, and produces two newsletters each year. Officers from the Animal Trainers' Forum SIG will be available during the poster session to discuss the SIG's activities and goals with interested ABA members. |
|
2. Behaviorist for Social Responsibility SIG |
ELIZABETH T. MERBITZ (Western Michigan University), Mark A. Mattaini (Jane Addams College of Social Work-UIC) |
Abstract: Behaviorist for Social Responsibility SIG |
|
3. Behaviorists Interested in Gambling |
GINGER R. WILSON (University of Nevada, Reno), Mark R. Dixon (Southern Illinois University), Patrick M. Ghezzi (University of Nevada, Reno), Charles A. Lyons (Eastern Oregon University) |
Abstract: Behaviorists Interested in Gambling is a special interest group of the Association for Behavior Analysis that was created in 2001. The BIG SIG serves the interests of ABA members who have an interest in gambling, at either the conceptual, basic, or applied level. Current events for the BIG SIG will be discussed, such as our book that is in progress. In addition, current membership and research endeavors will be described. |
|
4. Development of a Florida Special Interest Group in Clinical Behavior Analysis |
ADRIANNA MORALES (Devereux Florida - Kissimmee Outpatient Office), Mark Lang (Devereux Florida - Kissimmee Outpatient Office), Ingrid Goodman (Devereux Florida - Kissimmee Outpatient Office) |
Abstract: This poster will present the development and recruitment of participants interested in Clinical Behavior Analysis in Central Florida. Until this group began, there was no formal FABA or ABA based Special Interest Group specifically for Clinical Behavior Analysis (CBA) issues and research in the area. Our group began earlier this year in central Florida, and has been meeting every other week to discuss the literature pertaining to CBA. The meetings are open to all interested parties, and has mostly been attended thus far by licensed therapists who have had some training in applied behavior analysis and who are interested in certification in Florida, or those without such training but who are interested in learning more about CBA methods as it may apply to their clinical practice. The poster will present the vision and mission statement of the group, as well as plans to expand membership and to form a formal FABA chapter in central Florida to permit more wide-base communication and offer CE credits in CBA on the FABA website, and to communicate with a wider audience that may be afforded via affiliation with the ABA Clinical Behavior Analysis Special Interest Group (SIB). |
|
5. Health, Sports, and Fitness SIG |
RALPH N. PAMPINO (Quality Behavioral Outcomes), Kim D. Lucker Greene (Behavior Management Consultants), Amanda N. Adams (Fitness Evolution) |
Abstract: This poster will outline the activities of one of the fastest growing SIG's at ABA is the Health, Sports and Fitness SIG. Members are interested in individual and community based applications for improving sports performance, individual people's health and community or public health intervanetions. Come see what role you can play in this exciting and important area of research and application. |
|
6. Interbehaviorists in the Association for Behavior Analysis |
HEIDI LANDABURU (University of Nevada, Reno), Cristin D. Harrison (University of Nevada, Reno), Jennifer L. Thomas (University of Nevada, Reno) |
Abstract: Interbehavioral psychology holds that the fundamental psychological event is organisms in interaction with their environment. Although all events in the universe involve interactions of two or more things, what is unique about organism-environment interactions is that they develop an ever-changing history that becomes a contributing part of those ongoing interactions. Further, these interactions occur not in isolation but in a context. Taking together the person, the object or surroundings the person is in interaction with, the history of those interactions, and the context or setting conditions in which the interaction occurs, these interdependent factors comprise the field of psychological events. The members of the Interbehaviorist SIG are working on the dissemination of field/systems philosophy and psychology and the integration of this approach with other disciplines, which promote similar worldviews, such as complexity theory, physics, and some branches of mathematics. We are also promoting the use of tools from other disciplines (such as graph theory) to assist in elaborating our analysis and description of psychological events. |
|
7. Spread the Word: A Clinical SIG Initiative |
ENNIO C. CIPANI (Alliant International University), Manuel A. Rodriguez (Florida Institute of Technology), Kelly L. Therrien (Florida Institute of Technology) |
Abstract: Spread the Word is a clinical SIG initiative, challenging all ABA members to disseminate behaviorally based books to the public. The poster will delineate what categories earn points and how many points are earned for each submission. |
|
8. The Organizational Behavior Management (OBM) Network |
KELLY L. GREENE (Western Michigan University) |
Abstract: The OBM Network, founded in 1982, exists in order to develop, enhance, and support the growth and vitality of Organizational Behavior Management through research, education, practice, and collaboration. The poster is an informational resource about The Network. |
|
|
|
#120 ABA Expo – Around the World |
Saturday, May 29, 2004 |
10:00 PM–12:00 AM |
Exhibit Hall D (Hynes) |
52. European Journal of Behavior Analysis (EJOBA) |
ERIK ARNTZEN (Akershus University College) |
Abstract: European Journal of Behavior Analysis was first published in 2000 and is primarily for the original publication of experimental reports and theoretical/conceptual papers relevant to the analysis of the behavior of individual organisms. Review articles will also be considered for publication. In addition, we have printed special issues on equivalence and bereavement |
|
|
|
#121 ABA Expo – Other Organizations |
Saturday, May 29, 2004 |
10:00 PM–12:00 AM |
Exhibit Hall D (Hynes) |
1. A Publically Funded ABA Program for Pre-School Children With Autism in Manitoba, Canada |
ANGELA CORNICK (St. Amant Research Centre), Jill Franchuk (St. Amant Research Centre), Carl Stephens (St. Amant Research Centre) |
Abstract: The St. Amant Pre-School ABA Program is a publicly funded program offering 36 hours of individual ABA training weekly to children between the ages 2 and 5, diagnosed with Autism Spectrum Disorders. The program aims at designing highly intensive and structured home-based teaching environments, in which skills are taught and challenging behaviors are modified. In a planned manner, the ABA program is expanded from the child's home to other environments, according the child's abilities. Key features of this program will be described, including curriculum, evaluation methods, staffing ratios, staff qualifications, in-house training and the undergraduate and graduate practica available in partnership with the Psychology Department at the University of Manitoba. |
|
2. Bachelor of Applied Arts Degree in Behavioural Psychology |
MARCIE DESROCHERS (St. Lawrence College), Gary A. Bernfeld (St. Lawrence College) |
Abstract: An innovative Bachelor of Applied Arts degree in Behavioural Psychology is now available at St. Lawrence College in Kingston, Ontario, Canada! This program is the first undergraduate degree specializing in behavioural psychology in Canada. This four-year degree provides both classroom instruction as well as 1,100 hours of supervised placements in three different community agencies. Students can choose from over 200 placement settings locally and throughout Ontario. The curriculum includes courses in both Applied Behaviour Analysis and Cognitive Behaviour Therapy as well as behaviourally-orientated courses in Abnormal and Developmental Psychology, Statistics, etc. The curriculum is both comprehensive and applied in focus and has been developed after consulting with experts in the field and reviewing work originally developed for certification of Behaviour Analysts in the United States. The program has received strong support from past ABA presidents as well as recognised leaders in both research and applied settings across North America. Graduates of this new program are expected to be in great demand in such growth areas as Autism, Acquired Brain Injuries, Corrections, etc. Data from a needs-based survey show a strong demand for a full time degree in the field of behavioural sciences. |
|
3. The Behavior Excellence Program by Quinn Developmental Services |
BRIAN QUINN (Quinn Developmental Services), Eileen Quinn (Quinn Developmental Services) |
Abstract: Behavior Analysis & Therapy integrated into education, the community, and the home; for the benefit of individuals and their involved teachers, parents, and staff |
|
4. Center for Autism Spectrum Disorders |
ANTHONY J. CUVO (Southern Illinois University) |
Abstract: The Center for Autism Spectrum Disorders conducts graduate student training, research and evaluation, community education, as well as community outreach to children with autism and their families. Interdisciplinary assessment for preschool children includes speech, language, hearing, and behavioral/psychological assessment. Many children begin therapy with Center based individual sessions. Concurrently or subsequently, they may attend our Lab to Promote Social Interaction. The primary goals for these 3-4year old children is to promote instructional control, and the development of basic language and social skills. The Lab to Support Full Inclusion serves 4-5 year old children. Its mission is to promote the full inclusion of children in regular school classrooms. These children are taught more advanced language and social skills, as well as skills needed in school classrooms. School observation, consultation, and intervention are available for these children. The Center also provides parent training, including home observation, consultation, and behavioral program development. In addition, community service provider training is offered in the form of workshops and experiential training. The Center has funding from the Illinois Department of Human Services, and has provided training to over 60 graduate students since 2000. |
|
5. Division 25 Archive Project: Divisional Humor and Poetry |
AMY K. DRAYTON (Eastern Michigan University), James T. Todd (Eastern Michigan University) |
Abstract: This poster presents cartoons, poems, humor, and other entertaining items drawn from the Division 25 Recorder from 1965 to 2004. This poster is part of the ongoing archive effort of Division 25 (Experimental Analysis of Behavior) of the American Psychological Association. |
|
6. Division 25 of the American Psychological Association |
ERIC A. JACOBS (Southern Illinois University Carbondale) |
Abstract: Division 25 was founded in 1964 to promote basic research in the experimental analysis of behavior, to encourage applications of such research to human affairs, and to cooperate with other divisions whose interests overlap with the Division. Division 25 is also the voice of behavior analysis within the APA. If behavior analysts are not strongly represented in APA, then APA is unlikely to advocate for us when they speak with government officials, funding agencies, and to the general public. The stronger our numbers, the louder our voice. Stop by the poster at this year's expo to learn more about Division and about how you can help simply by joining. With annual dues as low as $22 the time to join Division 25 is now. |
|
7. Partners in Behavioral Milestones, Inc. |
JESSICA A. ROYER (Partners in Behavioral Milestones, Inc.), Cory J. Royer (Partners in Behavioral Milestones, Inc.), Enedelia A. Sanner (Partners in Behavioral Milestones, Inc.) |
Abstract: Founded in 1997, PBM works with children, parents, professionals, and a variety of organizations and institutions to help meet the behavioral needs of our clients. Our goal is to work in partnership with our clients; creating comfortable, functional, and workable solutions to achieve success in meeting their behavioral goals. PBM provides a wide range of general behavioral services, including, but not limited to: Tailoring academic curriculum to maximize learning, increase academic success and bridge skill deficits; Coordinating home ABA programs; Collaborating in the development and implementation of individually tailored behavior support plans; Assisting in arranging the physical environment to maximize appropriate behavior and minimize undesirable behaviors; Consulting, developing, and implementing communication-based interventions, teaching verbal communication, basic sign language, PECS, and functional communicative solutions; providing workshops for individuals, families, teams, and organizations on behavioral approaches to building positive appropriate behavior and reducing undesirable behavior; Providing services in any environment, at any time of day or night, 24 hours a day - we are there when our clients need us most. In fact, the majority of our services are provided from 5:30am-8:00am and 3:00pm and 12:00am. A description of services, employment opportunities and data from several PBM, Inc. interventions will be presented. |
|